8-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): August 1, 2019

Commission file number 001-31617

BRISTOW GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

Delaware	72-0679819
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2103 City West Blvd., 4th Floor, Houston, Texas	77042
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (713) 267-7600

None

Former name or former address, if changed since last report

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

☐ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

☐ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

☐ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

☐ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock ($.01 par value)	N/A	None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Item 7.01 Regulation FD Disclosure.

As previously disclosed, on May 11, 2019, Bristow Group Inc. (the “Company”, “Bristow Group”, “we”, “us” or “our”) and its subsidiaries BHNA Holdings Inc., Bristow Alaska Inc., Bristow Helicopters Inc., Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, Bristow U.S. LLC, BriLog Leasing Ltd. and Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd. (together with the Company, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”) seeking relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases are jointly administered under the caption In re: Bristow Group Inc., et al., Main Case No. 19-32713. The Debtors continue to operate their businesses and manage their properties as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

The Debtors executed non-disclosure agreements (“NDAs”) with certain stakeholders (the “Stakeholders”) to facilitate discussions between the Debtors and the Stakeholders concerning the restructuring of the Debtors’ capital structure (the “Restructuring”). Certain of the Stakeholders have been provided with confidential information regarding the Debtors and their respective businesses in the form of a confidential information memorandum (the “Confidential Information”). The Confidential Information includes certain financial projections and forecasts prepared in early 2019 (the “Projections”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the NDAs with certain of the Stakeholders, the Company agreed to disclose publicly within a specified timeframe the Confidential Information and the Projections, which materials are attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and are incorporated herein by reference. The Confidential Information and the Projections are being furnished, in part, to satisfy the Debtors’ public disclosure obligations under the NDAs.

None of the Projections or other Confidential Information was prepared with a view toward public disclosure or compliance with the published guidelines of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and should not be relied upon to make an investment decision with respect to the Company or the Debtors. Neither the Confidential Information nor the Projections purport to present the Company or the Debtors’ financial condition in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has not examined, compiled or otherwise applied procedures to the Confidential Information or the Projections and, accordingly, does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The inclusion herein of the Confidential Information and the Projections should not be regarded as an affirmation by the Debtors that the Company will perform as projected, and neither the Confidential Information nor the Projections should be relied upon as such. None of the Company or its respective affiliates, advisors, officers, directors, partners or representatives has made, makes or is authorized in the future to make any representation to any stakeholder or other person regarding the Restructuring, the Company’s ultimate performance compared to the information contained in the Projections or that forecasted results will be achieved, and any statements to the contrary should be disregarded. None of the Company or its respective affiliates, advisors, officers, directors, partners or representatives undertakes any obligation to publicly update the Confidential Information or the Projections to reflect circumstances existing after the date when the Confidential Information or the Projections were made or prepared or to reflect the occurrence of future events.

Item 8.01 Other Events.

Chapter 11 Plan and Disclosure Statement

On August 1, 2019, the Debtors filed a joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) and a related disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) with the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan is subject to confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court and acceptance by the Debtors’ creditors (as and to the extent required under the Bankruptcy Code). The Plan provides for the issuance of shares of new common stock and new preferred stock to holders of certain classes of secured and unsecured claims. The descriptions of the Plan and Disclosure Statement are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, copies of which are attached herewith as Exhibit 99.2 and Exhibit 99.3, respectively.

No Recovery to Current Equity Holders

The Plan contemplates that the Company’s existing equity holders would receive no recovery and that the common stock, including options, warrants, rights, restricted stock units or other securities or agreements to acquire such common stock, would be cancelled.

2

Treatment of Other Claimants

The treatment of various non-equity claimants is described in Article III of the Plan and principally in Article III of the Disclosure Statement. Under the Chapter 11 Cases, the ultimate recovery of the non-equity claimants will depend upon various factors, including whether the Plan in the form filed herewith is modified and whether it is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court.

Other

On August 2, 2019, the Company issued a press release in connection with the filing of the Plan and the Disclosure Statement with the Bankruptcy Court. A copy of the press release is furnished as Exhibit 99.4 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

Nothing contained in this current report on Form 8-K, the Plan or the Disclosure Statement is a solicitation of acceptance or rejection of the Plan. Acceptances or rejections of the Plan will only be solicited after a definitive Disclosure Statement has been approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

The Company cautions that trading in the Company’s securities during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases is highly speculative and poses substantial risks. Trading prices for the Company’s securities may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by the holders of the Company’s securities in the Chapter 11 Cases. The Company expects that its equity holders may experience a significant or complete loss of their investment, depending on the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Additional information regarding the Chapter 11 Cases is available at http://www.bristowgroup.com/restructuring. Court filings and information about the claims process are available at https://cases.primeclerk.com/Bristow. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, such web sites is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this Current Report on Form 8-K. Questions should be directed to the Company’s claims agent, Prime Clerk, by email to bristowinfo@primeclerk.com or by phone at +1 844-627-6967 (toll free) or +1 347-292-3534 (toll).

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d) Exhibits

Exhibit No.	Description
99.1	Confidential Information and Projections.
99.2	Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization, dated August 1, 2019.
99.3	Disclosure Statement, dated August 1, 2019.
99.4	Press Release, dated August 2, 2019.

Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Information

Investors are cautioned that some of the statements we use in this report contain forward-looking statements and are made pursuant to the “safe-harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and depend upon future events or conditions. Actual events or results might differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee you that our plans and expectations will be achieved. Such statements may include, but are not limited to, statements about our future financial condition and future business plans and expectations, the effect of, and our expectations with respect to, the operation of our business, adequacy of financial resources and commitments and operating expectations during the pendency of our court proceedings and other plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other statements that are not historical facts. Important factors that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those anticipated by our forward-looking statements or historical performance can be found in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

3

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and should not be relied upon as representing our plans and expectations as of any subsequent date. We undertake no obligation to revise any of these statements to reflect future circumstances or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

4

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	BRISTOW GROUP INC.
Date: August 2, 2019	By:	/s/ Brian J. Allman
		Brian J. Allman
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

5

EX-99.1

June 27, 2019 Bristow Discussion Materials Exhibit 99.1

Statement of Limiting Conditions This presentation and all information contained therein (this “Presentation”) has been prepared at the direction of Bristow Group Inc. (“Project Swan”, “Bristow” or the “Company”) and is being delivered for informational purposes only on behalf of the Company to a limited number of parties by the following financial and legal advisors: Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, Baker Botts LLP, and Alvarez & Marsal LLC (collectively, the “Advisors”). This Presentation is being provided upon the express understanding that it will solely be used for purposes of evaluating a potential transaction involving the Company, does not purport to be all-inclusive or to necessarily contain all information that a prospective counterparty may desire in investigating the Company, and is subject to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and all similar rules under applicable law. This Presentation has not been independently verified by the Advisors. None of the Company, the Advisors, their respective affiliates or their respective employees, directors, officers, contractors, advisors, members, successors, representatives or agents make any express or implied representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of this Presentation, and no such party shall have any liability for any material misstatements, omissions or other errors in this Presentation or any other written or oral communications transmitted to the recipient in connection therewith. The recipient shall not rely on any information set forth in this Presentation, and should conduct its own independent investigation of the Company and any proposed transaction. This Presentation is provided as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Neither the Company nor the Advisors is under any obligation to update, amend or supplement this Presentation. The Company reserves the right, at any time, to negotiate with any one or more interested parties or to enter into any definitive agreement with respect to, or to determine not to proceed with, any transaction, without prior notice to any other interested parties. The Company reserves the unconditional right to terminate, at any time, and for any or no reason, further participation by any party and to modify any other procedures. The Company shall have no legal commitment or obligation to any recipient of this Presentation unless and until a definitive agreement has been fully executed. The existence and contents of this Presentation are being provided to you pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement previously entered into by you and the Company (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) and recipients are therefore bound by the Confidentiality Agreement in respect of all information contained in this presentation. This Presentation shall not constitute an offer, nor a solicitation of an offer, of the sale or purchase of securities, nor shall any securities of the Company be offered or sold, in any jurisdiction in which such an offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the transactions contemplated hereby or determined if this Presentation is truthful or complete. Recipients of this Presentation should not construe the contents hereof to constitute legal, tax, regulatory, financial, accounting or other advice. Any recipient of this Presentation should seek advice from its own independent tax advisor, legal counsel and/or other advisor with respect to such matters. In addition, this Presentation includes certain estimates, targets, projections and forward-looking statements provided by the Company with respect to the anticipated future performance of the Company. Such estimates, targets, projections and forward-looking statements reflect various assumptions and subjective judgments of management concerning the future performance of the Company, and are subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company. Accordingly, these statements are inherently speculative, and there can be no assurances or guarantees that such estimates, targets, projections or forward-looking statements will be realized. Actual results may vary from anticipated results and such variations may be material. Past performance is not a guarantee of future results. No representations or warranties are made as to the accuracy or reasonableness of such assumptions or the estimates, targets, projections or forward-looking statements based thereon. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any of these projections or statements, which speak only as of the date made. Only those representations and warranties that are made in a definitive written agreement relating to a transaction, when and if executed, and subject to any limitations and restrictions as may be specified in such definitive written agreement, shall have any legal effect. Each recipient of this Presentation should make an independent assessment of the merits of pursuing a transaction and should consult its own professional advisors. The Advisors may from time to time under certain circumstances assist interested parties with financing matters, which may, in some cases, be related to the transaction. Except as otherwise expressly indicated herein, this Presentation speaks as of the date hereof and as of the date at which such information contained therein is expressed to be stated, as applicable. The delivery of this Presentation does not create any implication that there has been no change in the business and affairs of the Company since such date. Neither the Company nor the Advisors nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates or representatives undertakes any obligation to update this Presentation or any of the information contained herein or to correct any inaccuracies or omissions that may become apparent. The Company reserves the right to conduct the process for the transaction as it determines in its sole discretion (including, without limitation, terminating further participation in the process by any party, rejecting any proposals or indications of interest, negotiating with any one or more prospective buyers and entering into any agreement with respect to any transaction without prior notice to you or any other person) and any procedures relating to such transaction may be changed at any time without prior notice to you or any other person. The recipient acknowledges that no representation or warranty, express or implied, has been made with respect to such process or proposed structuring. None of the Company, the Advisors or any of their respective affiliates has any legal, fiduciary or other duty to the recipient with respect to the manner in which the proposed process is conducted. No legal relationship shall be created between the Company or the Advisors and any recipient of this Presentation by virtue of the issuance or delivery of this Presentation. The recipient of this Presentation may not construe the contents of this Presentation as legal or investment advice. Each recipient should consult its own counsel, accountants, and business advisors as to legal, tax, and related matters concerning future involvement with the Company. No personnel of the Company should be contacted directly under any circumstances unless expressly permitted by the Advisors.

Table of Contents Safety Update Company Overview Global Fleet Plan Business Plan

Safety Update

Bristow FY19 operational safety review and FY20 YTD Update Air Accident Rate (AAR1) Total Recordable Injury Rate (TRIR2) AAR prior to FY16 includes commercial helicopter operations for Bristow Group and consolidated affiliates.  AAR beginning in FY16 includes all Category A and B accidents for consolidated Bristow operations, including Airnorth, Bristow Academy and Eastern Airways.  Beginning in FY19 AAR also includes Category C accidents.  AAR is per 100,00 flight hours. TRIR beginning in FY15 includes consolidated commercial operations, corporate, Bristow Academy (until sale), Eastern Airways (excluded in FY20), and Airnorth employees. TRIR is per 200,000 man hours Accident investigation involving N577AL in Gulf of Mexico is ongoing Increase in FY19 TRIR driven by U.K. SAR and Eastern; through mid-June 2019 improved TRIR2 of 0.27 Global safety stand-downs following Chapter 11 were successful with no safety events linked to distraction Implemented new HSE safety metric for FY20; tracking well through May 2019 Target Zero Refresh “Safe and Well” roll out scheduled for late June 2019

Target Zero Refresh: A ‘Heart, Head and Hands’ perspective Heart: This is what we feel – why we sign up TZ… Head: This is what we think – how we plan to be safe… Hands: This is what we do – how we act to ensure safe outcomes… Program Focus: Translating our commitment to Target Zero into thinking strategically about safety and setting expectations of what good safety behavior looks like

Company Overview

Situation Update---ERA Business Summary 60+ year history of leadership in global offshore aviation 1955 Bristow Helicopters Ltd. founded 1969 1985 1996 2006 2013 2014 Offshore Logistics, Inc. founded Awarded a 8-10 year contract with the U.K. Department for Transport to provide public sector SAR services for all of the U.K. Offshore Logistics exits offshore boats Company rebranded as Bristow Group; listed on NYSE as BRS Bristow’s history started in 1955 with its founding by Alan Bristow in support of growing global offshore exploration In 1969, Louisiana-based Offshore Logistics was started to support services to the rapidly expanding Gulf of Mexico oil industry principally using boats Today, Bristow is headquartered in Houston and operates one of the largest global fleets of commercial helicopters in the world 2009 2012 Acquired Cougar (25% voting and 40% economic interest) 2008 Acquired 51% interest in Bristow Norway; Subsequently acquired remaining interest 2015 Acquired Líder Aviação Holding S.A. (20% voting and 41.9% economic interest) U.K. SAR contract fully operational with all 10 bases 2017 1972 Offshore Logistics acquired a 49% stake in Bristow Aviation Holdings Offshore Logistics enters helicopter business Acquired a controlling interest in Airnorth; Subsequently acquired remaining interest Don Miller named President and CEO 2018 2019

Situation Update---ERA Business Summary ~3,000 global employees operating 268 aircraft (160 LACE)1 with a leading global footprint serving industry and governments Our diversified aviation services are delivered in two regional hubs: Europe – U.K. (including U.K. SAR), Norway, Africa, Australia (including Airnorth), Asia and Turkmenistan Americas – Gulf of Mexico, Canada, Trinidad, Brazil and Guyana Provides global SAR services to the public sector for all of the U.K. on behalf of the Maritime and Coastguard Agency and to our oil and customers FY19E revenue of $1.3 billion and adjusted EBITDA of $93.5 million In 2017 completed multi-year global implementation of SAP (finance, supply chain and MRO2) as part of enterprise digital transformation; in process of completing global eFlight2 roll-out Bristow is a global leader in industrial aviation services for oil and gas and search and rescue (SAR) Aircraft Fleet Mix1 Company Overview Revenue and Fleet estimates as of March 31, 2019 MRO SAP module still to be implemented in GoM, Nigeria, Trinidad, Australia and Guyana; eFlight still to be implemented in Nigeria Regional Revenue Breakdown1 Revenue by Line of Service1 Total aircraft: 268

Diversified lines of service with highly visible and predictable revenue streams FY19E $1.3B Revenue Mix 50+ year successful operating history of providing mission critical services to the offshore O&G industry O&G crew change provides transportation for personnel between onshore bases and offshore production platforms and drilling rigs Majority of O&G revenue relates to less volatile production activities (customer’s operating expenses, not capex)1 Two-tiered contract structure includes both fixed monthly standing charge to reserve helicopter capacity (~65%1 of revenue) and variable fees based on hours flown (~35%1 of revenues) with fuel cost a pass-through Oil and Gas (O&G) Bristow has the nationwide U.K. SAR contract with the U.K. Department for Transport that includes 10 bases and 22 aircraft for 8-10 years U.K. SAR contract earns ~85% of revenue from fixed monthly standing charge, independent of utilization, with initial ~10-year term Additional global public sector SAR opportunities are being pursued as governments look to improve SAR services and capability Other SAR clients also include O&G companies that require SAR services as part of their offshore safety case Search and Rescue (SAR) Regional airline operating in Australia (Airnorth) Complementary service to O&G crew change Generates revenue from scheduled service (~80% of revenue) and charter contracts (~20% of revenues) Charter customers primarily include mining, O&G and other corporate clients Divested Eastern Airways in May 2019; maintain contractual relationship in support of key oil and gas customers in U.K. Fixed Wing Diversified Revenue Mix Based on historical trends. FY14 $1.5B Revenue Mix

Bristow services are delivered globally in all major offshore oil and gas basins 58% of Total FY19A Revenue 90 Total Aircraft: 0 Fixed Wing / 90 Rotary Europe Caspian 17% of Total FY19A Revenue 72 Total Aircraft: 0 Fixed Wing / 72 Rotary Americas 12% of Total FY19A Revenue 38 Total Aircraft: 4 Fixed Wing / 34 Rotary Africa 13% of Total FY19A Revenue 26 Total Aircraft: 14 Fixed Wing / 12 Rotary Asia Pacific Fleet data as of June 2019

Long-term global relationships underpin the strength of our industrial aviation platform IAC is the Integrated Aviation Consortium in the U.K. North Sea and comprises three major oil companies: EnQuest, CNR International, and TAQA. Excludes Cougar (Bristow own a 40% interest in Cougar), Airnorth and Eastern as of March 31, 2019. Aa2 / AA CNR: Baa2 / BBB+ ENQ: B2 / B- TAQA: A3 / -- Ba1 / BB+ Aa1/ A- Aaa / AA+ Aa2 / A- Baa1 / BBB A3 / A Baa1 / A- IAC1 High-quality customers with strong credit ratings with nine key customers2 representing 50%+ of FY19 revenues

Note: All figures in USD millions O&G Revenue is down 42% or $647M from its peak and has stabilized; U.K. SAR continues to provide revenue stability Eastern + Airnorth BRS Operating Revenue UK SAR Revenue Oil & Gas Revenue Eastern exited in FY20

Note: All figures in USD millions FY20 to FY22 EBITDA growth is primarily from the benefit of lease cost roll-off; minimal capital expenditures beyond FY20 Adjusted EBITDAR Adjusted EBITDA Total Lease Expense Capital Expenditures EBITDA of ~$150M+ generates positive Net Income; prior to Chapter 11, needed ~$225M+ EBITDA to be positive Net Income

As oil prices fell, offshore activity contracted; our global oil and gas flight hours bottomed in FY17 without a material recovery Oil and Gas Flight Hours Excludes SAR and Fixed Wing FY13 – FY19 (~45%) FY13 – FY22E (~40%)

Global Fleet Plan

Fleet Overview (June 2019) Note: Total fleet count includes rejected leases (10) Includes 7 S-92s owned by BHNA Holdings Inc. and leased to Cougar Helicopters The Company sold Eastern Airways on May 10, 2019; Eastern now leases 3 fixed wing aircraft to the Company’s Nigerian operations

Rent by region Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Go-Forward Fleet Plan The illustrative fleet plan below assumes the disposition of certain idle and held-for-sale owned aircraft as well as the rejection or termination of identified leases Note: Total fleet count includes rejected leases (10)

Bristow’s fleet strategy has evolved and the Company is executing on many key initiatives Target ratio of LACE 75% owned and 25% leased Developed a laddering maturity strategy for its leased fleet, which provides the Company with more flexibility in fleet management to manage market conditions Disciplined capital allocation driving improved ROIC Reduced number of operating models improving cost structure through better inventory management, training and support

Evolution of Helicopter Model Strategy AS332 Bell 214ST Mil Mi 8 S-76 A/A++ S-76 C/C++ H 155 Bell 206B Bell 206L BK 117 S-92 AW189 AW 139 S-76 C++ S-76D Bell 407 4 Fewer Models 5 Fewer Models 3 Fewer Models Former Bristow Current Bristow S-61 S-92 H225 Heavy Helicopters Medium Helicopters Bell 212 Bell 412 AW 139 Light Helicopters BO 105 H135 Bell 407 Standardization of helicopter models across fleet drives efficiency gains Note: Current Bristow excludes idle and held for sale aircraft including H225s and B412s

Business Plan

Bristow’s Business Plan Process The financial forecasting process is run by Bristow’s Decision Support team (commonly known as Financial Planning & Analysis) with coordination amongst Commercial, Operations and Fleet leaders for a bottoms-up, aircraft-by-aircraft view Decision Support is comprised of local business partners for each area (U.K. SAR, U.K. O&G, Norway, Asia Pacific, Africa and Americas) plus global oversight, reporting into the CFO The function and process is designed to provide unbiased forecasting and analysis of business performance in terms of EBITDA/R and returns, capital/aircraft allocation, commercial bids and cost management Business Plans are developed for each area with quarterly updates which are reviewed and challenged centrally by the Senior Management Team Risks and opportunities are assessed during the process in effort to produce a balanced outlook and reviews of actual results vs. plan are conducted monthly in effort to address variances and drive corrections if necessary Internally, the Business Plan is used to gauge liquidity, overall returns and to evaluate improvement vs. exit decisions for certain businesses

Overview of the Business Plan Key Themes Outlook for the offshore Oil & Gas (O&G) helicopter market continues to be subdued in activity and pricing Rig activity, a key demand driver, appears to have bottomed with signs of improvement Opportunities for O&G revenue growth exist, but will largely take the form of market share gains (i.e. taking work from competitors) as opposed to material price improvements or new market growth Steady market share for the Company and key competitors Maintain pricing discipline and capitalize on slowly improving contract pricing on new business Limited changes to shifts / rotations with our clients (i.e. flight activity) Fleet plan tailored to flat overall revenue outlook and positioning the Company to manage through balance of opportunities and risks Restructuring of lease commitments to take advantage of existing supply and demand factors, and to remake future lease book to match market outlook and customer commitments Mark-to-market lease cost reductions Selected aircraft lease returns and rejections Portfolio management efforts will lead to lower capital employed, improved liquidity and a heightened focus on core markets Management remains focused on cost management, monitoring price and engaging with clients on more value-added integrated service offerings

Overview of the Business Plan Key Themes (Cont.) Other keys areas of focus and opportunities that are not incorporated into the business plan include the following: Leveraging existing fixed asset base via scale and market share gains Changing the maintenance model Divestiture of non-core operations and under-utilized assets Other potential operating initiatives regarding labor, corporate and G&A expenses Refinancing or restructuring existing equipment financing arrangements

Business Plan Summary Assumptions and Drivers Revenue Regional decision support teams review flight hours by both existing and speculative clients and verify contract rates (including certain contractual escalations) and fleet scheduling Captures projected additional revenue based on estimated new contracts Direct Cost Manpower for pilots and engineers is forecasted by client based on aircraft type, while the costs are based on average salaries and are reflective of employment / union agreements Maintenance expense is derived from the planned flight hours and the average direct maintenance cost (“DMC”) rates based on maintenance contracts Fuel costs are typically paid for directly by the customer Other direct costs such as training, travel and meals are tied to headcount while insurance is tied to fleet count and other base costs are assumed flat Rent Expenses Aircraft lease expense is based on contractual rates, expected aircraft returns, expected contract renewal and expected rent concessions. New leases expected to be in the plan are reviewed and added when necessary, however no additions are included in this Plan Other rent, including real estate, is based on contractual lease rates and expected renewal based on regional needs Headquarters operating lease restructuring or relocation included in the forecast Corporate SG&A Corporate budgets are developed bottom-up by cost center (i.e. Legal, Finance, HR, etc.) based on headcount, recurring professional fees and limited travel. Plan assumes status quo organizational structure Working Capital Minimal working capital swings based on historical performance Capital Expenditures Aircraft capital expenditures are limited to U.K.SAR AW189s Non-aircraft capital expenditures (e.g. IT and aircraft modifications) are forecasted by the regional teams Pension Solely within the U.K. based on agreed contribution schedule of £1mm per month and re-evaluated every 3 years Taxes The business benefits from its net operating loss and expects minimal cash taxes in the near future Project Swan: The Business Plan reflects certain benefits associated with in process fleet restructuring and renegotiation actions, as well as the contemplated deleveraging and recapitalization based on recent creditor discussions

Eastern + Airnorth BRS Operating Revenue UK SAR Revenue Oil & Gas Revenue Eastern exited in FY20 Business Plan Summary Outputs Note: All figures in USD millions

Adjusted EBITDAR Adjusted EBITDA Total Lease Expense Capital Expenditures Note: All figures in USD millions EBITDA of ~$150M+ generates positive Net Income; prior to Chapter 11, needed ~$225M+ EBITDA to be positive Net Income Business Plan EBITDA Growth Primarily from Restructuring of Leased Fleet

Primarily includes fuel revenue that is ~100% pass-through Includes the direct maintenance cost (DMC) of the fleet Includes freight, training, transportation, insurance, and other miscellaneous direct costs Represents the pass-through portion of reimbursable revenue Business Plan Summary Financials

Projected Free Cash Flow Set forth below is an illustrative calculation of free cash flow incorporating the contemplated deleveraging and recapitalization based on recent creditor discussions Only includes fleet debt and the Pre-Filing Facility Estimated midpoint values Does not reflect certain working capital changes

Adjusted EBITDA by Region Operating Revenue by Region Note: All figures in USD millions Regional Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA

Summary Financial Metrics by Region

Appendix

Next generation aircraft Mature aircraft Fleet organizational chart as of March 31, 2019 Bristow Europe Caspian 58% Africa 12% Americas 17% Asia Pacific 13% U.K. – 59 / 31 Norway – 26 / 0 Nigeria – 33 / 3 U.S. GoM – 54 / 0 Canada – 7 / 0 Australia – 21 / 14 Brazil – 0 / 0 Egypt – 0 / 0 Russia – 7 / 0 Trinidad – 8 / 0 Líder – 43 / 23 PAS – 36 / 7 Guyana – 4 / 0 Turkmenistan – 1 / 0 Business Unit (% of current period operating revenue) Corporate Region ( # of helicopters / # of fixed wing) Joint Venture (# of helicopters / # of fixed wing) Canada – 1 / 0 Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

1) The percentage of LACE leased is calculated by taking the total LACE for leased aircraft divided by the total LACE for all aircraft we operate, including both owned and leased aircraft. 1 Leased aircraft detail as of March 31, 2019 Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Consolidated fleet changes and aircraft sales Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Operating revenue, LACE and LACE rate by region 4 $ in millions LACE rate is annualized $ in millions per LACE Excludes assets held for sale, Airnorth and Eastern Airways Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Historical LACE count by region Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Historical LACE rate by region $ in millions LACE rate calculated as YTD revenue annualized divided by period ending LACE count Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Adjusted EBITDA margin trend by region Adjusted EBITDA excludes special items and asset dispositions and margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by operating revenue Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Historical U.K. SAR performance GAP and U.K. SAR operating results are included within our Europe-Caspian region results. Adjusted EBITDA excludes corporate overhead allocations consistent with financial reporting. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure of which the most comparable GAAP measure is net income (loss). We have not provided a reconciliation of this non-GAAP information to GAAP. The most comparable GAAP measure to adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss) which is not calculated at this lower level of our business as we do not allocate certain costs, including corporate and other overhead costs, interest expense and income taxes within our accounting system. Providing this data would require unreasonable efforts in the form of allocations of other costs across the organization. Includes only Stornoway, the last GAP SAR base which transitioned to U.K. SAR in July 2017 Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Historical fixed wing performance Fixed wing operating results are included within their respective regional results. Adjusted EBITDA excludes corporate overhead allocations consistent with financial reporting. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure of which the most comparable GAAP measure is net income (loss). We have not provided a reconciliation of this non-GAAP information to GAAP. The most comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income (loss) which is not calculated at this lower level of our business as we do not allocate certain costs, including corporate and other overhead costs, interest expense and income taxes within our accounting system. Providing this data would require unreasonable efforts in the form of allocations of other costs across the organization. Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Consolidated and regional Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA excludes special items and asset dispositions Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019

Contractual principal debt repayments and amortization as of March 31, 2019 Note: Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and quarterly periods therein are unaudited and subject to revision.  Financial results for fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 are comprised of actual results for the nine-months ended December 31, 2018 and estimated results for the three-months ended March 31, 2019 ($ in millions) Balance 3/31/19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25+ 8.75% Secured Senior Notes 350.0 - - - 350.0 - - 4.5% Convertible Senior Notes 143.8 - - - - 143.8 - 6.25% Senior Unsecured Notes 401.5 - - - 401.5 - - Macquarie Debt 171.0 14.0 14.0 143.0 - - - Lombard Debt 183.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 132.7 - PK Air Debt 212.0 19.1 20.3 21.7 23.0 127.9 - Airnorth Debt 11.1 2.8 2.4 2.5 2.7 0.7 - Other Debt 9.1 - - - - - - Total $1,482.0 $48.6 $49.4 $179.9 $789.9 $405.1 $0.0 RSA Adjustments - - - - (751.5) (143.8) - 2019 Term Loan - - - - 75.0 - - Adjusted Total $1,482.0 $48.6 $49.4 $179.9 $113.4 $261.3 $0.0 Contractual principal debt repayments and amortization schedule

PRELIMINARY DRAFT SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Total Operating Revenue    FY 2018A 2019E 2020E 2021E 2022E AMR $236 $227 $231 $230 $230 ECR 765 764 664 656 655 AFR 192 157 170 157 157 APR 201 176 131 93 93 Corporate and Other 4 2 1 1 1 Topside Adjustments(1) 0 0 (5) 61 88 Net Eliminations (15) (13) (11) 0 0 Total $1,384 $1,313 $1,182 $1,199 $1,224 Adj. EBITDAR    FY 2018A 2019E 2020E 2021E 2022E AMR ($20) $54 $62 $64 $64 ECR 209 196 187 193 193 AFR 53 41 42 35 35 APR 28 20 19 9 9 Corporate and Other (70) (79) (61) (62) (62) Topside Adjustments(1) 0 0 (9) 17 27 Special Items Adjustments 115 55 14 0 0 Net Eliminations 0 0 0 (1) (2) Total $314 $286 $254 $255 $266 Adj. EBITDA    FY 2018A 2019E 2020E 2021E 2022E AMR ($45) $31 $44 $47 $47 ECR 75 74 85 108 109 AFR 44 31 30 24 24 APR (5) (11) (8) (7) (5) Corporate and Other (78) (85) (68) (68) (68) Topside Adjustments(1)(2) 0 0 6 40 50 Special Items Adjustments 115 55 25 0 0 Net Eliminations 0 0 0 (1) (2) Total $105 $94 $115 $142 $154 Adj. EBITDA (Post Special Items Allocation)    FY 2018A 2019E 2020E 2021E 2022E AMR $41 $31 $44 $47 $47 ECR 82 75 87 108 109 AFR 52 31 30 24 24 APR (1) (5) 6 (7) (5) Corporate and Other (68) (39) (59) (70) (70) Topside Adjustments(1)(2) 0 0 6 40 50 Total $105 $94 $115 $142 $154 (1) - Topside Adjustments reflect uncontracted revenue based upon offshore growth (using IHS market forecast), commercial pipelines assessing roll-offs from competitors, and new opportunities    (2) - Topside Adjustments also include additional lease savings that impact EBITDA    1

PRELIMINARY DRAFT    SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Consolidated FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 174,842 156,526 140,800 137,262 136,205 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 7,924 7,942 6,484 4,869 4,869 Total Flight Hours 182,766 164,468 147,283 142,131 141,074 ($ in millions)                Operating Revenue:                Total Operating Revenue (Pre-Elimination) $1,399 $1,326 $1,193 $1,199 $1,224 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 61 62 40 36 36 Total Revenue (Pre-Elimination) $1,460 $1,388 $1,233 $1,234 $1,260 Less: Revenue from Reimbursable Expenses (61) (62) (40) (36) (36) Less: Elimination (15) (13) (11) 0 0 Total Operating Revenue $1,384 $1,313 $1,182 $1,199 $1,224 Direct Costs-Salaries ($405) ($363) ($341) ($344) ($357) Direct Costs-Maintenance (248) (254) (228) (227) (231) Direct Costs-Other (550) (542) (410) (371) (368) Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($1,203) ($1,159) ($979) ($941) ($956) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments):                G&A Salaries ($104) ($79) ($91) ($84) ($84) G&A Professional Fees (23) (56) (31) (30) (29) G&A Other, ex rent (49) (39) (36) (35) (35) G&A Other, rent (9) (8) (6) (2) (2) Total G&A ($185) ($182) ($163) ($152) ($151) Pro Forma Income Statement:                Total Revenue (Pre-Elimination) $1,460 $1,388 $1,233 $1,234 $1,260 Total Direct Costs (1,203) (1,159) (979) (941) (956) Total G&A (185) (182) (163) (152) (151) Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 0 0 0 0 Depreciation & Amortization (124) (233) (116) (109) (109) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment (18) (28) (2) 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs (79) (2) 1 1 1 Operating Income ($149) ($216) ($26) $33 $46 Other Income (3) (9) (3) 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(1) (80) (114) (60) 0 0 Interest Income 1 3 1 2 2 Pre-tax Income ($231) ($335) ($88) $35 $47 Noncontrolling Interest Income 2 (1) 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(1) 41 0 2 1 1 Net Income ($188) ($336) ($86) $35 $48 EBITDA Pre-Special Items Calculation                Total Revenue (Pre-Elimination) $1,460 $1,388 $1,233 $1,234 $1,260 Total Direct Costs (1,203) (1,159) (979) (941) (956) Total G&A (185) (182) (163) (152) (151) Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 0 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs (79) (2) 1 1 1 Other Income (3) (9) (3) 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 1 3 1 2 2 EBITDA Pre-Special Items ($9) $39 $90 $143 $156 Lease Expense:                Lease Expense - Aircraft ($181) ($168) ($129) ($97) ($95) Lease Expense - Other (27) (24) (21) (16) (16) Total Lease Expense ($209) ($192) ($150) ($113) ($111) EBITDAR Pre-Special Items Calculation                EBITDA Pre-Special Items ($9) $39 $90 $143 $156 Total Lease Expense 209 192 150 113 111 EBITDAR Pre-Special Items $199 $232 $240 $256 $267 EBITDAR Post-Special Items Calculation                EBITDAR Pre-Special Items $199 $232 $240 $256 $267 EBITDAR Special Items Adjustments 115 55 14 0 0 Adjusted EBITDAR (Pre-Elimination) $314 $286 $254 $256 $267 Less: Elimination 0 0 0 (1) (2) Adjusted EBITDAR $314 $286 $254 $255 $266 EBITDA Post-Special Items Calculation                Adjusted EBITDAR (Pre-Elimination) $314 $286 $254 $256 $267 EBITDA Special Items Adjustments 0 0 11 0 0 Less: Lease Expenses (209) (192) (150) (113) (111) Adjusted EBITDA (Pre-Elimination) $106 $94 $115 $143 $156 Less: Elimination 0 0 0 (1) (2) Adjusted EBITDA $105 $94 $115 $142 $154 (1) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure                2    

PRELIMINARY DRAFT SUBJECT TO REVISION CONFIDENTIAL Americas FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 30,099 35,037 37,086 36,972 36,972 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 3,098 3,508 2,711 2,415 2,415 Total Flight Hours(1) 33,197 38,545 39,797 39,387 39,387 ($ in millions) Operating Revenue: Total Third Party + Affiliates $232 $221 $224 $223 $223 Fuel Revenue 4 6 7 7 7 Total Operating Revenue $236 $227 $231 $230 $230 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 1 2 0 0 0 Total Revenue $238 $229 $231 $230 $230 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($180) ($178) ($168) ($164) ($164) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments): G&A Salaries ($10) ($8) ($9) ($9) ($9) G&A Professional Fees (1) (2) (2) (2) (2) G&A Other, ex rent (9) (5) (6) (6) (6) G&A Other, rent 0 0 0 0 0 Total G&A ($20) ($15) ($17) ($17) ($17) Pro Forma Income Statement: Total Revenue $238 $229 $231 $230 $230 Total Direct Costs (180) (178) (168) (164) (164) Total G&A (20) (15) (17) (17) (17) Allocations 10K Disclosure (2) 0 (1) (1) (1) Depreciation & Amortization (27) (28) (26) (24) (24) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment (2) (6) 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs (81) (4) (1) (1) (1) Operating Income ($75) ($4) $18 $23 $23 Other Income 0 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(2) 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Pre-tax Income ($74) ($3) $18 $23 $23 Noncontrolling Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(2) 20 (5) 0 0 0 Net Income ($54) ($8) $18 $23 $23 Segment EBITDA Calculation: Total Revenue $238 $229 $231 $230 $230 Total Direct Costs (180) (178) (168) (164) (164) Total G&A (20) (15) (17) (17) (17) Allocations 10K Disclosure (2) 0 (1) (1) (1) Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs (81) (4) (1) (1) (1) Other Income 0 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Segment EBITDA ($45) $31 $44 $47 $47 Lease Expense: Lease Expense - Aircraft ($21) ($19) ($13) ($13) ($13) Lease Expense - Other (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) Total Lease Expense ($25) ($23) ($18) ($17) ($17) Segment EBITDAR Calculation: Segment EBITDA ($45) $31 $44 $47 $47 Total Lease Expense 25 23 18 17 17 Segment EBITDAR ($20) $54 $62 $64 $64 (1) - Flight hours exclude Cougar and Lider (2) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure 3

PRELIMINARY DRAFT    SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Europe Caspian FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 88,647 84,358 68,610 67,375 67,338 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 2,462 2,153 2,053 2,068 2,068 Total Flight Hours(1) 91,109 86,511 70,663 69,443 69,406 ($ in millions)                Operating Revenue:                Total Third Party + Affiliates $729 $722 $621 $612 $612 Fuel Revenue 36 43 43 43 43 Total Operating Revenue $765 $764 $664 $656 $655 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 34 34 29 26 26 Total Revenue $799 $799 $693 $682 $681 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($664) ($666) ($558) ($528) ($527) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments):                G&A Salaries ($27) ($26) ($22) ($21) ($21) G&A Professional Fees (2) (3) (5) (5) (5) G&A Other, ex rent (19) (16) (12) (12) (12) G&A Other, rent (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Total G&A ($50) ($46) ($39) ($39) ($39) Pro Forma Income Statement:                Total Revenue $799 $799 $693 $682 $681 Total Direct Costs (664) (666) (558) (528) (527) Total G&A (50) (46) (39) (39) (39) Allocations 10K Disclosure (14) (3) (7) (7) (7) Depreciation & Amortization (49) (72) (46) (42) (42) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment (6) (2) 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Operating Income $17 $11 $43 $66 $66 Other Income 3 (11) (4) 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(2) (1) (1) 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Pre-tax Income $20 $0 $39 $66 $66 Noncontrolling Interest Income 4 0 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(2) 1 2 0 0 0 Net Income $24 $3 $39 $66 $66 Segment EBITDA Calculation:                Total Revenue $799 $799 $693 $682 $681 Total Direct Costs (664) (666) (558) (528) (527) Total G&A (50) (46) (39) (39) (39) Allocations 10K Disclosure (14) (3) (7) (7) (7) Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Other Income 3 (11) (4) 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Segment EBITDA $75 $74 $85 $108 $109 Lease Expense:                Lease Expense - Aircraft ($124) ($114) ($94) ($77) ($77) Lease Expense - Other (10) (9) (8) (8) (8) Total Lease Expense ($134) ($122) ($102) ($85) ($85) Segment EBITDAR Calculation:                Segment EBITDA $75 $74 $85 $108 $109 Total Lease Expense 134 122 102 85 85 Segment EBITDAR $209 $196 $187 $193 $193 (1) - Flight hours include Eastern Airways (for historical periods up through May 10, 2019)    (2) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure                4

PRELIMINARY DRAFT    SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Africa FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 28,604 16,024 18,236 19,412 18,392 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 603 554 366 335 335 Total Flight Hours(1) 29,206 16,578 18,603 19,747 18,727 ($ in millions)                Operating Revenue:                Total Third Party + Affiliates $192 $157 $170 $157 $157 Fuel Revenue 0 0 0 0 0 Total Operating Revenue $192 $157 $170 $157 $157 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 4 8 9 8 8 Total Revenue $196 $165 $178 $165 $165 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($135) ($117) ($135) ($129) ($128) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments):                G&A Salaries ($8) ($5) ($7) ($7) ($7) G&A Professional Fees (2) (2) (1) (1) (1) G&A Other, ex rent (7) (5) (5) (5) (5) G&A Other, rent 0 0 0 0 0 Total G&A ($17) ($13) ($13) ($13) ($13) Pro Forma Income Statement:                Total Revenue $196 $165 $178 $165 $165 Total Direct Costs (135) (117) (135) (129) (128) Total G&A (17) (13) (13) (13) (13) Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 (6) (2) (2) (2) Depreciation & Amortization (14) (16) (15) (14) (14) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment (3) (3) 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 3 3 2 2 2 Operating Income $30 $12 $15 $10 $10 Other Income (2) 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(2) 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Pre-tax Income $28 $12 $15 $10 $10 Noncontrolling Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(2) (11) (7) 0 0 0 Net Income $17 $5 $15 $10 $10 Segment EBITDA Calculation:                Total Revenue $196 $165 $178 $165 $165 Total Direct Costs (135) (117) (135) (129) (128) Total G&A (17) (13) (13) (13) (13) Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 (6) (2) (2) (2) Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 3 3 2 2 2 Other Income (2) 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Segment EBITDA $44 $31 $30 $24 $24 Lease Expense:                Lease Expense - Aircraft ($7) ($8) ($11) ($10) ($10) Lease Expense - Other (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) Total Lease Expense ($9) ($10) ($12) ($11) ($11) Segment EBITDAR Calculation:                Segment EBITDA $44 $31 $30 $24 $24 Total Lease Expense 9 10 12 11 11 Segment EBITDAR $53 $41 $42 $35 $35 (1) - Flight hours include fixed wing services                (2) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure                5    

PRELIMINARY DRAFT    SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Asia Pacific FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 24,556 21,107 16,867 13,503 13,503 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 1,761 1,727 1,354 51 51 Total Flight Hours(1) 26,317 22,834 18,221 13,554 13,554 ($ in millions)                Operating Revenue:                Total Third Party + Affiliates $198 $173 $131 $93 $93 Fuel Revenue 3 3 0 0 0 Total Operating Revenue $201 $176 $131 $93 $93 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 21 17 3 2 2 Total Revenue $223 $194 $134 $95 $95 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($207) ($186) ($128) ($91) ($89) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments):                G&A Salaries ($11) ($8) ($8) ($6) ($6) G&A Professional Fees (1) (1) 0 0 0 G&A Other, ex rent (5) (4) (3) (3) (3) G&A Other, rent (1) (1) (1) 0 0 Total G&A ($17) ($13) ($12) ($9) ($9) Pro Forma Income Statement:                Total Revenue $223 $194 $134 $95 $95 Total Direct Costs (207) (186) (128) (91) (89) Total G&A (17) (13) (12) (9) (9) Allocations 10K Disclosure (3) (1) (1) (1) (1) Depreciation & Amortization (20) (17) (15) (15) (15) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment 2 0 (1) 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Operating Income ($22) ($24) ($24) ($22) ($20) Other Income (1) (4) 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(2) (1) (1) (1) 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Pre-tax Income ($24) ($29) ($26) ($22) ($20) Noncontrolling Interest Income (2) (1) 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(2) 0 (1) 0 0 0 Net Income ($26) ($30) ($26) ($22) ($20) Segment EBITDA Calculation:                Total Revenue $223 $194 $134 $95 $95 Total Direct Costs (207) (186) (128) (91) (89) Total G&A (17) (13) (12) (9) (9) Allocations 10K Disclosure (3) (1) (1) (1) (1) Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Other Income (1) (4) 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Segment EBITDA ($5) ($11) ($8) ($7) ($5) Lease Expense:                Lease Expense - Aircraft ($28) ($27) ($24) ($15) ($13) Lease Expense - Other (5) (4) (2) (2) (2) Total Lease Expense ($33) ($31) ($27) ($16) ($14) Segment EBITDAR Calculation:                Segment EBITDA ($5) ($11) ($8) ($7) ($5) Total Lease Expense 33 31 27 16 14 Segment EBITDAR $28 $20 $19 $9 $9 (1) - Flight hours include Airnorth                (2) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure                6

PRELIMINARY DRAFT    SUBJECT TO REVISION    CONFIDENTIAL Corporate and Other FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue 2,937 0 0 0 0 Flight Hours - Non Revenue 0 0 0 0 0 Total Flight Hours(1) 2,937 0 0 0 0 ($ in millions)                Operating Revenue:                Total Third Party + Affiliates $4 $2 $1 $1 $1 Fuel Revenue 0 0 0 0 0 Total Operating Revenue $4 $2 $1 $1 $1 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 0 0 0 0 0 Total Revenue $5 $2 $1 $1 $1 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) ($16) ($11) ($3) ($3) ($3) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments):                G&A Salaries ($48) ($31) ($41) ($40) ($40) G&A Professional Fees (17) (49) (23) (23) (23) G&A Other, ex rent (8) (9) (9) (9) (9) G&A Other, rent (6) (6) (6) (6) (6) Total G&A ($80) ($95) ($79) ($79) ($79) Pro Forma Income Statement:                Total Revenue $5 $2 $1 $1 $1 Total Direct Costs (16) (11) (3) (3) (3) Total G&A (80) (95) (79) (79) (79) Allocations 10K Disclosure 18 10 11 11 11 Depreciation & Amortization (14) (100) (14) (14) (14) (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment (9) (17) (1) 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Operating Income ($98) ($213) ($85) ($84) ($84) Other Income (4) 6 1 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(2) (79) (112) (108) 0 0 Interest Income 1 3 1 2 2 Pre-tax Income ($180) ($315) ($190) ($82) ($82) Noncontrolling Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(2) 31 10 2 1 1 Net Income ($150) ($305) ($188) ($82) ($82) Segment EBITDA Calculation:                Total Revenue $5 $2 $1 $1 $1 Total Direct Costs (16) (11) (3) (3) (3) Total G&A (80) (95) (79) (79) (79) Allocations 10K Disclosure 18 10 11 11 11 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Other Income (4) 6 1 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 1 3 1 2 2 Segment EBITDA ($78) ($85) ($68) ($68) ($68) Lease Expense:                Lease Expense - Aircraft ($1) $0 $0 $0 $0 Lease Expense - Other (7) (6) (7) (7) (7) Total Lease Expense ($8) ($6) ($7) ($7) ($7) Segment EBITDAR Calculation:                Segment EBITDA ($78) ($85) ($68) ($68) ($68) Total Lease Expense 8 6 7 7 7 Segment EBITDAR ($70) ($79) ($61) ($62) ($62) (1) - Flight hours include Bristow Academy training hours in FY 2018                (2) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure                7

PRELIMINARY DRAFT SUBJECT TO REVISION CONFIDENTIAL Topside Adjustments(1) FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Flight Hours - Revenue Flight Hours - Non Revenue Total Flight Hours ($ in millions) Operating Revenue: Total Third Party + Affiliates Fuel Revenue Total Operating Revenue $ 0 $ 0 ($5) $61 $88 Revenue from Re-imbursable Expenses 0 0 0 0 0 Total Revenue $ 0 $ 0 ($5) $61 $88 Total Direct Costs (Pre-Special Items Adjustments) $ 0 $ 0 $13 ($27) ($44) G & A (Pre-Special Items Adjustments): G&A Salaries $ 0 $ 0 ($4) $0 $0 G&A Professional Fees 0 0 0 1 2 G&A Other, ex rent 0 0 0 0 0 G&A Other, rent 0 0 2 5 5 Total G&A $ 0 $ 0 ($2) $5 $7 Pro Forma Income Statement: Total Revenue $ 0 $ 0 ($5) $61 $88 Total Direct Costs 0 0 13 (27) (44) Total G&A 0 0 (2) 5 7 Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 0 0 0 0 Depreciation & Amortization 0 0 (1) 0 0 (Gain)Loss on Disposal of Equipment 0 0 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Operating Income $ 0 $ 0 $6 $40 $50 Other Income 0 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Expenses(3) 0 0 50 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Pre-tax Income $ 0 $ 0 $56 $40 $50 Noncontrolling Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Income Tax Expense(3) 0 0 0 0 0 Net Income $ 0 $ 0 $56 $40 $50 Segment EBITDA Calculation: Total Revenue $ 0 $ 0 ($5) $61 $88 Total Direct Costs 0 0 13 (27) (44) Total G&A 0 0 (2) 5 7 Allocations 10K Disclosure 0 0 0 0 0 Earnings from Unconsolidated Subs 0 0 0 0 0 Other Income 0 0 0 0 0 Loss / Writedown 0 0 0 0 0 Interest Income 0 0 0 0 0 Segment EBITDA $ 0 $ 0 $6 $40 $50 Lease Expense: Lease Expense - Aircraft $ 0 $ 0 $13 $18 $18 Lease Expense - Other 0 0 2 5 5 Total Lease Expense(2) $ 0 $ 0 $15 $23 $23 Segment EBITDAR Calculation: Segment EBITDA $ 0 $ 0 $6 $40 $50 Total Lease Expense 0 0 (15) (23) (23) Segment EBITDAR $ 0 $ 0 ($9) $17 $27 (1) - Topside Adjustments reflect uncontracted revenue based upon offshore growth (using IHS market forecast), commercial pipelines assessing roll-offs from competitors, and new opportunities, as well as additional rent savings (2) - Lease Expense is a positive number as it represents lease savings from the roll-off of above market leases (3) - Illustrative values. To be determined based upon post reorganization capital structure 8

PRELIMINARY DRAFT                SUBJECT TO REVISION                CONFIDENTIAL ($ in millions) FY18A FY19E FY20E FY21E FY22E Special Items Adjustments                Inventory Impairments 6                Project Swan FY20 April Prof Fees Estimate                9    A&M Fees - in G&A 1                Transaction Cost    33                Organizational Restructuring Cost 22 12 5    Loss on impairment (Excl. D&A)    9                CEO Retirement    1                Lider Impairment 86                Total EBITDAR Adjustments Related to Special Items $ 115 $ 55 $ 14 $0 $ 0 H225 Lease Return                11    Total EBITDA Adjustments Related to Special Items $ 115 $ 55 $ 25 $0 $ 0 9                

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

THIS PLAN IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN CONDITIONALLY APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THE PLAN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS PLAN IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

	)
In re:	)	Chapter 11
	)
BRISTOW GROUP INC., et al.,1	)	Case No. 19-32713 (DRJ)
	)
Debtors.	)	Jointly Administered
	)

JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF

BRISTOW GROUP INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES

James R. Prince, State Bar No. 00784791	Richard G. Mason (pro hac vice)
Omar J. Alaniz, State Bar No. 24040402	Amy R. Wolf (pro hac vice)
Kevin Chiu, State Bar No. 24109723	WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ
BAKER BOTTS L.L.P.	51 West 52nd Street
2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 900	New York,  New York 10019
Dallas, Texas 75201-2980	Telephone:  (212) 403-1000
Telephone: (214) 953-6500	Facsimile:   (212) 403-2000
Facsimile:  (214) 953-6503	Email:         rgmason@wlrk.com
Email:         jim.prince@bakerbotts.com    omar.alaniz@bakerbotts.com    kevin.chiu@bakerbotts.com	arwolf@wlrk.com
-and-
Emanuel C. Grillo (pro hac vice)
Chris Newcomb (pro hac vice)
BAKER BOTTS L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York    10112-4498
Telephone: (212) 408-2500
Facsimile:  (212) 408-2501
Email:        emanuel.grillo@bakerbotts.com
chris.newcomb@bakerbotts.com
Co-Counsel to the Debtors and Debtors in Possession
Dated: August 1, 2019

¹  The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the last four digits of each debtor’s federal tax identification number, are: Bristow Group Inc. (9819), BHNA Holdings Inc. (8862), Bristow Alaska Inc. (8121), Bristow Helicopters Inc. (8733), Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC (2451), Bristow U.S. LLC (2904), BriLog Leasing Ltd. (9764), and Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd. (9303). The corporate headquarters and the mailing address for the Debtors listed above is 2103 City West Blvd., 4th Floor, Houston, Texas 77042.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
INTRODUCTION			4
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES			4
A.	Defined Terms		4
B.	Rules of Interpretation		21
C.	Computation of Time		22
D.	Governing Law		22
E.	Reference to Monetary Figures		22
F.	Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors		22
G.	Controlling Document		22
ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS			22
A.	Administrative Claims		22
B.	Professional Fee Claims		23
C.	Priority Tax Claims		23
D.	DIP Facility Claims		23
E.	Statutory Fees		24
ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS			24
A.	Classification of Claims and Interests		24
B.	Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests		25
C.	Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims		30
D.	Elimination of Vacant Classes		30
E.	Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes		30
F.	Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code		30
G.	Intercompany Interests		30
H.	Subordinated Claims and Interests		31
ARTICLE IV. PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN			31
A.	General Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action		31
B.	Restructuring Transactions		31
C.	Employee and Retiree Benefits		31
D.	Issuance and Distribution of New Stock		32
E.	Determination of Holder Citizenship		32
F.	Rights Offering		32
G.	The Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note		33
H.	Rights Offering Per Share Price		34
I.	Management Incentive Plan		34
J.	Management of Reorganized Bristow		34
K.	Exemption from Registration Requirements		34
L.	Vesting of Assets		35
M.	Cancellation of Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents		35
N.	Corporate Action		36
O.	Corporate Existence		37
P.	New Organizational Documents		37
Q.	Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions		37
R.	Section 1146(a) Exemption		37
S.	Directors and Officers		38
T.	Preservation of Causes of Action		38
U.	Indenture Trustee Expenses		39
V.	Closing the Chapter 11 Cases		39

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

		Page
ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES			39
A.	Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases		39
B.	Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases		40
C.	Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases		40
D.	Indemnification		41
E.	Insurance Policies		41
F.	Employee Compensation and Benefits		42
G.	Contracts and Leases After the Petition Date		42
H.	Reservation of Rights		42
I.	Nonoccurrence of Effective Date		43
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS			43
A.	Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date		43
B.	Rights and Powers of the Distribution Agent		43
C.	Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims		43
D.	Delivery of Distributions		44
E.	Compliance with Tax Requirements/Allocations		45
F.	Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties		46
G.	Setoffs		46
H.	Indefeasible Distributions		47
I.	Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest		47
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS			47
A.	Allowance of Claims		47
B.	Claims Administration Responsibilities		47
C.	Estimation of Claims		47
D.	Adjustment to Claims Without Objection		48
E.	Time to File Objections to Claims		48
F.	Disallowance of Claims		48
G.	Amendments to Claims		48
H.	No Distributions Pending Allowance		48
I.	Distributions After Allowance		48
J.	Single Satisfaction of Claims		49
ARTICLE VIII. DISCHARGE, RELEASE, INJUNCTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS			49
A.	Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests		49
B.	Releases by the Debtors		49
C.	Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests		50
D.	Exculpation		51
E.	Injunction		52
F.	Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment		52
G.	Release of Liens		52
H.	Reimbursement or Contribution		53
I.	Recoupment		53
J.	Subordination Rights		53
K.	Reservation of Rights of the United States		53
ARTICLE IX. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN			54
A.	Jurisdiction and Venue		54
B.	Order Approving the Disclosure Statement		54
C.	Voting Report		54

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

		Page
D.	Judicial Notice		54
E.	Transmittal and Mailing of Materials; Notice		55
F.	Solicitation		55
G.	Burden of Proof		55
H.	Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a) Compliance		55
I.	Compliance with the Requirements of Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code		55
J.	Securities Under the Plan		60
K.	Releases and Discharges		60
L.	Release and Retention of Causes of Action		61
M.	Approval of Restructuring Support Agreement, Backstop Commitment Agreement and Other Restructuring Documents and Agreements		61
N.	Confirmation Hearing Exhibits		61
O.	Objections to Confirmation of the Plan		61
P.	Retention of Jurisdiction		61
Q.	Plan Supplement		61
ARTICLE X. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE			62
A.	Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date		62
B.	Waiver of Conditions		63
C.	Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to Consummation		63
D.	Substantial Consummation		63
ARTICLE XI. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN			63
A.	Modification of Plan		63
B.	Effect of Confirmation on Modifications		63
C.	Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan		63
ARTICLE XII. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION			64
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS			65
A.	Immediate Binding Effect		65
B.	Restructuring Documents		65
C.	Additional Documents		66
D.	Dissolution of the Statutory Committees		66
E.	Payment of Statutory Fees		66
F.	Payment of Transaction Expenses		66
G.	Reservation of Rights		66
H.	Successors and Assigns		66
I.	Service of Documents		67
J.	Term of Injunctions or Stays		68
K.	Entire Agreement		68
L.	Plan Supplement		68
M.	Non-Severability		68
N.	Votes Solicited in Good Faith		69
O.	Waiver or Estoppel		69

iii

INTRODUCTION

Bristow Group Inc. and its affiliated debtors and debtors in possession in the above-captioned chapter 11 cases propose this joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization pursuant to chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A hereof. Although proposed jointly for administrative purposes, the Plan constitutes a separate plan for each of the foregoing entities and each of the foregoing entities is a proponent of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan does not contemplate substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors. The classification of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan should be deemed to apply separately to each Debtor, as applicable.

Reference is made to the accompanying Disclosure Statement for the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Bristow Group Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, properties and operations, valuation, projections, risk factors, a summary and analysis of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, and certain related matters.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THIS PLAN.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, GOVERNING LAW, AND OTHER REFERENCES

A. Defined Terms

1. “1145 Eligible Holder” means each Holder of a Claim (as of the Distribution Record Date) that is acquiring the 1145 Rights Offering Stock for its own account.

2. “1145 Rights Offering” means the rights offering for shares of New Common Stock to be conducted in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, in accordance with the 1145 Rights Offering Procedures.

3. “1145 Rights Offering Procedures” means the procedures attached as an exhibit to the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order.²

4. “1145 Rights Offering Stock” means the New Common Stock issued pursuant to the 1145 Rights Offering.

5. “1145 Subscription Rights” means the rights to purchase 1145 Rights Offering Stock pursuant to the 1145 Rights Offering at a per share purchase price of $36.37.

6. “2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee” means Cash in an aggregate amount of $562,500.

7. “2019 Term Loan Facility” means that certain prepetition secured term loan facility due May 2022 in the aggregate principal amount of $75,000,000, provided pursuant to the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement.

8. “2019 Term Loan Facility Agent” means Ankura Trust Company, LLC solely in its capacity as administrative agent under the 2019 Term Loan Facility.

²  [Note: The 1145 Rights Offering Procedures and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures shall be filed with the Court prior to the hearing on the entry of the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, and such procedures shall contain additional information and detail regarding the Rights Offering.]

9. “2019 Term Loan Facility Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon the 2019 Term Loan Facility.

10. “2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement” means that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2019, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time among Bristow Parent and its non-Debtor affiliate Bristow Holdings Company Ltd. III (Cayman Islands), as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, certain Holders of Secured Notes, as lenders, and the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

11. “4(a)(2) Eligible Holder” means each holder (as of the Distribution Record Date) of a Claim that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) or a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act and that is acquiring the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Stock for its own account.

12. “4(a)(2) Rights Offering” means the rights offering for New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock to be conducted in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, in accordance with the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures.

13. “4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures” means the procedures attached as an exhibit to the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order.³

14. “4(a)(2) Rights Offering Stock” means the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering.

15. “4(a)(2) Subscription Rights” means the rights to purchase 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Stock at a per share purchase price of $36.37.

16. “Administrative Claim” means a Claim against any of the Debtors on or after the Petition Date and before the Effective Date for a cost or expense of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases entitled to priority under sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ businesses; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims; (c) Allowed DIP Facility Claims; (d) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code; and (e) the Backstop Commitment Fee and the Equitization Consent Fee (which, in the case of this clause (e), are each deemed to be an Allowed Administrative Claim pursuant to the Confirmation Order).

17. “Administrative Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which: (a) with respect to Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims, shall be 30 days after the Effective Date; and (b) with respect to Professional Fee Claims, shall be 45 days after the Effective Date.

18. “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Person that is not a Debtor, the term “Affiliate” shall apply to such Person as if the Person were a Debtor.

19. “Allowed” means, with respect to any Claim against any of the Debtors, except as otherwise provided herein: (a) a Claim that is evidenced by a Proof of Claim Filed by the Claims Bar Date (or such other date as agreed by the Debtors pursuant to the Bar Date Order) or a request for payment of an Administrative Claim Filed by the Administrative Claims Bar Date, as applicable (or for which Claim under the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to a Final Order, a Proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Claim is not or shall not be required to be Filed); (b) a Claim that is listed in the Schedules as not contingent, not unliquidated, and not Disputed,

³  [Note: The 1145 Rights Offering Procedures and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures shall be filed with the Court prior to the hearing on the entry of the Conditional Disclosure Statement, and such procedures shall contain additional information and detail regarding the Rights Offering.]

5

and for which no contrary or superseding Proof of Claim, as applicable, has been timely Filed; or (c) a Claim allowed pursuant to the Plan or a Final Order; provided, that with respect to a Claim described in clauses (a) and (b) above, such Claim shall be considered Allowed only if and to the extent that with respect to such Claim no objection to the allowance thereof is interposed within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court, or such an objection is so interposed and the Claim has been Allowed by a Final Order. Any Claim that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed, and for which no contrary or superseding Proof of Claim is or has been timely Filed, or that is not or has not been Allowed by a Final Order, is not considered Allowed and shall be expunged without further action by the Debtors and without further notice to any party or action, approval, or order of the Bankruptcy Court. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Claim of any Entity subject to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed Allowed unless and until such Entity pays in full the amount that it owes the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, a Proof of Claim Filed after the Claims Bar Date or a request for payment of an Administrative Claim Filed after the Administrative Claims Bar Date, as applicable, shall not be Allowed for any purposes whatsoever absent entry of a Final Order allowing such late-Filed Claim. “Allow” and “Allowing” shall have correlative meanings.

20. “Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement” means an amended and restated version of the 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement to be entered into by the applicable Debtors, if the Debtors do not enter into the Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, in any case secured by a first lien on substantially all assets of the Reorganized Debtors and their non-Debtor Affiliates (subject to customary and other agreed exclusions), with the same maturity and interest rate as set forth in the 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, and with amendments only to the prepayment, financial, reporting and other affirmative and negative covenants in the 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

21. “Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility” means the secured credit facility that Reorganized Bristow Parent and certain other Reorganized Debtors will enter into on the Effective Date in accordance with the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, if the Debtors do not enter into the Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date.

22. “Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent” means the entity identified in the Plan Supplement as administrative and collateral agent under the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, solely in its capacity as such.

23. “Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Lenders” means those certain lenders from time to time party to the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, solely in their capacity as such.

24. “Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents” means, collectively, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, and other security documents, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

25. “Backstop Commitment Agreement” means that certain backstop commitment agreement, entered into and dated as of July 24, 2019, pursuant to which the Backstop Commitment Parties have agreed to backstop the Rights Offering, as may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and the Restructuring Support Agreement and which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

26. “Backstop Commitment Fee” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Backstop Commitment Agreement, and shall be equal to 5.83% of the New Stock on a fully-diluted basis (except for the New Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan).

27. “Backstop Commitment Parties” means at any time and from time to time, the parties that have committed to backstop the Rights Offering and are signatories to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, solely in their capacities as such, to the extent provided in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

6

28. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended from time to time.

29. “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division or such other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, including, to the extent of the withdrawal of reference under 28 U.S.C. § 157 and/or the General Order of the District Court pursuant to section 151 of title 28 of the United States Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas.

30. “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

31. “Bar Date Order” means the Order (I) Setting Bar Dates for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Requests for Payment under Section 503(b)(9), (II) Establishing Amended Schedules Bar Date and Rejection Damages Bar Date, (III) Approving the Form of and Manner for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Section 503(b)(9) Requests and (IV) Approving Notice of Bar Dates [Docket No. 392] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

32. “Bristow Parent” means Bristow Group Inc.

33. “Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).

34. “Cash” means the legal tender of the United States of America or the equivalent thereof, including bank deposits and checks.

35. “Causes of Action” means any and all claims, controversies, actions, proceedings, controversies, reimbursement claims, contribution claims, recoupment rights, interests, debts, third-party claims, indemnity claims, damages, remedies, causes of action, demands, rights, suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, judgments, defenses, affirmative defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, franchises, avoidance actions, counterclaims and cross-claims, of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, disputed or undisputed, asserted or unasserted, direct or indirect, assertible directly or derivatively, choate or inchoate, reduced to judgment or otherwise, secured or unsecured, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in tort, law, equity, or otherwise pursuant to any theory of law. Causes of Action also include: (a) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and claims on contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law or equity; (b) the right to object to or otherwise contest Claims or Interests; (c) claims pursuant to sections 362, 510, 542, 543, 544 through 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) such claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (e) any claim for fraudulent transfer or similar claim pursuant to any state or foreign law.

36. “Certificate” means any instrument evidencing a Claim or an Interest.

37. “Chapter 11 Cases” means, when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court, and when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated and jointly administered chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.

38. “Citizenship Certification” means a certification regarding the citizenship of a holder in the form approved by the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order or such other form that may be acceptable to the Debtors.

39. “Claim” has the meaning set forth in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

40. “Claims Bar Date” means the applicable deadline by which Proofs of Claim must be Filed, as established by: (a) the Bar Date Order; (b) a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court; or (c) the Plan.

7

41. “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Solicitation Agent or the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.

42. “Class” means a category of Holders of Claims or Interests pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

43. “Collateral” means any property or interest in property of the Estate of any Debtor subject to a Lien, charge, or other encumbrance to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien, charge, or other encumbrance is not subject to a Final Order ordering the remedy of avoidance of any such Lien, charge, or other encumbrance under the Bankruptcy Code.

44. “Compensation and Benefits Programs” means all employment and severance agreements and policies, and all employment, compensation, and benefit plans, policies, workers’ compensation programs, savings plans, retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, healthcare plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive and retention plans, programs and payments, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, and programs of the Debtors, and all amendments and modifications thereto, applicable to the Debtors’ and their Affiliates’ employees, former employees, retirees, and non-employee directors and the employees, former employees and retirees of their subsidiaries.

45. “Conditional Disclosure Statement Order” means the order, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, entered by the Bankruptcy Court conditionally approving the Disclosure Statement and the Solicitation Materials, and allowing solicitation of the Plan to commence, entered on [•], 2019 [Docket No. [•]], (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

46. “Confirmation” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.

47. “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

48. “Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court to (a) consider Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) consider final approval of the Disclosure Statement, the Solicitation Materials, the Restructuring Support Agreement, and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

49. “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, the form and substance of which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and providing final approval of the Disclosure Statement, the Solicitation Materials, the Restructuring Support Agreement, and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

50. “Consummation” or “Consummated” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

51. “Convertible Notes” means the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023, issued in an original principal amount of approximately $143,750,000 pursuant to the Convertible Notes Indenture.

52. “Convertible Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of December 18, 2017, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, for the Convertible Notes, among Bristow Parent, as issuer, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee, as trustee.

53. “Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee” means Delaware Trust Company, and any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as successor trustee under the Convertible Notes Indenture.

8

54. “Creditors’ Committee” means the official committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to the Notice of Appointment of Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket No. 179], as may be reconstituted from time to time.

55. “Cure Costs” means all amounts, including an amount of $0.00, required to cure any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (or such lesser amount as may be agreed upon by the parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease) that is to be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

56. “Cure Notice” means any notice that sets forth the proposed Cure Costs under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by the applicable Debtors under the Plan, which notice shall include (a) procedures for objecting to proposed assumptions or assignments of the applicable Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases, (b) the Cure Costs proposed to be paid in connection therewith, and (c) procedures for resolution by the Bankruptcy Court of any related dispute.

57. “D&O Liability Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies (including any “tail policy”) of any of the Debtors for current or former directors’, managers’, officers’, and/or employees’ liability.

58. “Debtors” means, collectively, Bristow Group Inc., BHNA Holdings Inc., Bristow Alaska Inc., Bristow Helicopters Inc., Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, Bristow U.S. LLC, BriLog Leasing Ltd., and Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd.

59. “DIP Facility” means that certain $150,000,000 senior secured term loan credit facility provided pursuant to the DIP Facility Credit Agreement.

60. “DIP Facility Agent” means Ankura Trust Company, LLC, or any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP Facility Credit Agreement.

61. “DIP Facility Claim” means any Claim, including for any Equitization Consent Fee if applicable, held by any of the DIP Facility Lenders or the DIP Facility Agent arising under or related to the DIP Facility Credit Agreement.

62. “DIP Facility Credit Agreement” means that certain Superpriority Secured Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of August [•], 2019, by and among Bristow Parent, as parent borrower, Bristow Holdings Company Ltd. III, as co-borrower, each of the other Debtors and non-Debtor Affiliates, as guarantors, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, and the DIP Facility Agent, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

63. “DIP Facility Lenders” means those certain lenders from time to time party to the DIP Facility Credit Agreement, solely in their capacity as such.

64. “DIP Order” means the Order (A) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Postpetition Financing, (B) Authorizing the Debtors to Continue to Use Cash Collateral, (C) Granting Liens and Providing Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (D) Modifying the Automatic Stay, and (E) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. [•]] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

65. “Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement for the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

66. “Disputed” means, as to any Claim or Interest (or any portion thereof), a Claim or Interest: (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; (c) as to which a dispute is being adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with non-bankruptcy law; (d) as to which a timely objection or request for estimation has been Filed and not withdrawn; or (e) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

9

67. “Distribution Agent” means, as applicable, the Reorganized Debtors or any Entity the Reorganized Debtors select (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties) to make or to facilitate distributions in accordance with the Plan.

68. “Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein and except distributions to holders of public securities, the date or dates determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (in consultation with the Required RSA Parties), on or after the Effective Date, upon which the Distribution Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests entitled to receive distributions under the Plan.

69. “Distribution Record Date” means, other than with respect to those Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes deposited with DTC, the record date for purposes of determining which Holders of Allowed Claims against or Allowed Interests in the Debtors are eligible to receive distributions under the Plan, which date shall be the Confirmation Date, or such other date as is agreed to by the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties, or designated in a Final Order. The Distribution Record Date shall not apply to any Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes deposited with DTC, the Holders of which shall receive a distribution in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC.

70. “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

71. “Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article X.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article X.B of the Plan, and the Plan is deemed effective by the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties.

72. “Eligible Holder” means a Holder that is a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder and/or a 1145 Eligible Holder as of the Distribution Record Date.

73. “Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

74. “Equitization Allocation New Stock” means 22.68% of the New Stock on a fully-diluted basis (except for the New Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan), which shall be distributed to the Holders of DIP Facility Claims as set forth in Article II.D of the Plan.

75. “Equitization Consent Fee” means 2.27% of the New Stock on a fully-diluted basis (except for the New Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan), which shall be distributed to the Holders of DIP Facility Claims as set forth in Article II.D of the Plan.

76. “Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for the Debtor pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the applicable Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.

77. “Exculpated Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors; (b) the DIP Facility Agent; (c) the DIP Facility Lenders; (d) the Backstop Commitment Parties; (e) the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims; (f) the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (g) the Supporting Noteholders; (h) the Indenture Trustees; (i) with respect to each of the foregoing entities in clauses (a) through (h), each such Entity’s current and former predecessors, successors, Affiliates (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), subsidiaries, direct and indirect equity holders, funds, portfolio companies, and management companies; and (j) with respect to each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (h), each of their respective current and former directors, officers, members, employees, partners, managers, independent contractors, agents, representatives, principals, professionals, consultants, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professional advisors, each in their capacity as such; provided that no current or former Holder of Existing Interests, each in their capacity as such, is an Exculpated Party unless such Holder is also a Supporting Noteholder or current director, officer or employee of a Debtor or an Affiliate of a Debtor.

10

78. “Executory Contract” means a contract or lease to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

79. “Existing Interests” means the Interests in Bristow Parent.

80. “Exit Facility” means the secured credit facility that Reorganized Bristow Parent and/or certain other Reorganized Debtors will enter into on the Effective Date in accordance with the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, if the Debtors elect to enter into the Exit Facility instead of entering into the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement.

81. “Exit Facility Agent” means the entity identified in the Plan Supplement as administrative and collateral agent under the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, solely in its capacity as such.

82. “Exit Facility Credit Agreement” means the agreement governing the Exit Facility, if any, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

83. “Exit Facility Documents” means, collectively, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and any and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, and other security documents, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

84. “Exit Facility Lenders” means those certain lenders from time to time party to the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, solely in their capacity as such.

85. “Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate in effect pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1961 as of the Petition Date, compounded annually.

86. “File,” “Filed,” and “Filing” means file, filed, or filing in the Chapter 11 Cases with the Bankruptcy Court.

87. “Final Cash Collateral Order” means the Final Order (A) Authorizing the Debtors to Use Cash Collateral, (B) Granting Adequate Protection to the Prepetition Consenting Secured Parties, (C) Modifying the Automatic Stay and (D) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 312], (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof), which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

88. “Final Decree” means the decree contemplated under Bankruptcy Rule 3022.

89. “Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be Filed has been resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice.

90. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors that is not Secured and is not: (a) an Administrative Claim; (b) a Professional Fee Claim; (c) a Priority Tax Claim; (d) an Other Priority Claim; (e) an Unsecured Notes Claim; (f) a Trade Claim; (g) an Intercompany Claim; or (h) a Section 510(b) Claim.

91. “Governance Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached to the Restructuring Term Sheet as Exhibit 4, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

11

92. “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

93. “Guarantor Subsidiaries” means, collectively, Bristow Helicopters Inc., BHNA Holdings, Inc., Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, Bristow Alaska Inc. and Bristow U.S. LLC.

94. “GUC Distribution Cash Amount” means an aggregate amount of Cash in an amount to be determined as set forth in the Restructuring Term Sheet, which is to be distributed Pro Rata to all Holders of General Unsecured Claims that either (a) timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election or (b) are not a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder.

95. “GUC Rights Offering Election” means the election to be made by each holder of a General Unsecured Claim to receive the treatment under the Plan set forth in Article III.B.12.b.ii instead of the treatment under the Plan set forth in Article III.B.12.b.i, with such election being described in greater detail in the Rights Offering Procedures.

96. “GUC Subscription Rights” means the non-certificated rights to be distributed to each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim that will enable each Holder thereof to purchase its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Rights Offering Stock, pursuant to the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

97. “Holder” means an Entity holding a Claim or Interest, as applicable.

98. “Impaired” means, with respect to any Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

99. “Indemnification Obligations” means each of the Debtors’ indemnification provisions in place whether in the Debtors’ bylaws, certificates of incorporation, other formation documents, board resolutions, management or indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise, for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, other professionals, and agents of the Debtors and such current and former directors’, officers’, and managers’ respective Affiliates.

100. “Indenture Trustee Expenses” means the reasonable and documented compensation, fees, expenses, disbursements, and claims for indemnity, subrogation, and contribution incurred or owed to the Indenture Trustees, whether prior to or after the Petition Date but in all cases before the Effective Date, in each case under the Indentures.

101. “Indenture Trustees” means, collectively the Secured Notes Indenture Trustee, the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, and the Convertible Notes Indenture Trustee.

102. “Indentures” means, collectively, the Secured Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes Indenture, and the Convertible Notes Indenture.

103. “Initial Amended RSA” means that certain Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement dated as of June 27, 2019 that the Restructuring Support Agreement amends, restates and replaces in its entirety.

104. “Initial MIP Amount” means 4.0% of the New Stock on a fully diluted basis (of which 4.0%, 60% thereof shall be in grants of restricted units and 40% shall be in options).

105. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim held by a Debtor against another Debtor.

106. “Intercompany Interest” means, other than an Interest in Bristow Parent, an Interest in one Debtor held by another Debtor.

107. “Interest” means any equity security (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code) in any Debtor, including options, warrants, rights, restricted stock unit or other securities or agreements to acquire the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership or profits interests of any Debtor (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement, separation agreement or employee incentive plan or program of a Debtor as of the Petition Date).

12

108. “Interim Compensation Order” means the Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Chapter 11 Case Professionals [Docket No. 393] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

109. “Key Employee Incentive Plan and Retention Payments Order” means the Order Authorizing and Approving Key Employee Incentive Plans and Non-Insider Retention Payments [Docket No. [•]] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).

110. “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

111. “Lombard (BALL) Term Loan” means that certain prepetition pound sterling funded secured loan facility dated as of November 11, 2016, in the original principal amount of $90,000,000 U.S. dollar equivalent, among Bristow Aircraft Leasing Limited, as borrower, Lombard North Central PLC, as lender, and Bristow Parent and Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, as guarantors.

112. “Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement governing the Lombard (BALL) Term Loan, dated as of November 11, 2016, among Bristow Aircraft Leasing Limited, as borrower, Lombard North Central PLC, as lender, and Bristow Parent and Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, as guarantors.

113. “Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee” means the guarantees by Bristow Parent and Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC of the obligations under Lombard (BALL) Term Loan or the Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Credit Agreement.

114. “Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claim” means any Claim against Bristow Parent or Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC arising from or based upon the Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee.

115. “Lombard (BULL) Term Loan” means that certain prepetition pound sterling funded secured loan facility dated as of November 11, 2016, in the original principal amount of $110,000,000 U.S. dollar equivalent, among Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, as borrower, Lombard North Central PLC, as lender, and Bristow Parent, as guarantor

116. “Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan, the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Guarantee or the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Credit Agreement.

117. “Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement governing the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan, dated as of November 11, 2016, among Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, as borrower, Lombard North Central PLC, as lender, and Bristow Parent, as guarantor.

118. “Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Guarantee” means the guarantee by Bristow Parent of the obligations under Lombard (BULL) Term Loan or the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Credit Agreement.

119. “Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility” means that certain prepetition term loan facility dated as of February 1, 2017, in the original principal amount of $200,000,000, among Bristow U.S. LLC, as borrower, Macquarie Bank Limited, as administrative agent, and Bristow Parent, as guarantor.

120. “Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claim” means any claim against any Debtor arising from or based upon the Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility.

121. “Management Incentive Plan” means a post-Effective Date management incentive plan for certain participating employees of the Reorganized Debtors and Affiliates to be established and implemented in accordance with Article IV.I of the Plan, which shall provide for the terms and conditions under which the MIP Pool may be allowed and distributed to certain participating employees of the Reorganized Debtors and Affiliates and shall be in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

13

122. “MCA” means the Maritime & Coastguard Agency, an executive agency of the United Kingdom.

123. “MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims” means the MCA Guarantee Claims and the Other Customer Guarantee Claims.

124. “MCA Guarantee” means the guarantee by Bristow Parent of the obligations of Bristow Helicopters Limited and its Affiliates under the UK SAR Contract.

125. “MCA Guarantee Claims” means any Claim against Bristow Parent arising from or based upon the MCA Guarantee.

126. “MIP Pool” means a pool of stock-based awards, in the form of options, appreciation rights, restricted stock units, restricted stock, or similar awards, as applicable, representing at least 5% but no more than 10% of the aggregate amount of New Stock, determined on a fully diluted and fully distributed basis (with the ratio of New Common Stock to New Preferred Stock to be the same as the ratio of all New Common Stock to all New Preferred Stock held by the average Backstop Commitment Party), which shall be reserved for distribution to certain participating employees of the Reorganized Debtors or Affiliates pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan and shall be in accordance with the Restructuring Term Sheet.

127. “New Common Stock” means the common stock of Reorganized Bristow Parent, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

128. “New Common Stock Agreement” means the definitive documentation governing the terms and conditions of the New Common Stock, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

129. “New Macquarie Note” means a new note to be issued on the Effective Date by Bristow U.S. LLC, which note shall be secured by the same Collateral that secures the Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility immediately prior to the Effective Date, with the other terms of the note to satisfy the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court.

130. “New Organizational Documents” means the form of the certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents, of each of the Reorganized Debtors, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

131. “New PK Air Note” means a new note to be issued on the Effective Date by Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd., which note shall be secured by the same Collateral that secures the PK Air Credit Facility immediately prior to the Effective Date, with the other terms of the note to satisfy the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court.

132. “New Preferred Stock” means the preferred stock of Reorganized Bristow Parent, which shall have the terms and conditions set forth in the New Preferred Stock Term Sheet, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

133. “New Preferred Stock Agreement” means the definitive documentation governing the terms and conditions of the New Preferred Stock, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

134. “New Preferred Stock Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached to the Restructuring Term Sheet as Exhibit 3.

14

135. “New Shareholders’ Agreement” means the shareholders’ agreement governing the rights of the Holders of New Common Stock and/or New Preferred Stock on and after the Effective Date, which shareholders’ agreement shall be consistent with the Governance Term Sheet and subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

136. “New Stock” means, collectively, the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock.

137. “Non-U.S. Citizen” means a Holder of an Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim or General Unsecured Claim that is not determined to be a U.S. Citizen under the procedure set forth in Article IV.E of this Plan.

138. “Original DIP Commitment Letter” means that certain commitment letter, dated as of May 10, 2019, by and among Bristow Parent, Bristow Holdings Company Ltd. III and each of the institutions identified on Schedule 1 thereto, as the same may have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

139. “Original RSA” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

140. “Other Customer Contract” means any revenue-generating customer contract of one or more of the Debtors’ non-debtor Affiliates that is set forth in the Schedule of Other Customer Contracts.

141. “Other Customer Guarantee” means any guarantee by any of the Debtors of the obligations of one or more of its Affiliates under an Other Customer Contract.

142. “Other Customer Guarantee Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon an Other Customer Guarantee.

143. “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

144. “Other Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim against any of the Debtors, other than a Secured Notes Claim, a 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim, or a Secured Equipment Financing Facilities Claim.

145. “Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

146. “Petition Date” means May 11, 2019, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.

147. “PK Air Credit Facility” means that certain prepetition term loan facility dated as of July 17, 2017 in the original principal amount of $230,000,000 across 24 term loans, among Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd., as borrower, PK AirFinance S.à r.l., as agent, PK Transportation Finance Ireland Limited, as lender, and other lenders from time to time thereto.

148. “PK Air Credit Facility Claim” means any claim against any Debtor arising from or based upon the PK Air Credit Facility.

149. “Plan” means this joint chapter 11 plan (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, including all exhibits, schedules, supplements, appendices, annexes and attachments hereto), which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

150. “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan, to be Filed by the Debtors no later than 7 days before the Voting Deadline, or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to parties in interest, and additional documents Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement, including: (a) the material New Organizational Documents; (b) the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and material related documents, if applicable; (c) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement and material related documents, if applicable, and the identity of the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (d) the schedule of Retained Causes of

15

Action; (e) a disclosure of the members of the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board and their compensation; (f) the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (g) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (h) the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit, if needed; (i) the form of the Management Incentive Plan; (j) the New Shareholders’ Agreement; (k) the Schedule of Other Customer Contracts; (l) the New Preferred Stock Agreement; (m) the New Common Stock Agreement; (n) the terms of the New Macquarie Note; and (o) the terms of the New PK Air Note, which shall in each case be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Debtors shall have the right to amend the documents contained in, and exhibits to, the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement, including the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties.

151. “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit against any of the Debtors of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

152. “Pro Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of the Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that respective Class, or the proportion of the Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in a particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interests under the Plan.

153. “Professional” means an Entity employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered before or on the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code.

154. “Professional Fee Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Confirmation Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.B of the Plan.

155. “Professional Fee Claim” means any Administrative Claim for the compensation of Professionals and the reimbursement of expenses incurred by such Professionals through and including the Confirmation Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Professional Fee Claim.

156. “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the total estimated amount of the Professional Fee Amount as set forth in Article II.B of the Plan.

157. “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases by the applicable Claims Bar Date.

158. “Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means, with respect to Claims or Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

159. “Related Party” means, collectively, current and former directors, managers, officers, shareholders, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, predecessors, participants, successors, assigns (whether by operation of law or otherwise), subsidiaries, current, former, and future affiliates, associated entities, managed entities, accounts or funds, partners, limited partners, general partners, principals, members, management companies, fund advisors, fiduciaries, trustees, employees, agents (including any Distribution Agent), advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, other representatives, and other professionals, representatives, advisors, predecessors, successors, and assigns, each solely in their capacities as such, solely in their capacity as such, and such entities’ respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees.

16

160. “Released Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the DIP Facility Agent; (d) the DIP Facility Lenders; (e) the Backstop Commitment Parties; (f) the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims; (g) the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (h) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Lenders; (i) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (j) the Supporting Noteholders; (k) the Indenture Trustees; (l) the Exit Facility Lenders; (m) the Exit Facility Agent; (n) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through (m); and (o) each Related Party of each Entity in clause (a) through (n); provided that any holder of a Claim or Interest that (x) validly opts out of the releases contained in the Plan or (y) files an objection to the releases contained in the Plan shall not be a “Released Party.”

161. “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the DIP Facility Agent; (d) the DIP Facility Lenders; (e) the Backstop Commitment Parties; (f) the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims; (g) the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (h) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Lenders; (i) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (j) the Supporting Noteholders; (k) the Indenture Trustees; (l) the Exit Facility Lenders; (m) the Exit Facility Agent; (n) all Holders of Claims; (o) all Holders of Interests; (p) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through (o); and (q) each Related Party of each Entity in clause (a) through (p); provided that any holder of a Claim or Interest that (x) validly opts out of the releases contained in the Plan or (y) files an objection to the releases contained in the Plan shall not be a “Releasing Party.”

162. “Reorganized Bristow Parent” means Bristow Parent, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, or any successor or assign thereto.

163. “Reorganized Bristow Parent Board” means the board of directors of Reorganized Bristow Parent on and after the Effective Date.

164. “Reorganized Debtors” means the Debtors, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Restructuring Transactions, on and after the Effective Date, or any successors or assigns thereto.

165. “Required Backstop Parties” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

166. “Required DIP Lenders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

167. “Required RSA Parties” means, with respect to any document, order, agreement or as otherwise used in this Plan, the applicable parties holding the applicable consent rights under the Restructuring Support Agreement (including section 2.02 thereof).

168. “Required Secured Parties” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Term Sheet.

169. “Restructuring Documents” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Restructuring Documents shall include the Final Cash Collateral Order, the Disclosure Statement, the other solicitation materials with respect to the Plan, the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, the Plan, each document included in the Plan Supplement, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Confirmation Order, the DIP Facility Credit Agreement, the DIP Order, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note, the New Organizational Documents, the Management Incentive Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures. Each of the Restructuring Documents shall comport with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, including the applicable consent rights thereunder (including section 2.02 thereof).

170. “Restructuring Support Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement, entered into and dated as of July 24, 2019, by and among the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, including all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and which shall only be amended in accordance with the terms thereof, a copy of which is attached to the Disclosure Statement as Exhibit A.

17

171. “Restructuring Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached as Exhibit A to the Restructuring Support Agreement including all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto.

172. “Restructuring Transactions” mean those mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers, conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate transactions that the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties reasonably determine to be necessary to implement the Plan.

173. “Restructuring Transactions Exhibit” means an exhibit, which may be included as needed in the Plan Supplement, that sets forth the steps to be carried out to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions on and after the Effective Date.

174. “Retained Causes of Action” means those Causes of Action that shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors on the Effective Date, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any of the Causes of Action that are settled, released or exculpated under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary under the Plan, any and all Causes of Action that the Debtors may hold against Columbia Helicopters, Inc. and its affiliates shall be Retained Causes of Action.

175. “Rights Offering” means, collectively, the 1145 Rights Offering and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering, each of which shall be conducted in accordance with the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, and the applicable Rights Offering Procedures.

176. “Rights Offering Offerees” means, collectively, (i) the Holders of Secured Notes Claims, (ii) the Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims, and (iii) the Holders of General Unsecured Claims that timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election.

177. “Rights Offering Participants” means, collectively, the Rights Offering Offerees that duly subscribe for New Stock in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures.

178. “Rights Offering Procedures” means, collectively, the 1145 Rights Offering Procedures and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures, each of which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

179. “Rights Offering Stock” means, collectively, the 1145 Rights Offering Stock and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Stock to be purchased by the Rights Offering Participants pursuant to the Rights Offering, which shall be equal to 58.22% of the New Stock on a fully-diluted basis (except for the New Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan) and shall be payable 8.175% in New Preferred Stock and 91.825% in New Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Rights Offering Stock” does not include the New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock issued on account of the Backstop Commitment Fee.

180. “Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means the schedule (including any modifications or amendments thereto) of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, which shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

181. “Schedule of Other Customer Contracts” means the schedule (including any modifications or amendments thereto), if any, identifying the Other Customer Contracts.

182. “Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means the schedule (including any amendments or modifications thereto), if any, of certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan.

183. “Schedules” means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors pursuant to section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code.

18

184. “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

185. “Section 510(b) Claim” means any claim against any of the Debtors subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

186. “Secured” or “Secured Claim” means, when referring to a Claim against any of the Debtors, a Claim that is: (a) secured by a lien on property in which any of the Debtors has an interest, which lien is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest in the Debtors’ interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) Allowed pursuant to the Plan, or separate order of the Bankruptcy Court, as a secured claim.

187. “Secured Equipment Financing Facilities Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon the Secured Equipment Financing Facilities.

188. “Secured Noteholder Subscription Rights” means the non-certificated rights to be distributed to each Holder of Secured Notes that will enable each Holder thereof to purchase its Pro Rata share of the Secured Rights Offering Stock, pursuant to the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

189. “Secured Notes” means the 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, issued in an original principal amount of $350,000,000 pursuant to the Secured Notes Indenture.

190. “Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

191. “Secured Notes Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon the Secured Notes or the Secured Notes Indenture.

192. “Secured Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of March 6, 2018, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, for the Secured Notes, among Bristow Parent, as issuer, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and the Secured Notes Indenture Trustee, as trustee.

193. “Secured Notes Indenture Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, and any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as trustee under the Secured Notes Indenture.

194. “Secured Rights Offering Stock” means the amount of the New Stock distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering in exchange for $37.5 million.

195. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any similar federal, state, or local law.

196. “Security” has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act. “Securities” shall have a correlative meaning.

197. “Senior Notes” means the 6.25% Senior Notes due 2022, issued in an original principal amount of $450,000,000 pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

198. “Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of October 12, 2012, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, for the Senior Notes, among Bristow Parent, as issuer, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and the Senior Notes Indenture Trustee, as trustee.

199. “Senior Notes Indenture Trustee” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, and any successor thereto, solely in its capacity as trustee under the Senior Notes Indenture.

19

200. “Servicer” means an agent or other authorized representative of Holders of Claims or Interests.

201. “Solicitation Agent” means Prime Clerk LLC, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent retained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

202. “Solicitation Materials” means, collectively, the solicitation materials with respect to the Plan.

203. “Subscription Rights” means, collectively, the 1145 Subscription Rights and the 4(a)(2) Subscription Rights.

204. “Supporting Noteholders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

205. “Supporting Secured Noteholders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

206. “Supporting Unsecured Noteholders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

207. “Trade Claim” means any Claim held by an ordinary course trade vendor of the Debtors against any of the Debtors on account of ordinary course goods and/or services provided to any of the Debtors, including any due but unpaid director fees as of the Petition Date; provided that the Debtors may require in their discretion that such trade vendors agree to continue to provide goods or services to the Reorganized Debtors on customary credit terms after the Effective Date (and for the avoidance of doubt, those trade vendors that do not agree to continue to provide goods and services on customary credit terms (to the extent required by the Debtors) shall have their Claims treated as General Unsecured Claims). For the avoidance of doubt, Trade Claims shall not include any Claim arising from or based upon (1) rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, (2) the Debtors’ prepetition return of any aircraft or any prepetition agreement or settlement with respect to any aircraft lease obligations, (3) any agreement or arrangement with any former insider (as of the Petition Date) of any Debtor or (4) any obligation in respect of deferred compensation plans for any participant that is not a current employee on the Effective Date.

208. “Transaction Expenses” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

209. “UK SAR Contract” means that certain contract between Bristow Helicopters Limited and MCA for the provision of search and rescue services in the United Kingdom on behalf of Her Majesty’s Coastguard.

210. “Unclaimed Distribution” means any distribution under the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim to a Holder that has not: (a) accepted a particular distribution or, in the case of distributions made by check, negotiated such check; (b) given notice to the Reorganized Debtors of an intent to accept a particular distribution; (c) responded to the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ requests for information necessary to facilitate a particular distribution; or (d) taken any other action necessary to facilitate such distribution.

211. “Unexpired Lease” means a lease of nonresidential real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party to that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

212. “Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is not impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

213. “Unsecured Equity Pool” means New Common Stock in an amount equal to 11% of all New Stock on a fully-diluted basis (except for the New Stock to be issued pursuant to the Management Incentive Plan),

214. “Unsecured Noteholder Subscription Rights” means the non-certificated rights to be distributed to each Holder of Unsecured Notes that will enable each Holder thereof to purchase its Pro Rata share of the Unsecured Rights Offering Stock, pursuant to the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

20

215. “Unsecured Notes” means, collectively, the Senior Notes and the Convertible Notes.

216. “Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

217. “Unsecured Notes Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors arising from or based upon the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Convertible Notes, or the Convertible Notes Indenture.

218. “Unsecured Rights Offering Stock” means the amount of the New Stock distributed pursuant to the Rights Offering in exchange for $347.5 million.

219. “Unsubscribed Shares” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

220. “U.S. Trustee” means the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas.

221. “Voting Classes” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order.

222. “Voting Report” means the report certifying the methodology for the tabulation of votes and result of voting under the Plan.

B. Rules of Interpretation

For purposes herein: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, shall mean such document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” and “Sections” are references to Articles and Sections, respectively, hereof or hereto; (5) the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to any particular portion of the Plan; (6) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (7) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (8) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable; (9) references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (10) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (11) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws; (12) the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” and (13) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan and without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; provided that no effectuating provision shall be immaterial or deemed immaterial if it has any substantive legal or economic effect on any Person.

21

C. Computation of Time

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.

D. Governing Law

Except to the extent a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules), and subject to the provisions of any contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into expressly in connection herewith, the rights and obligations arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

E. Reference to Monetary Figures

All references in the Plan to monetary figures refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided.

F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or to the Reorganized Debtors mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

G. Controlling Document

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and any document included in the Plan Supplement, the applicable Plan Supplement document shall control. In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and any of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Order shall control.

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, Priority Tax Claims, DIP Facility Claims and Other Priority Claims have not been classified and thus are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan.

A. Administrative Claims

Except with respect to the Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtor against which such Allowed Administrative Claim is asserted agree to less favorable treatment for such Holder, or such Holder has been paid by any Debtor on account of such Allowed Administrative Claim prior to the Effective Date, each Holder of such an Allowed Administrative Claim will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if

22

such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims that do not File and serve such a request by the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be forever barred, stopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed compromised, settled, and released as of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Holders of DIP Facility Claims shall not be required to File or serve any request for payment of such DIP Facility Claims.

B. Professional Fee Claims

All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Confirmation Date must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtors will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount on the Effective Date. Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors their estimates for purposes of the Reorganized Debtors computing the Professional Fee Amount no later than 10 Business Days following the Confirmation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no such estimate shall be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of a Professional’s final request for payment of Professional Fee Claims Filed with the Bankruptcy Court. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional. No funds in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be property of the Estates, and the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of Holders of Professional Fee Claims. Any funds remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid shall be promptly turned over to the Reorganized Debtors.

From and after the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

C. Priority Tax Claims

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Debtor (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld) against which such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is asserted agree to a less favorable treatment for such Holder, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

D. DIP Facility Claims

As of the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Claims shall be Allowed and deemed to be Allowed Claims in the full amount outstanding under the DIP Facility Credit Agreement and the DIP Order, including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses, and noncontingent indemnity payable under the DIP Facility Credit Agreement or the DIP Order. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Facility Claim, each such Holder shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, (ii) the Equitization Consent Fee, payable at the

23

election of each Holder of a DIP Facility Claim in New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, and (iii) the Equitization Allocation New Stock, which shall be payable 8.175% in New Preferred Stock and 91.825% in New Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Upon receiving the treatment set forth in this paragraph, on the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted to secure the DIP Facility Claims shall be automatically terminated and of no further force and effect without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.

E. Statutory Fees

All fees due and payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code prior to the Effective Date shall be timely paid by the Debtors. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall timely pay any and all such fees when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Debtor shall remain obligated to pay such quarterly fees to the U.S. Trustee until the earliest of that particular Debtor’s case being closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION, TREATMENT, AND VOTING OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

A. Classification of Claims and Interests

The Plan constitutes a separate plan proposed by each Debtor within the meaning of section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except for the Claims addressed in Article II of the Plan, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below for all purposes, including voting, Confirmation, and distribution pursuant to the Plan, all in accordance with sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Existing Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied or disallowed by Final Order prior to the Effective Date. Unless otherwise indicated, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date (or, if payment is not then due, in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course of business) or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the timing of which shall be subject to the reasonable discretion of the Reorganized Debtors and the consent of the Required RSA Parties (not to be unreasonably withheld). For all purposes under the Plan, each Class will contain sub-Classes for each of the Debtors, as applicable; provided, that any Class that does not contain any Allowed Claims or Existing Interests with respect to a particular Debtor will be treated in accordance with Article III.D below.

Below is a chart assigning each Class a number for purposes of identifying each separate Class.

Class	Claim or Interest	Status	Voting Rights
1	Other Secured Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
2	Other Priority Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
3	2019 Term Loan Facility	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
4	Secured Notes Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
5	Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
6	PK Air Credit Facility Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
7	Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
8	Unsecured Notes Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote

24

Class	Claim or Interest	Status	Voting Rights
9	Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
10	MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
11	Trade Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
12	General Unsecured Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
13	Intercompany Claims	Unimpaired, or Impaired	Deemed to Accept, or Presumed to Reject
14	Intercompany Interests	Unimpaired, or Impaired	Deemed to Accept, or Presumed to Reject
15	Existing Interests	Impaired	Presumed to Reject
16	Section 510(b) Claims	Impaired	Presumed to Reject

B. Treatment of Classes of Claims and Interests

1. Class 1 — Other Secured Claims

a. Classification: Class 1 consists of all Other Secured Claims.

b. Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim, at the option of the applicable Debtor (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld), either:

i. payment in full in Cash;

ii. delivery of the Collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim;

iii. Reinstatement of such Other Secured Claim, notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable non-bankruptcy law that entitles the holder of such claim to demand or to receive payment prior to the stated maturity of such Allowed Other Secured Claim from and after the occurrence of default; or

iv. such other treatment rendering such Other Secured Claim Unimpaired.

c. Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims in Class 1 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims in Class 1 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

2. Class 2 — Other Priority Claims

a. Classification: Class 2 consists of all Other Priority Claims.

b. Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Other Priority Claim, at the option of the applicable Debtors (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld), either:

i. Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim; or

ii. such other treatment rendering such Other Priority Claim Unimpaired.

25

c. Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims in Class 2 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims in Class 2 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

3. Class 3 — 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims

a. Classification: Class 3 consists of all 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims.

b. Treatment: As of the Effective Date, the 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims shall be Allowed and deemed to be Allowed Claims in the full amount outstanding under the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement, the DIP Order and the Final Cash Collateral Order, including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses, and noncontingent indemnity payable under the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement, the DIP Order and the Final Cash Collateral Order. In full and final satisfaction of each Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim, each Holder of an Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim shall either:

i. if the Debtors enter into the Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, receive payment in full in Cash, or

ii. if the Debtors do not enter into the Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, (x) have its Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim be Reinstated and governed by the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, and (y) receive its Pro Rata share of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee.

c. Voting: Class 3 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims in Class 3 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4. Class 4 — Secured Notes Claims

a. Classification: Class 4 consists of all Secured Notes Claims.

b. Treatment: As of the Effective Date, the Secured Notes Claims shall be Allowed and deemed to be Allowed Claims in the full amount outstanding under the Secured Notes Indenture, the DIP Order and the Final Cash Collateral Order, including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses, and noncontingent indemnity payable under the Secured Notes Indenture, the DIP Order and the Final Cash Collateral Order. In full and final satisfaction of each Secured Notes Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Secured Notes Claim shall receive (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition interest at the non-default contract rate (except to the extent otherwise paid as adequate protection pursuant to the Final Cash Collateral Order and not recharacterized or otherwise avoided, but not including any make-whole or prepayment premium), (ii) after giving effect to the immediately preceding clause (i), Cash in an amount equal to 97% of the outstanding amount of such Allowed Secured Notes Claim and (iii) such Holder’s Pro Rata share of the Secured Noteholder Subscription Rights.

c. Voting: Class 4 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed Secured Notes Claims in Class 4 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

26

5. Class 5 — Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims

a. Classification: Class 5 consists of all Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims.

b. Treatment: In full and final satisfaction of each Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claim, all Allowed Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims shall be Reinstated.

c. Voting: Class 5 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims in Class 5 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Allowed Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims in Class 5 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

6. Class 6 — PK Air Credit Facility Claims

a. Classification: Class 6 consists of all PK Air Credit Facility Claims.

b. Treatment: In full and final satisfaction of all Allowed PK Air Credit Facility Claims, each Holder of an Allowed PK Air Credit Facility Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the New PK Air Note.

c. Voting: Class 6 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed PK Air Credit Facility Claims in Class 6 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

7. Class 7 — Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims

a. Classification: Class 7 consists of all Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims.

b. Treatment: In full and final satisfaction of all Allowed Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims, each Holder of an Allowed Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of the New Macquarie Note.

c. Voting: Class 7 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims in Class 7 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

8. Class 8 — Unsecured Notes Claims

a. Classification: Class 8 consists of all Unsecured Notes Claims.

b. Treatment: Each holder of an Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of all Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims:

iii. if such Holder is a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share (calculated as the Pro Rata share of all Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims and all Allowed General Unsecured Claims that do not make the GUC Rights Offering Election (including the failure to timely return an election notice)) of (x) the Unsecured Equity Pool and (y) the Unsecured Noteholder Subscription Rights;⁴ or

iv. if such Holder is not a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.

⁴  [Note: Treatment of Unsecured Notes Claims may be subject to modification prior to solicitation to the extent necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock, and such modifications shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

27

c. Voting: Class 8 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims in Class 8 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

9. Class 9 – Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims

a. Classification: Class 9 consists of all Lombard Guarantee Claims.

b. Treatment: In full and final satisfaction of each Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claim, all Allowed Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims shall be Reinstated.

c. Voting: Class 9 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims in Class 9 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims in Class 9 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

10. Class 10 – MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims

a. Classification: Class 10 consists of all MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims.

b. Treatment: In full and final satisfaction of each MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claim, all Allowed MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims shall be Reinstated.

c. Voting: Class 10 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims in Class 10 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Allowed MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims in Class 10 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

11. Class 11 — Trade Claims

a. Classification: Class 11 consists of all Trade Claims.

b. Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed Trade Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed Trade Claim, payment in full of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim on the Effective Date or otherwise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business.

c. Voting: Class 11 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 11 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan under section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 11 are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

12. Class 12 — General Unsecured Claims

a. Classification: Class 12 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

b. Treatment: Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed General Unsecured Claim:

i. if such Holder does not timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election and is a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share (calculated as the Pro Rata share of all Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims and all Allowed General Unsecured Claims that do not make the GUC Rights Offering Election (including the failure to timely return an election notice)) of (x) the Unsecured Equity Pool and (y) the GUC Subscription Rights⁵; or

⁵  [Note: Treatment of General Unsecured Claims may be subject to modification prior to solicitation to the extent necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock, and such modifications shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

28

ii. if such Holder does timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election or is not a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.

c. Voting: Class 12 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 12 are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

13. Class 13 — Intercompany Claims

a. Classification: Class 13 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

b. Treatment: Unless otherwise provided for under the Plan, Intercompany Claims shall, at the election of the Required RSA Parties, be Reinstated, compromised, or cancelled.

c. Voting: Class 13 is either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of Allowed Intercompany Claims in Class 13 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan, in which case the Holders of such Allowed Intercompany Claims in Class 13 are presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of an Allowed Intercompany Claim in Class 13 will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

14. Class 14 — Intercompany Interests

a. Classification: Class 14 consists of all Intercompany Interests.

b. Treatment: Unless otherwise provided for under the Plan, Intercompany Claims shall, at the election of the Required RSA Parties, be Reinstated solely to maintain the Debtors’ corporate structure, compromised, or cancelled.

c. Voting: Class 14 is either Unimpaired, in which case the Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests in Class 14 are conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, or Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan, in which case the Holders of such Allowed Intercompany Interests in Class 14 are presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, each Holder of an Allowed Intercompany Claim in Class 14 will not be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

15. Class 15 — Existing Interests

a. Classification: Class 15 consists of all Existing Interests.

b. Treatment: Each Existing Interest shall be cancelled, released, and expunged and shall be of no further force and effect. Each Holder of an Existing Interest shall not receive any distribution on account of such Existing Interest.

c. Voting: Class 15 is Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan. Holders of Existing Interests in Class 15 are presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

29

16. Class 16 — Section 510(b) Claims.

a. Classification: Class 16 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.

b. Treatment: Section 510(b) Claims will be canceled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and will be of no further force or effect, and each Holder of a Section 510(b) Claim will not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claim.

c. Voting: Class 16 is Impaired and not receiving any distribution under the Plan. Holders of Section 510(b) Claims in Class 16 are presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights regarding any Unimpaired Claim, including all rights regarding legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claim.

D. Elimination of Vacant Classes

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing, shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

E. Voting Classes; Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

If a Class contains Claims eligible to vote on the Plan and no Holder of Claims eligible to vote in such Class votes to accept or reject the Plan, the Plan shall be presumed accepted by the Holders of such Claims in such Class.

F. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by at least one Impaired Class of Claims. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class(es) of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan in accordance with Article XI of the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

G. Intercompany Interests

To the extent Reinstated under the Plan, the Intercompany Interests shall be Reinstated for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of Claims that receive New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock under the Plan, and the Intercompany Interests shall receive no recovery or distribution. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Reinstated pursuant to the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be owned by the same Reorganized Debtor that corresponds with the Debtor that owned such Intercompany Interests prior to the Effective Date (subject to any modifications in the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit).

30

H. Subordinated Claims and Interests

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and their respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV.

PROVISIONS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

A. General Settlement of Claims, Interests, and Causes of Action

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, satisfied, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan. The Plan shall be deemed a motion, proposed by the Debtors and joined by the Required RSA Parties to approve the good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise and settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, reasonable, and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates.

B. Restructuring Transactions

On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors shall consummate the Restructuring Transactions and take all actions reasonably acceptable to the Required RSA Parties as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, including: (1) the execution and delivery of any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, formation, organization, dissolution, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement, and that satisfy the requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree, including the documents comprising the Plan Supplement and the New Organizational Documents; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement and having other terms for which the applicable Entities may agree; (3) the execution, delivery and filing, if applicable, of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, formation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state law, including any applicable New Organizational Documents; (4) such other transactions that are required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions; and (5) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law.

C. Employee and Retiree Benefits

Unless otherwise provided herein, and subject to Article V hereof, all employee wages and Compensation and Benefits Programs in place as of the Effective Date with the Debtors shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date, and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law.

31

D. Issuance and Distribution of New Stock⁶

All Existing Interests shall be cancelled on the Effective Date and Reorganized Bristow Parent shall issue the New Stock to Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to receive New Stock pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering, the DIP Order, or the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Backstop Commitment Fee and the Equitization Consent Fee), in each case in the proportions set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. The issuance of New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or by Holders of any Claims or Interests, as applicable. All New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock issued under the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. All distributions of New Common Stock shall be made in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock. Accordingly, in no event will Non-U.S. Citizens be entitled to own in the aggregate more than twenty-four and nine-tenths percent (24.9%) of the total number of outstanding shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock.

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Bristow Parent and all Holders of the New Common Stock and/or New Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be deemed to be parties to the New Shareholders’ Agreement, substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement, without the need for execution by any such Holder. On the Effective Date, the New Shareholders’ Agreement shall be binding on the Reorganized Debtors and all parties receiving, and all Holders of, the New Common Stock and/or the New Preferred Stock.

E. Determination of Holder Citizenship

If a Holder of an Allowed Class 8 Unsecured Notes Claim or Class 12 General Unsecured Claim furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the Debtors on or before the Distribution Record Date and, after review, the Debtors, in their reasonable discretion, accept such Citizenship Certification as reasonable proof to establish that such Holder is a U.S. Citizen, such Holder will receive New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock representing all of such holder’s Pro Rata share of the New Common Stock Distribution as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that if such Holder is a Non-U.S. Citizen, or if the Holder fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification to the Debtors on or before the Distribution Record Date, or if the Citizenship Certification of such Holder has not been accepted or has been rejected by the Debtors in their reasonable discretion on or before the date that is 5 Business Days after the Distribution Record Date, such Holder will be treated as a Non-U.S. Citizen for all purposes hereunder and under the Plan. In connection with the Debtors’ review of any Citizenship Certification, the Debtors will have the right to require the Holder furnishing the Citizenship Certification to provide the Debtors with such documentation and other information as they may reasonably request as proof confirming that the holder is a U.S. Citizen. The Debtors will treat all such documentation and information provided by a Holder as confidential; provided, that, the Debtors will share such information with the Creditors’ Committee on a confidential basis and will work cooperatively with the Creditors’ Committee with respect to citizenship issues.

F. Rights Offering

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall allocate the Subscription Rights for the Rights Offering to the Rights Offering Offerees as set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures. Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, and the Plan, the Rights Offering shall be open to all Rights Offering Participants.

Upon exercise of the Subscription Rights by the Rights Offering Participants pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, and the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to issue the New Stock in accordance with the Plan, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, and the Rights Offering Procedures.

⁶  [Note: The Plan shall be revised prior to solicitation to include the use of warrants to the extent necessary to ensure that the Reorganized Debtors are in compliance with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 40102(a), and such revisions shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

32

Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Parties shall purchase any Rights Offering Stock not subscribed to by Rights Offering Participants as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the Debtors under the Backstop Commitment Agreement shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors.

The Rights Offering will be comprised of the 1145 Rights Offering and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering. The Rights Offering will be conducted on a Pro Rata basis in reliance upon one or more exemptions from registration under the Securities Act, which will include the exemption provided in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the fullest extent available and, to the extent such exemption is not available (and with respect to the New Common Stock, only in the proportion required to preserve the availability of such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

In addition, on the Distribution Date, New Stock in an amount equal to the Backstop Commitment Fee shall be distributed to the Backstop Commitment Parties under and as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

G. The Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note

On the Effective Date, the applicable Reorganized Debtors shall enter into (a) either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, including any documents required in connection with the creation or perfection of Liens in connection therewith. The Confirmation Order shall include approval of (a) either (i) the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility Documents or (ii) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility and the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into, execute, and perform under (a) either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, and all related documents and agreements to the extent a party thereto, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to create or perfect the Liens in connection therewith.

(a) Either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to either (a) the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to any Claims, Causes of Action, avoidance, reduction, recharacterization, subordination (whether contractual or otherwise), cross claim, disallowance, impairment, objection, or challenges under any applicable law or regulation by any Person for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law.

The lenders under the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, as applicable, and the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, shall have valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on the Collateral (or other property identified as “Collateral” therein) specified in, and to the extent required by, the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, as applicable. To the extent granted, the guarantees, mortgages, pledges, Liens and other security interests granted pursuant to either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, are granted in good faith as an inducement to the lenders under either the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, as applicable, to extend credit thereunder and shall be deemed not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, shall not otherwise be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (whether contractual or otherwise) for any purposes whatsoever, and the priorities of any such Liens and security interests shall be as set forth in the relevant Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities

33

granted such Liens are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order, and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens to third parties.

H. Rights Offering Per Share Price

All issuances of New Stock pursuant to the Rights Offering and the Backstop Commitment Agreement (except for the Shares of New Stock issued as payment of the Backstop Commitment Fee) shall be issued at a per share purchase price of $36.37. All New Stock issued in satisfaction of the Backstop Commitment Fee or the Equitization Consent Fee shall be issued at an assumed per share purchase price of $36.37.

I. Management Incentive Plan

On the Effective Date, the Initial MIP Amount shall be implemented and effective as part of the Management Incentive Plan on terms and conditions agreed to by the compensation committee of Bristow Parent, the Required Supporting Secured Noteholders, the Required Supporting Unsecured Noteholders and the Required Backstop Parties. Additionally, following the Effective Date, the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board shall determine the terms and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan in excess of the Initial MIP Amount, which, in the aggregate and inclusive of the Initial MIP Amount, shall be between 5.0% and 10.0% of the New Stock on a fully diluted basis (with the ratio of such New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock to be the same as the ratio of all New Common Stock to New Preferred Stock held by the average Backstop Commitment Party as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement).

J. Management of Reorganized Bristow

The Debtors’ current management team shall remain in their current positions after consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, and shall enter into new employment agreements in connection with the Restructuring Transactions on terms and conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties.

K. Exemption from Registration Requirements

The offering, issuance, and distribution of any Securities pursuant to the Plan, including the New Stock, will be exempt from the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on (1) with respect to the New Common Stock in connection with the 1145 Rights Offering, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or, only to the extent such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code is not available, any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, (2) with respect to the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued in connection with the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering, section (4)(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder and (3) with respect to the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued on account of (x) the Backstop Commitment Fee, (y) Equitization Allocation New Common Stock and Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock, and (z) the Equitization Consent Fee, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued under the Plan may be sold without registration under the Securities Act by the recipients thereof, subject to: (1) only with respect to the New Common Stock issued in connection with the 1145 Rights Offering, or the New Stock issued on account of the Backstop Commitment Fee, the Equitization Allocation New Common Stock and Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock, and the Equitization Consent Fee, the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act and compliance with any applicable state or foreign securities laws, if any, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments; (2) only with respect to the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued in connection with the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, the requirements of the applicable provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A or any other registration exemption under the Securities Act; (3) any other applicable regulatory approval; and (4) the

34

transfer restrictions set forth in the New Organizational Documents, if any. All shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued on account of (x) the Backstop Commitment Fee, (y) the Equitization Allocation New Common Stock and Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock, and (z) the Equitization Consent Fee, will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. All Unsubscribed Shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued to the Backstop Commitment Parties pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement (other than shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued on account of the Backstop Commitment Fee) will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Persons who purchase the New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will hold “restricted securities.” Resales of such restricted securities would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Holders of restricted securities would, however, be permitted to resell New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock without registration if they are able to comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A or any other registration exemption under the Securities Act, or if such securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If the ownership of the New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock is reflected through the facilities of DTC, neither the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, nor any other Person shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Confirmation Order with respect to the treatment of the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock under applicable securities laws.

DTC shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan or Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Common Stock and/or the New Preferred Stock are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) shall be entitled to require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.

L. Vesting of Assets

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in each Debtor’s Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by each of the Debtors under the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and pursue, compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

M. Cancellation of Instruments, Certificates, and Other Documents

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all notes, instruments, Certificates, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests, including the Indentures, if the Debtors enter into the Exit Facility, the 2019 Term Loan Facility, and any other credit agreements and indentures, shall be terminated and canceled and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full and discharged. In addition to the foregoing, the Indentures and the 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement shall survive the occurrence of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (i) allow a disbursing agent, the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent or the Indenture Trustees to make distributions under the Plan to the Holders of Secured Notes Claims, Unsecured Notes Claims and 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, as applicable; (ii) allow the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Indenture Trustees and the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent to make post-Effective Date distributions or take such other action pursuant to the Plan on account of Allowed Secured Notes Claims, Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims and Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, as applicable, and to otherwise exercise their

35

rights and discharge their obligations relating to the interests of the Holders of such Claims in accordance with the Plan; (iii) allow the Indenture Trustees and the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent to maintain or assert any rights it may have against the distributions to Holders of Secured Notes Claims, Unsecured Notes Claims and 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, as applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indentures or 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided that except as expressly provided in this Section IV.M, nothing in this Section IV.M shall affect the discharge of Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Order or the Plan or result in any liability or expense to the Reorganized Debtors; (iv) permit the Indenture Trustees and the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent to assert their respective charging liens; and (v) allow the Indenture Trustees and the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent to maintain any right of indemnification, contribution, subrogation or any other claim or entitlement they may have under the applicable Indentures and 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, on or after the Effective Date, all duties and responsibilities of the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent arising under or related to the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement shall be discharged except to the extent required in order to effectuate the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in the Plan shall in any way limit or affect the standing of the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent to appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases on and after the Effective Date. The 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent shall be entitled in reimbursement of reasonable and documented fees and expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of its professionals) incurred in connection with the matters set forth in this Section IV.M.

If the record holder of the Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes is DTC or its nominee or another securities depository or custodian thereof, and such Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes are represented by a global security held by or on behalf of DTC or such other securities depository or custodian, then each such Holder of the Secured Notes or Unsecured Notes shall be deemed to have surrendered such Holder’s note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.

N. Corporate Action

On and after the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan are and shall be deemed authorized and approved by the Bankruptcy Court in all respects without any further corporate or equity holder action, including, as applicable: (1) the adoption, execution, and/or filing of the New Organizational Documents and the New Shareholders’ Agreement; (2) the selection of the directors, managers, and officers for the Reorganized Debtors, including the appointment of the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board; (3) the authorization, issuance, entry into and distribution, as applicable, of the Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock and the execution, delivery, and filing of any documents pertaining thereto, as applicable; (4) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (5) the formation of any Entities pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions; (6) the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions, including any transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit; (7) the adoption of the Management Incentive Plan by the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board; and (8) all other actions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). Upon the Effective Date, all matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate, partnership, limited liability company, or other governance action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further corporate or other action by any Security holders, members, directors, or officers of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.

On or before the Effective Date, as applicable, the appropriate directors and officers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall be (or shall be deemed to have been) authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated by the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including and any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing, to the extent not previously authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.N shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

36

O. Corporate Existence

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form of entity, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other analogous formation documents) in effect before the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or other analogous formation, constituent or governance documents) is amended by the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent any such document is amended, such document is deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and requires no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state or federal law). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Debtors reserve the right to modify the Debtors’ corporate structure as of the Effective Date, including by merger or liquidation of any Reorganized Debtor or otherwise.

P. New Organizational Documents

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, the Reorganized Debtors’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws (and other formation and constituent documents relating to limited liability companies) shall be amended or amended and restated, as applicable, as may be required to be consistent with the provisions of the Plan, the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Governance Term Sheet) the New Organizational Documents, as applicable, and the Bankruptcy Code. To the extent required under the Plan or applicable nonbankruptcy law, the Reorganized Debtors will file their respective New Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in their respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation in accordance with the corporate laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation. The New Organizational Documents shall, among other things: (1) authorize the issuance of the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock; and (2) pursuant to and only to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, include a provision prohibiting the issuance of non-voting equity Securities. After the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may amend and restate its certificate of incorporation and other formation and constituent documents as permitted by the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation and the terms of the New Organizational Documents. It is currently expected that the Reorganized Debtors’ organizational documents will be amended immediately following Confirmation to incorporate provisions that preclude foreign control and prevent foreign ownership of the Reorganized Debtors from exceeding specified limitations required by U.S. federal law governing air carriers. These amendments will involve safeguards to ensure that at no time will the Reorganized Debtors (including Reorganized Bristow Parent) be out of compliance with the foreign ownership limitations contained in such laws.

Q. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors and the officers and members of the boards of directors and managers (or other relevant governing body) thereof, including the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board, shall be authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, as applicable, and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorizations, or consents except for those expressly required under the Plan.

R. Section 1146(a) Exemption

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan (including the Restructuring Transactions) or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity Security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (3) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (4) the grant

37

of Collateral (or other property identified as “Collateral” therein) as security for the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note, the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, as applicable; or (5) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan (including the Restructuring Transactions), shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

S. Directors and Officers

As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the boards of directors of the Debtors shall expire, and the initial boards of directors, including the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board, as well as the officers of each of the Reorganized Debtors, shall be appointed in accordance with the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of each Reorganized Debtor. As set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Governance Term Sheet), the initial Reorganized Bristow Parent Board shall consist of 7 directors, with the directors of the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board being appointed consistent with the Governance Term Sheet and the New Organizational Documents. The Reorganized Debtors will comply with the requirements set forth in 49 U.S.C. § 40102(a) with respect to the citizenship of its officers, directors and senior management team.

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors will, to the extent reasonably practicable, disclose in advance of the Confirmation Hearing the identity and affiliations of any Person proposed to serve on the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board, as well as those Persons that will serve as officers of the Reorganized Debtors. To the extent any such director or officer is an “insider” under the Bankruptcy Code, the nature of any compensation to be paid to such director or officer will also be disclosed. Provisions regarding the removal, appointment, and replacement of members of the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board will be disclosed in the New Organizational Documents.

T. Preservation of Causes of Action

Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan, including pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan or a Final Order, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, such Causes of Action shall be Retained Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Retained Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against them as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against them. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan, including pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan or a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation. For the avoidance of doubt, in no instance will any Cause of Action preserved pursuant to this Article IV.T include any claim or Cause of Action with respect to, or against, a Released Party that is released under Article VIII of the Plan.

38

In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action preserved pursuant to the first paragraph of this Article IV.T that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The applicable Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

U. Indenture Trustee Expenses

On the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall distribute Cash to the Indenture Trustees in an amount equal to the Indenture Trustee Expenses; provided, that the Indenture Trustees shall provide the Debtors with the invoices for which they seek payment no later than five (5) days prior to the Effective Date. If the Debtors dispute any Indenture Trustee Expenses, the Debtors shall (i) pay the undisputed portion of the Indenture Trustee Expenses and (ii) notify the Indenture Trustees with respect to any disputed portion of the Indenture Trustee Expenses within five (5) days after presentation of the invoices by the Indenture Trustees.

V. Closing the Chapter 11 Cases

On and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall be permitted to close all of the Chapter 11 Cases of the Debtors except for the Chapter 11 Case of Bristow Parent and any other Debtor identified in the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit as having its Chapter 11 Case remain open following the Effective Date, and all contested matters relating to any of the Debtors, including objections to Claims, shall be administered and heard in the Chapter 11 Case of Bristow Parent, irrespective of whether such Claim(s) were Filed against a Debtor whose Chapter 11 Case was closed.

When all Disputed Claims have become Allowed or disallowed and all distributions have been made in accordance with the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall seek authority to close any remaining Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

A. Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be deemed assumed pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any. The assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases hereunder may include the assignment of certain of such contracts to Affiliates. The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the above-described assumptions, rejections, and assumptions and assignments. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Backstop Commitment Agreement and Restructuring Support Agreement shall be assumed on the Effective Date, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s authorization for the Debtors to enter into the Backstop Commitment Agreement and Restructuring Support Agreement and perform any and all obligations of the Debtors thereunder.

Except as otherwise provided herein or agreed to by the Debtors and the applicable counterparty, each assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements related thereto, and all rights related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests. Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith. To the extent applicable, no change of control (or similar provision) will be deemed to occur under any such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

39

If certain, but not all, of a contract counterparty’s Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases are assumed pursuant to the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall be a determination that such counterparty’s Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases that are being rejected pursuant to the Plan are severable agreements that are not integrated with those Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases that are being assumed pursuant to the Plan. Parties seeking to contest this finding with respect to their Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired Leases must file a timely objection to the Plan on the grounds that their agreements are integrated and not severable, and any such dispute shall be resolved by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing (to the extent not resolved by the parties prior to the Confirmation Hearing).

B. Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

Counterparties to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any, shall be served with a notice of rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Plan Supplement. Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within 30 days after the date of the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejection. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that are not Filed within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Estates, or property of the foregoing parties, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in a Proof of Claim to the contrary. Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

C. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay all Cure Costs relating to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that are being assumed under the Plan. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure Costs that differ from the amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Solicitation Agent on or before 14 days after receiving the applicable Cure Notice. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure Costs shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the applicable Cure Costs; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure Costs despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to file such request for payment of such Cure Costs. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure Costs (with the reasonable consent of the Required RSA Parties) without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Confirmation Hearing. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing or at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption.

If there is any dispute regarding any Cure Costs, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of any Cure Costs shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right at any time to move to reject any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease based upon the existence of any such unresolved dispute. If the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Allowed Cure Cost with respect to any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the applicable Cure Notice, the Debtors (with the

40

reasonable consent of the Required RSA Parties) shall have the right to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as of the Effective Date subject to the applicable counterparty’s right to object to such rejection.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure Costs pursuant to this Article V.C shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, and for which any Cure Costs have been fully paid pursuant to this Article V.C, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

D. Indemnification

On and as of the Effective Date, the Indemnification Obligations will be assumed, irrevocable with respect to any claims relating to acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Date, and will survive the effectiveness of the Plan, and the New Organizational Documents will provide for the indemnification, defense, reimbursement, exculpation, and/or limitation of liability of, and advancement of fees and expenses to the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ directors, officers, employees, or agents that were employed by, or serving on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of, any of the Debtors as of the Petition Date, to the fullest extent permitted by law and at least to the same extent as the organizational documents of each of the respective Debtors on the Petition Date, against any Claims or Causes of Action whether direct or derivative, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, disputed or undisputed, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, asserted or unasserted, and, notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, none of the Reorganized Debtors will amend and/or restate the New Organizational Documents before or after the Effective Date to terminate or adversely affect any of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to provide such indemnification rights or such directors’, officers’, employees’, or agents’ indemnification rights with respect to any claims relating to acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Date.

E. Insurance Policies

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto, including all D&O Liability Insurance Policies (including tail coverage liability insurance). Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption of all such insurance policies, including the D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of insurance policies, including the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim or Claim for Cure Costs need be Filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall purchase and maintain tail coverage under the D&O Liability Insurance Policies for the six-year period following the Effective Date on terms no less favorable than under, and with an aggregate limit of liability no less than the aggregate limit of liability under, the existing D&O Liability Insurance Policies. In addition to such tail coverage, the D&O Liability Insurance Policies shall remain in place in the ordinary course during the Chapter 11 Cases.

41

F. Employee Compensation and Benefits

1. Compensation and Benefits Programs

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, all Compensation and Benefits Programs shall be treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and deemed assumed on the Effective Date pursuant to the provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, except for:

(a) all employee equity or equity-based incentive plans, and any provisions set forth in the Compensation and Benefits Programs that provide for rights to acquire Interests in any of the Debtors;

(b) any Compensation and Benefits Programs that, as of the entry of the Confirmation Order, have been specifically waived by the beneficiaries of any employee benefit plan or contract;

(c) any agreement or arrangement between a Debtor and a former insider as of the Petition Date; and

(d) any deferred compensation plan for any participant that is not a current employee on the Effective Date; and

(e) Compensation and Benefits Programs that have been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or is listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Any assumption of Compensation and Benefits Programs pursuant to the terms herein shall not be deemed to trigger any applicable change of control, immediate vesting, termination, or similar provisions therein. No counterparty shall have rights under a Compensation and Benefits Programs assumed pursuant to the Plan other than those applicable immediately prior to such assumption.

2. Workers’ Compensation Programs.

As of the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Plan Supplement, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor their obligations under: (a) all applicable workers’ compensation laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate; and (b) the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self-insured workers’ compensation bonds, policies, programs, and plans for workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation insurance. All Proofs of Claim on account of workers’ compensation shall be deemed withdrawn automatically and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable non-bankruptcy law with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans; provided further that nothing herein shall be deemed to impose any obligations on the Debtors in addition to what is provided for under applicable state law.

G. Contracts and Leases After the Petition Date

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Such contracts and leases that are not rejected under the Plan shall survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.

H. Reservation of Rights

Nothing contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement shall constitute an admission by the Debtors or any other party that any contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have 45 days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.

42

I. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

A. Distributions on Account of Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date

Except as otherwise provided herein, in a Final Order, or as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors (or the Reorganized Debtors) and the Holder of the applicable Claim or Interest, on the first Distribution Date, the Distribution Agent shall make initial distributions under the Plan on account of Claims and Interests Allowed on or before the Effective Date; provided, however, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice, and (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.C. To the extent any Allowed Priority Tax Claim is not due and owing on the Effective Date, such Claim shall be paid in full in Cash in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Debtors and the Holder of such Claim or as may be due and payable under applicable non-bankruptcy law or in the ordinary course of business. A Distribution Date shall occur no more frequently than once in every 90-day period after the Effective Date, as necessary, in the Reorganized Debtors’ sole discretion.

B. Rights and Powers of the Distribution Agent

1. Powers of Distribution Agent

The Distribution Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Distribution Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Distribution Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Distribution Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes) and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) made by the Distribution Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.

C. Special Rules for Distributions to Holders of Disputed Claims

Except as otherwise agreed by the relevant parties: no partial payments and no partial distributions shall be made with respect to a Disputed Claim until all such disputes in connection with such Disputed Claim have been resolved by settlement or Final Order. Any dividends or other distributions arising from property distributed to Holders of Allowed Claims in a Class and paid to such Holders under the Plan shall also be paid, in the applicable amounts, to any Holder of a Disputed Claim in such Class that becomes an Allowed Claim after the date or dates that such dividends or other distributions were earlier paid to Holders of Allowed Claims in such Class.

Any fund established to hold consideration to be received under the Plan pending resolution of Disputed Claims shall be treated as a “disputed ownership fund” pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.468B-9. Any such fund shall, therefore, be subject to entity-level taxation. For the avoidance of doubt, any New Stock shall not be issued to such fund; rather, Reorganized Bristow Parent shall retain sufficient authorized, but unissued, New Stock and issue them directly to Holders of Claims following the resolution of Disputed Claims.

43

D. Delivery of Distributions

1. Record Date for Distributions

Except as provided herein, on the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or any other party responsible for making distributions under the Plan shall be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record Holders listed on the Claims Register or any other transfer register for each Class of Claims as maintained by the Debtors or their agents, each of which shall be deemed closed as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, and there shall be no further changes in the record Holders of the applicable Claims. In addition, with respect to payment of any Cure Costs or disputes over any Cure Costs, neither the Debtors nor the Distribution Agent shall have any obligation to recognize or deal with any party other than the non-Debtor party to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease as of the Effective Date, even if such non-Debtor party has thereafter sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred its Claim for Cure Costs. The Distribution Record Date shall not apply to Secured Notes and Unsecured Notes deposited with DTC, the Holders of which shall receive distributions in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC

2. Distribution Process

The Distribution Agent shall make all distributions required under the Plan, except that with respect to distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims governed by a separate agreement, shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to implement appropriate mechanics governing such distributions in accordance with the Plan and the terms of the relevant governing agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, and notwithstanding any authority to the contrary, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests, including Claims and Interests that become Allowed after the Effective Date, shall be made to Holders of record or their respective designees as of the Distribution Record Date: (a) to the address of such Holder or designee as set forth in the applicable register (or if the appropriate notice has been provided pursuant to the governing agreement in writing, on or before the date that is 10 calendar days before the Effective Date, of a change of address or an identification of designee, to the changed address or to such designee, as applicable); or (b) in accordance with Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 4, as modified and made applicable by Bankruptcy Rule 7004, if no address exists in the applicable register, no Proof of Claim has been Filed, and the Distribution Agent has not received a written notice of a change of address on or before the date that is 10 calendar days before the Effective Date. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and the Distribution Agent, as applicable, shall not incur any liability whatsoever on account of any distributions under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holders of Claims and Holders of Interests shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in the Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date.

3. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

Except as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.

4. Fractional, Undeliverable, and Unclaimed Distributions

a. Fractional Distributions. Whenever any distribution of fractional shares of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock would otherwise be required pursuant to the Plan, the actual distribution shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to the nearest interest or share or dollar, as applicable, with half interests of shares, or any amount equal to $0.50, or less being rounded down. The total number of authorized shares of New Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.

b. Undeliverable Distributions. If any distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim is returned to the Distribution Agent as undeliverable, no further distributions shall be made to such Holder unless and until the Distribution Agent is notified in writing of such

44

Holder’s then-current address or other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed distributions shall be made to such Holder on the next Distribution Date. Undeliverable distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable, or such distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is canceled pursuant to Article VI.D.4.c of the Plan, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.

c. Reversion. Any distribution under the Plan that is an Unclaimed Distribution for a period of 6 months after distribution shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such Unclaimed Distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor and, to the extent such Unclaimed Distribution is comprised of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, each shall be transferred to the Backstop Commitment Parties on a Pro Rata basis. Upon such revesting, the Claim of the Holder or its successors with respect to such property shall be canceled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the distribution that is an Unclaimed Distribution, to the contrary.

5. Minimum; De Minimis Distributions

No Cash payment of less than $100 shall be made to a Holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim.

6. Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities

On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Certificate shall be deemed to have surrendered such Certificate to the Distribution Agent or a Servicer (to the extent the relevant Claim is governed by an agreement and administered by a Servicer). Such Certificate shall be canceled solely with respect to the Debtors, and such cancelation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such Certificate. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, this Article VI.D.6 shall not apply to any Claims and Interests that are Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

E. Compliance with Tax Requirements/Allocations

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Distribution Agent shall request distributees to provide appropriate documentation that may be required for an exemption from withholding or reporting, and shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on it by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements unless an exception applies. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Distribution Agent shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, or withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions. The Reorganized Debtors and the Distribution Agent reserves the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, liens, and encumbrances. All Persons holding Claims shall be required to provide any information necessary to effect information reporting and the withholding of such taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, each Holder of an Allowed Claim shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed by any Governmental Unit, including income, withholding, and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution.

45

F. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

1. Claims Paid by Third Parties

A Claim shall be correspondingly reduced, and the applicable portion of such Claim shall be disallowed without an objection to such Claim having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives a payment on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor; provided that the Debtors shall provide 21 calendar days’ notice to the Holder prior to any disallowance of such Claim during which period the Holder may object to such disallowance, and if the parties cannot reach an agreed resolution, the matter shall be decided by the Bankruptcy Court. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within 14 calendar days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the Reorganized Debtors to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the Reorganized Debtors annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the 14-day grace period specified above until the amount is repaid.

2. Claims Payable by Insurance Carriers

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Debtors shall provide 21 calendar days’ notice to the Holder of such Claim prior to any disallowance of such Claim during which period the Holder may object to such disallowance, and if the parties cannot reach an agreed resolution, the matter shall be decided by the Bankruptcy Court.

3. Applicability of Insurance Policies

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (including Article VIII of the Plan), nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a release, settlement, satisfaction, compromise, or waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any other Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers, under any policies of insurance or applicable indemnity, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

G. Setoffs

Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, each Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code (including section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code), applicable non-bankruptcy law, or as may be agreed to by the Holder of a Claim, may (but shall not be required to) set off against any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Allowed Claim (before any distribution is made on account of such Allowed Claim), any claims, rights, and Causes of Action of any nature that such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim, to the extent such claims, rights, or Causes of Action against such Holder have not been otherwise compromised or settled on or prior to the Effective Date (whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise); provided, however, that neither the failure to effect such a setoff nor the allowance of any Claim pursuant to the Plan shall constitute a waiver or release by such Reorganized Debtor of any such claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may possess against such Holder. In no event shall any Holder of Claims be entitled to set off any such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor (as applicable), unless such Holder has Filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court requesting the authority to perform such setoff on or before the Confirmation Date, and notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

46

H. Indefeasible Distributions

Any and all distributions made under the Plan shall be indefeasible and not subject to clawback.

I. Allocation Between Principal and Accrued Interest

Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Allowed Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS

A. Allowance of Claims

After the Effective Date, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses the applicable Debtor had with respect to any Claim immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim shall become an Allowed Claim unless and until such Claim is deemed Allowed under the Plan or the Bankruptcy Code, or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.

B. Claims Administration Responsibilities

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority to: (1) File and prosecute objections to Claims; (2) settle, compromise, withdraw, litigate to judgment, or otherwise resolve objections to any and all Claims (with the reasonable consent of the Required RSA Parties), regardless of whether such Claims are in a Class or otherwise; (3) settle, compromise, or resolve any Disputed Claim (with the reasonable consent of the Required RSA Parties) without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (4) administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will use commercially reasonable efforts to advance the claims resolution process through estimation or otherwise.

C. Estimation of Claims

Before, on, or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Claim pursuant to applicable law, including pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code and/or Bankruptcy Rule 3012 for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to such objection. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, a Claim that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Claim, such estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of distributions and discharge) and may be used as evidence in any supplemental proceedings, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim. Notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting the right to seek such reconsideration on or before seven (7) days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. Each of the foregoing Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

47

D. Adjustment to Claims Without Objection

Any Claim that has been paid or satisfied, or any Claim that has been amended or superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors without an objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

E. Time to File Objections to Claims

Any objections to Claims shall be Filed on or before the later of (1) 180 days after the Effective Date and (2) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Bankruptcy Court upon a motion by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

F. Disallowance of Claims

Any Claims held by Entities from which property is recoverable under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall not be Allowed or deemed Allowed, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against that Entity have been settled or a Bankruptcy Court order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Entity have been turned over or paid to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. All Proofs of Claim Filed on account of an Indemnification Obligation shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims Register as of the Effective Date to the extent such Indemnification Obligation is assumed (or honored or reaffirmed, as the case may be) pursuant to the Plan, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

Except as otherwise provided herein or as agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, any and all Proofs of Claim Filed after the Claims Bar Date shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims, unless such late Proof of Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.

G. Amendments to Claims

On or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Claim Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court to the maximum extent provided by applicable law.

H. No Distributions Pending Allowance

If an objection to a Claim or portion thereof is Filed, no payment or distribution provided under the Plan shall be made on account of such Claim or portion thereof unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, unless otherwise determined by the Reorganized Debtors.

I. Distributions After Allowance

To the extent that a Disputed Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim, distributions shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as reasonably practicable after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim becomes a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtors shall provide to the Holder of such Claim the distribution to which such Holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, less any previous distribution (if any) that was made on account of the undisputed portion of such Claim, without any interest, dividends, or accruals to be paid on account of such Claim unless required under applicable bankruptcy law or as otherwise provided herein.

48

J. Single Satisfaction of Claims

Holders of Allowed Claims may assert such Claims against the Debtors obligated with respect to such Claims, and such Claims shall be entitled to share in the recovery provided for the applicable Class of Claims against the Debtors based upon the full Allowed amount of such Claims. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no case shall the aggregate value of all property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim exceed 100 percent of the underlying Allowed Claim (including applicable interest, if any such interest is Allowed).

ARTICLE VIII.

DISCHARGE, RELEASE, INJUNCTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS

A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtors before the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors or Affiliates with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately before or on account of the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims and Interests subject to the Effective Date occurring.

B. Releases by the Debtors

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed fully, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their Estates, and any person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, including any successors to the Debtors or any Estates representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates, including any successors to the Debtors or any Estates representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest, or that any Holder of any Claim or Interest could have asserted on behalf of the Debtors, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part:

1. the Debtors, the business or contractual arrangement between the Debtors and any Released Party, any Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Compensation and Benefit Programs, intercompany transactions, or the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Rights Offering Procedures;

49

2. any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility;

3. the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing; or

4. any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including all avoidance actions or other relief obtained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct, gross negligence, or actual fraud, (ii) the rights of any party under any employment agreement or plan, (iii) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (iv) the rights of Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan or (v) any Cause of Action the Debtors may have against Columbia Helicopters, Inc.

Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the foregoing release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the foregoing release is: (i) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (ii) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released; (iii) in the best interest of the Debtors and their Estates; (iv) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (v) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing.

C. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests

As of the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Releasing Party is deemed to have fully, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part:

1. the Debtors, the business or contractual arrangement between the Debtors and any Releasing Party, any Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Compensation and Benefit Programs, intercompany transactions, or the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Rights Offering Procedures;

2. any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility;

50

3. the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing; or

4. any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including all avoidance actions or other relief obtained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct, gross negligence, or actual fraud, (ii) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, or (iii) the rights of Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the foregoing release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the foregoing release is: (i) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (ii) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released; (iii) in the best interest of the Debtors and their Estates; (iv) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (v) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing.

D. Exculpation

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, Filing, or termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement and related prepetition transactions (including the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement), the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Rights Offering, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

51

E. Injunction

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations or distributions issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to the Plan, shall be discharged pursuant to the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to the Plan, are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Released Parties or the Exculpated Parties: (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless such Entity has timely asserted such setoff right in a document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court explicitly preserving such setoff, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Entity asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

F. Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment

In accordance with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code, and consistent with Article VI of the United States Constitution, no Governmental Unit shall discriminate against any Reorganized Debtor, or any Entity with which a Reorganized Debtor has been or is associated, solely because such Reorganized Debtor was a Debtor under chapter 11, may have been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before such Debtor was granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases.

G. Release of Liens

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, as applicable, the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, or any other Holder of a Secured Claim. In addition, at the sole expense of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Holders of Secured Claims shall execute and deliver all documents reasonably requested by the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or administrative agent for the Exit Facility to evidence the release of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests and shall authorize the Reorganized Debtors and their designees to file UCC-3 termination statements and other release documentation (to the extent applicable) with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, this Article VIII.G shall not apply to any Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

52

H. Reimbursement or Contribution

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the Effective Date, such Claim shall be forever disallowed notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Effective Date (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent, or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

I. Recoupment

In no event shall any Holder of a Claim be entitled to recoup such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors on or before the Confirmation Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

J. Subordination Rights

Any distributions under the Plan to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be received and retained free from any obligations to hold or transfer the same to any other Holder and shall not be subject to levy, garnishment, attachment, or other legal process by any Holder by reason of claimed contractual subordination rights. On the Effective Date, any such subordination rights shall be deemed waived, and the Confirmation Order shall constitute an injunction enjoining any Entity from enforcing or attempting to enforce any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights to property distributed under the Plan, in each case other than as provided in the Plan; provided, that any such subordination rights shall be preserved in the event the Confirmation Order is vacated, the Effective Date does not occur in accordance with the terms hereunder or the Plan is revoked or withdrawn.

K. Reservation of Rights of the United States

As to the United States of America, its agencies, departments, or agents (collectively, the “United States”), nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order shall expand the scope of discharge, release, or injunction to which the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are entitled under the Bankruptcy Code, if any. The discharge, release, and injunction provisions contained in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the Confirmation Order are not intended and shall not be construed to bar the United States from, subsequent to the Confirmation Order, pursuing any actions, including but not limited to any police or regulatory action, against anyone.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order to the contrary, nothing in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order shall discharge, release, impair, or otherwise preclude: (a) any liability to the United States that is a “claim” within the meaning of section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, irrespective of whether the claim arose on, after, or before the Confirmation Date; (b) any liability to the United States that is not a “claim” within the meaning of section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code; (c) any valid right of setoff or recoupment of the United States against any of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors; or (d) any liability of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors under police or regulatory statutes or regulations to any Governmental Unit (as defined by section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code) as the owner, lessor, lessee, or operator of property that such entity owns, operates, or leases on, before, and/or after the Confirmation Date. Nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or the Plan Supplement: (a) enjoin or otherwise bar the United States and/or any Governmental Unit from asserting or enforcing, outside the Bankruptcy Court, any liability described in this paragraph, (b) divest any court, commission, or tribunal of jurisdiction from resolving any matters relating to the liabilities and/or claims set forth in this paragraph, or (c) confer in the Bankruptcy Court jurisdiction over any matter as to which it would not have jurisdiction under the Bankruptcy Code.

Moreover, nothing in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or the Plan Supplement shall release or exculpate any non-Debtor, including any Released Parties and/or Exculpated Parties, from any liability to the United States, including but not limited to any liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or the criminal laws against the Released Parties and/or Exculpated Parties, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or the Plan Supplement enjoin the United States from bringing any claim, suit, action, or other proceeding against the Released Parties and/or Exculpated Parties for any liability whatsoever.

53

Nothing contained in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order shall be deemed to determine the tax liability of any person or entity, including but not limited to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, nor shall the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order be deemed to have determined the federal tax treatment of any item, distribution, or entity, including the federal tax consequences of the Plan, nor shall anything in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Confirmation Order be deemed to have conferred jurisdiction upon the Bankruptcy Court to make determinations as to federal tax liability and federal tax treatment except as provided under 11 U.S.C. § 505.

ARTICLE IX.

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall be deemed to have made and issued on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 7052, made applicable to this proceeding pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9014, the following findings of fact and conclusions of law as though made after due deliberation and upon the record at the Confirmation Hearing. Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, any and all findings of fact in the Plan shall constitute findings of fact even if they are stated as conclusions of law, and any and all conclusions of law in the Plan shall constitute conclusions of law even if they are stated as findings of fact.

A. Jurisdiction and Venue

On the Petition Date, the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors were and are qualified to be debtors under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code. Venue in the Southern District of Texas was proper as of the Petition Date and continues to be proper. Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding under 28 U.S.C. § 157(b)(2). The Bankruptcy Court has subject matter jurisdiction over this matter pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1334 and the Bankruptcy Court has exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether the Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and should be confirmed.

B. Order Approving the Disclosure Statement

On [•], 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order which, among other things, (a) conditionally approved the Disclosure Statement as containing adequate information within the meaning of section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3017 and (b) conditionally approved certain procedures and documents for soliciting and tabulating votes with respect to the Plan.

C. Voting Report

Prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Solicitation Agent filed the Voting Report. All procedures used to distribute solicitation materials to the applicable Holders of Claims and Interests and to tabulate the ballots were fair and conducted in accordance with the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and all other applicable rules, laws, and regulations. Pursuant to sections 1124 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, at least one Impaired Class entitled to vote on the Plan has voted to accept the Plan.

D. Judicial Notice

The Bankruptcy Court takes judicial notice of the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases maintained by the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and/or its duly appointed agent, including all pleadings and other documents Filed, all orders entered, and all evidence and arguments made, proffered, or adduced at the hearings held before the Bankruptcy Court during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases (including the Confirmation Hearing). Resolutions of any objections to Confirmation explained on the record at the Confirmation Hearing are hereby incorporated by reference. All entries on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases shall constitute the record before the Bankruptcy Court for purposes of the Confirmation Hearing.

54

E. Transmittal and Mailing of Materials; Notice

Due, adequate, and sufficient notice of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Hearing, and the release and exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan, along with all deadlines for voting on or objecting to the Plan, has been given to (1) all known Holders of Claims and Interests; (2) parties that requested notice in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 2002; (3) all parties to Unexpired Leases and Executory Contracts, and (4) all taxing authorities listed on the Schedules or in the Claims Register, in compliance with Bankruptcy Rules 2002(b), 3017, 3019, and 3020(b), the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, and such transmittal and service were appropriate, adequate, and sufficient. Adequate and sufficient notice of the Confirmation Hearing and other dates, deadlines, and hearings described in the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order was given in compliance with the Bankruptcy Rules and such order, and no other or further notice is or shall be required.

F. Solicitation

Votes for acceptance and rejection of the Plan were solicited in good faith and complied with sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and 3019, the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, all other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and all other applicable rules, laws, and regulations. The Debtors and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, representatives, attorneys, and advisors, as applicable, have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order and are entitled to the protections afforded by section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and the exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan. The Debtors and the Released Parties solicited acceptance of the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and they participated in good faith, and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of New Stock and any debt securities that were offered or sold under the Plan and, pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and no Released Party is or shall be liable on account of such solicitation for violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing solicitation of acceptance of a chapter 11 plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of such debt securities.

G. Burden of Proof

The Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have satisfied their burden of proving the elements of sections 1129(a) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code by a preponderance of the evidence, which is the applicable evidentiary standard. The Debtors have satisfied the elements of section 1129(a) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code by clear and convincing evidence.

H. Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a) Compliance

The Plan is dated and identifies the proponents thereof, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a).

I. Compliance with the Requirements of Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code

The plan complies with all requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code as follows:

1. Section 1129(a)(1)–Compliance of the Plan with Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code

The Plan complies with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as required by section 1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1121, 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

a. Standing

Each of the Debtors has standing to file a plan and the Debtors, therefore, have satisfied section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code.

55

b. Proper Classification

Pursuant to sections 1122(a) and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan designates Classes of Claims and Interests, other than Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, which are not required to be classified. As required by section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, each Class of Claims and Interests contains only Claims or Interests that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests within that Class.

c. Specification of Unimpaired Classes

Pursuant to section 1123(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan specifies all Classes of Claims and Interests that are not Impaired.

d. Specification of Treatment of Impaired Classes

Pursuant to section 1123(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan specifies the treatment of all Classes of Claims and Interests that are Impaired.

e. No Discrimination

Pursuant to section 1123(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan provides the same treatment for each Claim or Interest within a particular Class, as the case may be, unless the Holder of a particular Claim or Interest has agreed to less favorable treatment with respect to such Claim or Interest, as applicable.

f. Plan Implementation

Pursuant to section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan provides adequate and proper means for the Plan’s implementation. Immediately upon the Effective Date, sufficient Cash and other consideration provided under the Plan will be available to make all payments required to be made on the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Moreover, Article IV and various other provisions of the Plan specifically provide adequate means for the Plan’s implementation.

g. Voting Power of Equity Securities; Selection of Officer, Director, or Trustee under the Plan

The New Organizational Documents comply with sections 1123(a)(6) and 1123(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

h. Impairment/Unimpairment of Classes of Claims and Equity Interests

Pursuant to section 1123(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, (i) Class 1 (Other Secured Claims), Class 2 (Other Priority Claims), Class 5 (Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims), Class 9 (Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims), Class 10 (MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims) and Class 11 (Trade Claims) are Unimpaired under the Plan, (ii) Class 3 (2019 Term Loan Facility Claims), Class 4 (Secured Notes Claims), Class 6 (PK Air Credit Facility Claims), Class 7 (Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims), Class 8 (Unsecured Notes Claims), Class 12 (General Unsecured Claims), Class 15 (Existing Interests), and Class 16 (Section 510(b) Claims) are Impaired under the Plan, and (iii) Class 13 (Intercompany Claims) and Class 14 (Intercompany Interests) are either Unimpaired or Impaired under the Plan at the election of the Required RSA Parties.

i. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

In accordance with section 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to Article V of the Plan, on the Effective Date, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be deemed assumed unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is listed on the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any. The assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases hereunder may include the assignment of certain of such contracts to Affiliates. The Debtors’ assumption and assignment of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases listed on the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to Article V of the Plan governing assumption and rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases satisfies the requirements of section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and, accordingly, the requirements of section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

56

The Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment in determining whether to reject, assume, or assume and assign each of their Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases under the terms of the Plan. Each pre- or post-Confirmation rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to Article V of the Plan will be legal, valid and binding upon the applicable Debtor and all other parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, as applicable, all to the same extent as if such rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment had been effectuated pursuant to an appropriate order of the Court entered before the Confirmation Date under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected, assumed, or assumed and assigned is deemed to be an executory contract or an unexpired lease, as applicable.

j. Settlement of Claims and Causes of Action

All of the settlements and compromises pursuant to and in connection with the Plan or incorporated by reference into the Plan comply with the requirements of section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019.

Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, any and all compromise and settlement provisions of the Plan constitute good-faith compromises, are in the best interests of the Debtors, the Estates, and all Holders of Claims and Interests, and are fair, equitable, and reasonable.

Specifically, the settlements and compromises pursuant to and in connection with the Plan are substantively fair based on the following factors: (a) the balance between the litigation’s possibility of success and the settlement’s future benefits; (b) the likelihood of complex and protracted litigation and risk and difficulty of collecting on the judgment; (c) the proportion of creditors and parties in interest that support the settlement; (d) the competency of counsel reviewing the settlement; the nature and breadth of releases to be obtained by officers and directors; and (f) the extent to which the settlement is the product of arm’s-length bargaining.

k. Cure of Defaults

Article V of the Plan provides for the satisfaction of default claims associated with each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed in accordance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Cure Costs identified in the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and any amendments thereto, as applicable, represent the amount, if any, that the Debtors propose to pay in full and complete satisfaction of such default claims. Any disputed cure amounts will be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law. As such, the Plan provides that the Debtors will cure, or provide adequate assurance that the Debtors will promptly cure, defaults with Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in compliance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan complies with section 1123(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.

l. Other Appropriate Provisions

The Plan’s other provisions are appropriate and consistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including provisions for (i) distributions to holders of Claims and Interests, (ii) objections to Claims, (iii) procedures for resolving disputed, contingent, and unliquidated claims, (iv) cure amounts, procedures governing cure disputes, and (vi) indemnification obligations.

57

2. Section 1129(a)(2)–Compliance of Plan Proponents with Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code

The Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have complied with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as required by section 1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and 3019. In particular, the Debtors are proper debtors under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code and proper proponents of the Plan under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Furthermore, the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan was (i) pursuant to the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order; (ii) in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations governing the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation; and (iii) solicited after disclosure to Holders of Claims or Interests of adequate information as defined in section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Debtors and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and Professionals have acted in “good faith” within the meaning of section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.

3. Section 1129(a)(3)–Proposal of Plan in Good Faith

The Debtors have proposed the Plan in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law based on the totality of the circumstances surrounding the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Plan itself, and the process leading to its formulation. The Chapter 11 Cases were filed, and the Plan was proposed, with the legitimate purpose of allowing the Debtors to reorganize.

4. Section 1129(a)(4)–Bankruptcy Court Approval of Certain Payments as Reasonable

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, the payments to be made for services or for costs in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan are approved. The fees and expenses incurred by Professionals retained by the Debtors or the Creditors’ Committee shall be payable according to the orders approving such Professionals’ retentions, the Interim Compensation Order, other applicable Bankruptcy Court orders, or as otherwise provided in the Plan.

5. Section 1129(a)(5)–Disclosure of Identity of Proposed Management, Compensation of Insiders, and Consistency of Management Proposals with the Interests of Creditors and Public Policy

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, information concerning the individuals proposed to serve on the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board and each such individual’s compensation upon Consummation of the Plan has been fully disclosed (in the Plan Supplement) to the extent available, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such person is consistent with the interests of Holders of Claims and Interests and with public policy.

6. Section 1129(a)(6)–Approval of Rate Changes

Section 1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is not applicable because the Plan does not provide for rate changes by any of the Debtors.

7. Section 1129(a)(7)–Best Interests of Creditors and Interest Holders

The liquidation analysis included in the Disclosure Statement, and the other evidence related thereto that was proffered or adduced at or prior to, or in affidavits in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, is reasonable. The methodology used and assumptions made in such liquidation analysis, as supplemented by the evidence proffered or adduced at or prior to, or in affidavits filed in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, are reasonable. With respect to each Impaired Class, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest in such Class has accepted the Plan or will receive under the Plan on account of such Claim or Interest property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such Holder would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

58

8. Section 1129(a)(8)–Conclusive Presumption of Acceptance by Unimpaired Classes; Acceptance of the Plan by Each Impaired Class

Certain Classes of Claims and Interests are Unimpaired and are deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, at least one Impaired Class that was entitled to vote has voted to accept the Plan. Because the Plan provides that the certain Classes of Claims and Interests will be Impaired and because no distributions shall be made to Holders in such Classes, such Holders are deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

9. Section 1129(a)(9)–Treatment of Claims Entitled to Priority Pursuant to Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

The treatment of Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims, Other Priority Claims, and Priority Tax Claims under Article II of the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

10. Section 1129(a)(10)–Acceptance by at Least One Impaired Class

At least one Impaired Class has voted to accept the Plan. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied.

11. Section 1129(a)(11)–Feasibility of the Plan

The Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code. Based upon the evidence proffered or adduced at, or prior to, or in affidavits filed in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, the Plan is feasible and Confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the Debtors or any successor to the Debtors under the Plan, except as such liquidation is proposed in the Plan. Furthermore, the Debtors will have adequate assets to satisfy their respective obligations under the Plan.

12. Section 1129(a)(12)–Payment of Bankruptcy Fees

Article II.E of the Plan provides for the payment of all fees payable under 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) in accordance with section 1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.

13. Section 1129(a)(13)–Retiree Benefits

The Plan provides for the treatment of all retiree benefits in accordance with section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code.

14. Section 1129(a)(14)–Domestic Support Obligations

The Debtors are not required by a judicial or administrative order, or by statute, to pay any domestic support obligations, and therefore, section 1129(a)(14) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.

15. Section 1129(a)(15)–The Debtors Are Not Individuals

The Debtors are not individuals, and therefore, section 1129(a)(15) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.

16. Section 1129(a)(16)–No Applicable Nonbankruptcy Law Regarding Transfers

Each of the Debtors that is a corporation is a moneyed, business, or commercial corporation or trust, and therefore, section 1129(a)(16) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.

59

17. Section 1129(b)–Confirmation of Plan Over Rejection of Impaired Classes

The Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Classes presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code or that have actually rejected the Plan (if any). To determine whether a plan is “fair and equitable” with respect to a class of claims, section 1129(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code provides in pertinent part that “the holder of any claim or interest that is junior to the claims of such class will not receive or retain under the plan on account of such junior claim or interest any property.” To determine whether a plan is “fair and equitable” with respect to a class of interests, section 1129(b)(2)(C)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that “the holder of any interest that is junior to the interests of such class will not receive or retain under the plan on account of such junior interest any property.” There are no classes junior to the deemed (or actual) rejecting classes of claims or interests that will receive any distribution under the Plan. The Plan, therefore, satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

18. Section 1129(c)–Confirmation of Only One Plan With Respect to the Debtors

The Plan is the only plan that has been filed in these Chapter 11 Cases with respect to the Debtors. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.

19. Section 1129(d)–Principal Purpose Not Avoidance of Taxes

The principal purpose of the Plan is not the avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.

20. Section 1129(e)–Small Business Case

Section 1129(e) is inapplicable because these Chapter 11 Cases do not qualify as small business cases thereunder.

J. Securities Under the Plan

Pursuant to the Plan, and without further corporate or other action, the New Stock and any debt issued or assumed by the Reorganized Debtors will be issued on the Effective Date subject to the terms of the Plan.

K. Releases and Discharges

The releases and discharges of Claims and Causes of Action described in the Plan, including releases by the Debtors and by Holders of Claims, constitute good faith compromises and settlements of the matters covered thereby. Such compromises and settlements are made in exchange for consideration and are in the best interest of Holders of Claims, are fair, equitable, reasonable, and are integral elements of the resolution of the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the Plan. Each of the discharge, release, indemnification, and exculpation provisions set forth in the Plan: (a) is within the jurisdiction of the Court under 28 U.S.C. §§ 1334(a), 1334(b), and 1334(d); (b) is an essential means of implementing the Plan pursuant to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code; (c) is an integral element of the transactions incorporated into the Plan; (d) confers material benefit on, and is in the best interests of, the Debtors, their estates, and their creditors; (e) is important to the overall objectives of the Plan to finally resolve all Claims among or against the parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases with respect to the Debtors; (f) is consistent with sections 105, 1123, 1129, and all other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code; (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (h), without limiting the foregoing, with respect to the releases and injunctions in Article VIII of the Plan, are (i) essential elements of the Restructuring Transactions and Plan, terms and conditions without which the Supporting Noteholders would not have entered into the Restructuring Support Agreement, (iii) narrowly tailored, and (iv) in consideration of the substantial financial contribution of the Supporting Noteholders, the Backstop Commitment Parties, and the other Rights Offering Participants under the Plan. Furthermore, the injunction set forth in Article VIII is an essential component of the Plan, the fruit of long-term negotiations and achieved by the exchange of good and valuable consideration that will enable unsecured creditors to realize distributions in the Chapter 11 Cases.

60

L. Release and Retention of Causes of Action

It is in the best interests of Holders of Claims and Interests that the provisions in Article VIII of the Plan be approved.

M. Approval of Restructuring Support Agreement, Backstop Commitment Agreement and Other Restructuring Documents and Agreements

All documents and agreements necessary to implement the Plan, including the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Agreement and the other Restructuring Documents are essential elements of the Plan, are necessary to consummate the Plan and the Restructuring Transaction, and entry into and consummation of the transactions contemplated by each such document and agreement is in the best interests of the Debtors, the Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests. The Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment in determining which agreements to enter into and have provided sufficient and adequate notice of such documents and agreements. The terms and conditions of such documents and agreements have been negotiated in good faith, at arm’s-length, are fair and reasonable, and are hereby reaffirmed and approved, and subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and execution and delivery in accordance with their respective terms, shall be in full force and effect and valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, or other action under applicable law, regulation, or rule.

N. Confirmation Hearing Exhibits

All of the exhibits presented at the Confirmation Hearing have been properly received into evidence and are a part of the record before the Bankruptcy Court.

O. Objections to Confirmation of the Plan

Any and all objections to Confirmation have been withdrawn, settled, overruled, or otherwise resolved.

P. Retention of Jurisdiction

The Bankruptcy Court may properly retain jurisdiction over the matters set forth in Article XII of the Plan and section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Q. Plan Supplement

The Debtors filed the Plan Supplement, which includes the following documents: (a) the material New Organizational Documents; (b) the Exit Facility Credit Agreement and material related documents, if applicable; (c) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement and material related documents, if applicable, and the identity of the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent; (d) the schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (e) a disclosure of the members of the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board and their compensation; (f) the Schedule of Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (g) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (h) the Restructuring Transactions Exhibit, if needed; (i) the form of the Management Incentive Plan; (j) the New Shareholders’ Agreement; (k) the Schedule of Other Customer Contracts; (l) the New Preferred Stock Agreement; (m) the New Common Stock Agreement; (n) the terms of the New Macquarie Note; and (o) the terms of the New PK Air Note. All such documents comply with the terms of the Plan, and the filing and notice of such documents was adequate, proper and in accordance with the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Rules.

61

ARTICLE X.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE

A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

It shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to Article X.B of the Plan:

1. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and substance consistent in all respects with the Restructuring Support Agreement and otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties, and the Confirmation Order shall be a Final Order;

2. The DIP Order shall have been entered and no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing thereunder.

3. Each of the Plan, the Restructuring Documents, and all documents contained in any supplement to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement and any exhibits, schedules, amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, shall have been executed and/or filed, in form and substance consistent in all respects with the Restructuring Support Agreement and otherwise comply with the applicable consent rights (if any) set forth in this Plan for such documents and shall not have been modified in a manner inconsistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement;

4. Either (i) the Exit Facility Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto and all conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the effectiveness of the Exit Facility shall have been satisfied or duly waived in writing or (ii) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement has been executed and is in full force and effect;

5. The New PK Air Note and New Macquarie Note shall have been duly executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto.

6. The Backstop Commitment Agreement and the Restructuring Support Agreement shall have been approved by entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court and shall remain in full force and effect, all conditions shall have been satisfied thereunder, and there shall be no breach that would give rise to a right to terminate the Backstop Commitment Agreement or the Restructuring Support Agreement for which notice has been given in accordance with the terms thereof (including by the requisite parties thereunder), or such notice could have been given to the extent such notice is not permitted due to the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases and the related automatic stay;

7. No court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued a final and non-appealable order making illegal or otherwise restricting, preventing or prohibiting, in any material respect, the consummation of the Plan, the Restructuring Support Agreement or any of the Restructuring Documents or Restructuring Transactions contemplated thereby;

8. The Debtors shall have obtained all material authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Restructuring Transactions;

9. The Debtors shall have paid all Transaction Expenses then known or submitted to the Debtors;

10. All Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall have been paid in full or amounts sufficient to pay such Allowed Professional Fee Claims after the Effective Date shall have been placed in the Professional Fee Escrow Account pending approval of the Professional Fee Claims by the Bankruptcy Court; and

11. The Debtors shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions in a manner consistent in all respects with the Restructuring Support Agreement (subject to the consent rights set forth therein).

62

B. Waiver of Conditions

The conditions to the Effective Date of the Plan set forth in Article X of the Plan may only be waived with the consent of the Debtors and the Required RSA Parties (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld) without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.

C. Effect of Non-Occurrence of Conditions to Consummation

If the Effective Date does not occur on or before the termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity; provided, that all provisions of the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Backstop Commitment Agreement that survive termination thereof shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

D. Substantial Consummation

“Substantial consummation” of the Plan, as defined in section 1101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date.

ARTICLE XI.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

A. Modification of Plan

Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the consent of the Required RSA Parties: (1) the Debtors reserve the right, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules, to amend or modify the Plan before the entry of the Confirmation Order consistent with the terms set forth herein, and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan; and (2) after the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may, upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, amend or modify the Plan, in accordance with section 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3019, remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan consistent with the terms set forth herein.

B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute approval of all modifications to the Plan occurring after the solicitation of votes thereon pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and a finding that such modifications to the Plan do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

Subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan with respect to any or all Debtors before the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent chapter 11 plans. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation or the Effective Date does not occur, then: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan, assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effectuated by the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant hereto will be null and void in all respects; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action by any Entity, (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other Entity, or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by any Debtor or any other Entity.

63

ARTICLE XII.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, Secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim against a Debtor, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the Secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims;

2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

3. resolve any matters related to Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, including: (a) the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Cure Costs or Claims arising therefrom, including pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; and (c) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

4. ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

6. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of (a) contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents approved by a Final Order in the Chapter 11 Cases, and (b) the Plan, the Confirmation Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

7. enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

8. grant any consensual request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;

9. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

10. hear, determine, and resolve any cases, matters, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action in connection with or in any way related to the Chapter 11 Cases, including: (a) with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.F.1 of the Plan; (b) with respect to the releases, injunctions, and other provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan, including entry of such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions; (c) that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, and contracts, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan; or (d) related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

64

11. enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

12. consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;

13. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

14. enter an order or Final Decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;

15. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court;

16. hear and determine disputes involving any matter related to the implementation of the Plan, provided, however, that upon the closing of the Exit Facility (or, if applicable, the execution of the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement) and execution of the New Organizational Documents, disputes with respect to the Exit Facility and the New Organizational Documents that are not related to the Plan shall otherwise be governed by the jurisdictional, forum selection or dispute resolution clause contained in such document; and

17. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bankruptcy Court retains jurisdiction, but not exclusive jurisdiction, to determine whether environmental liabilities asserted by any Governmental Unit are discharged or otherwise barred by the Confirmation Order or the Plan, or the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date, notwithstanding anything in this Article XII to the contrary, the Exit Facility (or, if applicable, the execution of the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement), the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note, and the New Organizational Documents shall be governed by the jurisdictional provisions contained therein.

ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Immediate Binding Effect

Subject to Article X.A hereof, and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan and the Plan Supplement shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Holders of Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims and debts shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or debt has voted on the Plan.

B. Restructuring Documents

All Restructuring Documents, including the Final Cash Collateral Order, the Disclosure Statement, the other solicitation materials with respect to the Plan, the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, the Plan, each document included in the Plan Supplement, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Confirmation Order, the DIP Facility Credit Agreement, the DIP Order, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, the New Organizational Documents, the Management Incentive Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures, shall be subject to the consent rights of the Required RSA Parties on the terms set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.

65

C. Additional Documents

On or before the Effective Date, and subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

D. Dissolution of the Statutory Committees

On the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee and any other statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve automatically and the members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights, duties, responsibilities, and liabilities arising from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Cases and under the Bankruptcy Code, except for the limited purpose of prosecuting requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Effective Date by the Creditors’ Committee and its Professionals. The Debtors shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to the Creditors’ Committee or any other statutory committee after the Effective Date. Upon the dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee and any other statutory committee, the members of such committees and their respective professionals will cease to have any duty, obligation or role arising from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases and shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases.

E. Payment of Statutory Fees

All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930(a) prior to the Effective Date shall be paid by the Debtors. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall pay any and all such fees when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor shall remain obligated to pay quarterly fees to the U.S. Trustee until the earliest of that particular Debtor’s or Reorganized Debtor’s case being closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

F. Payment of Transaction Expenses

The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will, on the Effective Date (or, to the extent not known or submitted to the Debtors for payment as of the Effective Date, promptly following receipt of an invoice therefor, whether incurred before or after the Effective Date) and to the extent invoiced in accordance with the terms of the applicable engagement letter (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no invoices shall be required to include itemized time detail), pay the Transaction Expenses (whether accrued prepetition or postpetition and to the extent not otherwise paid during the Chapter 11 Cases), without the need for application by any such parties to the Bankruptcy Court, and without notice and a hearing pursuant to section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

G. Reservation of Rights

The Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.

H. Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.

66

I. Service of Documents

After the Effective Date, any pleading, notice, or other document required by the Plan to be served on or delivered to the Reorganized Debtors shall be served on:

Reorganized Debtors	Bristow Group Inc. 2103 City West Blvd., 4th Floor Houston, Texas 77042 Attn:        Victoria Lazar with copies to:
Counsel to Debtors	Baker Botts L.L.P. 2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 900 Dallas, Texas 75201-2980 Attn:        James R. Prince Omar J. Alaniz Kevin Chiu -and- Baker Botts L.L.P. 30 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10112-4498 Attn:        Emanuel C. Grillo Chris Newcomb -and- Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 51 West 52nd Street New York, New York 10019 Attn:        Richard G. Mason Amy R. Wolf
Counsel to the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group	Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP 450 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017 Attn:        Damian S. Schaible (damian.schaible@davispolk.com) Natasha Tsiouris (natasha.tsiouris@davispolk.com)

67

Counsel to the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group Kirkland & Ellis LLP 601 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attn:        Joshua A. Sussberg (joshua.sussberg@kirkland.com) Brian E. Schwartz (brian.schwartz@kirkland.com)   -and-   Kirkland & Ellis LLP 300 North LaSalle Chicago, Illinois 60654 Attn:        Gregory F. Pesce (gregory.pesce@kirkland.com)

J. Term of Injunctions or Stays

Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases (pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court) and existing on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

K. Entire Agreement

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

L. Plan Supplement

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After any of such documents included in the Plan Supplement are Filed, copies of such documents shall be made available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Solicitation Agent’s website at https://cases.primeclerk.com/Bristow or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at https://www.pacer.gov/.

M. Non-Severability

If, prior to Confirmation, the Bankruptcy Court holds any term or provision of the Plan to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the consent of the Debtors or the Required RSA Parties; and (3) non-severable and mutually dependent.

68

N. Votes Solicited in Good Faith

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each of the Supporting Noteholders and each of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), officers, directors, managers, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan.

O. Waiver or Estoppel

Each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, Secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

69

Dated: August 1, 2019	BRISTOW GROUP INC. on behalf of itself and all other Debtors
	By: /s/ Brian J. Allman
	Name: Brian J. Allman Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

70

Exhibit A

Restructuring Support Agreement

[Omitted]

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

	)
In re:	)	Chapter 11
	)
BRISTOW GROUP INC., et al.,1	)	Case No. 19-32713 (DRJ)
	)
Debtors.	) )	Jointly Administered

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR

THE JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

OF BRISTOW GROUP INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES

James R. Prince, State Bar No. 00784791	Richard G. Mason (pro hac vice)
Omar J. Alaniz, State Bar No. 24040402	Amy R. Wolf (pro hac vice)
Kevin Chiu, State Bar No. 24109723	WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ
BAKER BOTTS L.L.P.	51 West 52nd Street
2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 900	New York, New York 10019
Dallas, Texas 75201-2980	Telephone:      (212) 403-1000
Telephone:    (214) 953-6500	Facsimile:       (212) 403-2000
Facsimile:     (214) 953-6503	Email:             rgmason@wlrk.com
Email:           jim.prince@bakerbotts.com	arwolf@wlrk.com
omar.alaniz@bakerbotts.com
kevin.chiu@bakerbotts.com
	Co-Counsel to the Debtors and
	Debtors in Possession
-and-
Emanuel C. Grillo (pro hac vice)
Chris Newcomb (pro hac vice)
BAKER BOTTS L.L.P.
30 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10112-4498
Telephone:     (212) 408-2500
Facsimile:      (212) 408-2501
Email:            emanuel.grillo@bakerbotts.com
chris.newcomb@bakerbotts.com

Co-Counsel to the Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

Dated: August 1, 2019

¹  The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”), along with the last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are: Bristow Group Inc. (9819), BHNA Holdings Inc. (8862), Bristow Alaska Inc. (8121), Bristow Helicopters Inc. (8733), Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC (2451), Bristow U.S. LLC (2904), BriLog Leasing Ltd. (9764), and Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd. (9303). The corporate headquarters and the mailing address for the Debtors listed above is 2103 City West Blvd., 4th Floor, Houston, Texas 77042.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR CONDITIONAL APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN CONDITIONALLY APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.

ii

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT²

THE DEADLINE TO VOTE ON THE PLAN IS [_____], 2019, AT 5:00 P.M. (PREVAILING CENTRAL TIME)

FOR YOUR VOTE TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT (OR A MASTER BALLOT CAST ON YOUR BEHALF, AS APPLICABLE) MUST BE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY PRIME CLERK BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

THE DEBTORS ARE PROVIDING THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITING VOTES TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE JOINT CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF BRISTOW GROUP INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES. NOTHING IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY BE RELIED UPON OR USED BY ANY ENTITY FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE. BEFORE DECIDING WHETHER TO VOTE FOR OR AGAINST THE PLAN, EACH HOLDER ENTITLED TO VOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER ALL OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, INCLUDING THE RISK FACTORS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE VIII HEREIN.

THE PLAN IS SUPPORTED BY THE DEBTORS AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF CLAIMS THAT HAVE EXECUTED THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT, INCLUDING HOLDERS OF APPROXIMATELY 99.3 PERCENT OF THE SECURED NOTES, 100 PERCENT OF THE LOANS UNDER THE 2019 TERM LOAN FACILITY AND APPROXIMATELY 73.6 PERCENT OF THE UNSECURED NOTES COMBINED. THE DEBTORS URGE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS WHOSE VOTES ARE BEING SOLICITED TO VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

THE DEBTORS URGE EACH HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST ENTITLED TO VOTE TO CONSULT WITH ITS OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL, FINANCIAL, SECURITIES, TAX, OR BUSINESS ADVICE IN REVIEWING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE PLAN, AND THE PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. FURTHERMORE, THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S APPROVAL OF THE PLAN.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT CONTAINS, AMONG OTHER THINGS, SUMMARIES OF THE PLAN, CERTAIN STATUTORY PROVISIONS, AND CERTAIN ANTICIPATED EVENTS IN THE CHAPTER 11 CASES. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THESE SUMMARIES ARE FAIR AND ACCURATE, THESE SUMMARIES ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY DO NOT SET FORTH THE ENTIRE TEXT OF SUCH DOCUMENTS OR STATUTORY PROVISIONS OR EVERY DETAIL OF SUCH ANTICIPATED EVENTS. IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY OR DISCREPANCY BETWEEN A DESCRIPTION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, THE PLAN OR SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS WILL GOVERN FOR ALL PURPOSES. FACTUAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PROVIDED BY THE DEBTORS’ MANAGEMENT, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED. THE DEBTORS DO NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR ATTACHED HERETO IS WITHOUT ANY MATERIAL INACCURACY OR OMISSION.

²  Terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them, if any, elsewhere in this Disclosure Statement or in the Plan.

iii

IN PREPARING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE DEBTORS RELIED ON FINANCIAL DATA DERIVED FROM THE DEBTORS’ BOOKS AND RECORDS AND ON VARIOUS ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESSES. WHILE THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION FAIRLY REFLECTS THE FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE DEBTORS AS OF THE DATE HEREOF AND THAT THE ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING FUTURE EVENTS REFLECT REASONABLE BUSINESS JUDGMENTS, NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OF THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESSES AND THEIR FUTURE RESULTS AND OPERATIONS. THE DEBTORS EXPRESSLY CAUTION READERS NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, AND MAY NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, AN ADMISSION OF FACT, LIABILITY, STIPULATION, OR WAIVER. THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER AUTHORIZED PARTY MAY SEEK TO INVESTIGATE, FILE, AND PROSECUTE CLAIMS AND MAY OBJECT TO CLAIMS AND INTERESTS AFTER THE CONFIRMATION OR EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IDENTIFIES ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR INTERESTS OR OBJECTIONS TO CLAIMS OR INTERESTS.

THE DEBTORS ARE MAKING THE STATEMENTS AND PROVIDING THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED. ALTHOUGH THE DEBTORS MAY SUBSEQUENTLY UPDATE THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE DEBTORS HAVE NO AFFIRMATIVE DUTY TO DO SO, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY DUTY TO PUBLICLY UPDATE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS, OR OTHERWISE. HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS REVIEWING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHOULD NOT INFER THAT, AT THE TIME OF THEIR REVIEW, THE FACTS SET FORTH HEREIN HAVE NOT CHANGED SINCE THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WAS FILED.

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, MODIFICATION, OR AMENDMENT. THE DEBTORS RESERVE THE RIGHT TO FILE AN AMENDED OR MODIFIED PLAN AND RELATED DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FROM TIME TO TIME, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE PLAN AND THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT.

THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY PERSON OR ENTITY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION ABOUT OR CONCERNING THE PLAN, OTHER THAN THAT WHICH IS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. THE DEBTORS HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANY REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE DEBTORS OR THE VALUE OF THEIR PROPERTY OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

IF THE PLAN IS CONFIRMED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND THE EFFECTIVE DATE OCCURS, ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS (INCLUDING THOSE HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS WHO DO NOT SUBMIT BALLOTS TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, WHO VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN, OR WHO ARE NOT ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN) WILL BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THE PLAN AND THE RESTRUCTURING TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

iv

THE CONFIRMATION AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN MATERIAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DESCRIBED HEREIN AND SET FORTH IN ARTICLE X OF THE PLAN. THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE PLAN WILL BE CONFIRMED, OR IF CONFIRMED, THAT THE CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO BE SATISFIED FOR THE PLAN TO GO EFFECTIVE WILL BE SATISFIED (OR WAIVED).

YOU ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY, INCLUDING ARTICLE VIII, ENTITLED “RISK FACTORS,” WHICH BEGINS ON PAGE 46, BEFORE SUBMITTING YOUR BALLOT TO VOTE ON THE PLAN.

THE BANKRUPTCY COURT’S CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A GUARANTEE BY THE COURT OF THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR AN ENDORSEMENT BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT OF THE MERITS OF THE PLAN.

SUMMARIES OF THE PLAN AND STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE PLAN. THE SUMMARIES OF THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND THE DOCUMENTS ANNEXED TO THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR OTHERWISE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THOSE DOCUMENTS. THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN WILL BE CORRECT AT ANY TIME AFTER SUCH DATE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE PLAN OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEBTORS ARE UNDER NO DUTY TO UPDATE OR SUPPLEMENT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS INCLUDED FOR PURPOSES OF SOLICITING VOTES FOR THE ACCEPTANCES AND CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN AND MAY NOT BE RELIED ON FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE. IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND THE PLAN, THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN WILL GOVERN.

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND BANKRUPTCY RULE 3016(B) AND IS NOT NECESSARILY PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER SIMILAR LAWS. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”) OR ANY SIMILAR FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN REGULATORY AGENCY, NOR HAS THE SEC OR ANY OTHER AGENCY PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.

THE DEBTORS HAVE SOUGHT TO ENSURE THE ACCURACY OF THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT; HOWEVER, THE FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT OR INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE HAS NOT BEEN, AND WILL NOT BE, AUDITED OR REVIEWED BY THE DEBTORS’ INDEPENDENT AUDITORS UNLESS EXPLICITLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE.

v

UPON CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN, CERTAIN OF THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT WILL BE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77A–77AA, TOGETHER WITH THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR SIMILAR FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN LAWS, IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION SET FORTH IN SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. OTHER SECURITIES MAY BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. TO THE EXTENT EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE OR APPLICABLE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW DO NOT APPLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO A VALID EXEMPTION OR UPON REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE DEBTORS MAKE STATEMENTS IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT THAT ARE CONSIDERED FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS UNDER FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. THE DEBTORS CONSIDER ALL STATEMENTS REGARDING ANTICIPATED OR FUTURE MATTERS TO BE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY INCLUDE STATEMENTS ABOUT THE DEBTORS’:

• BUSINESS STRATEGY;

• FINANCIAL CONDITION, REVENUES, CASH FLOWS, AND EXPENSES;

• LEVELS OF INDEBTEDNESS, LIQUIDITY, AND COMPLIANCE WITH DEBT COVENANTS;

• FINANCIAL STRATEGY, BUDGET, PROJECTIONS, AND OPERATING RESULTS;

• THE AMOUNT, NATURE, AND TIMING OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES;

• AVAILABILITY AND TERMS OF CAPITAL;

• SUCCESSFUL RESULTS FROM THE DEBTORS’ OPERATIONS;

• THE INTEGRATION AND BENEFITS OF ASSET AND PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS OR THE EFFECTS OF ASSET AND PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS OR DISPOSITIONS ON THE DEBTORS’ CASH POSITION AND LEVELS OF INDEBTEDNESS;

• TECHNOLOGY;

• COSTS OF CONDUCTING THE DEBTORS’ OPERATIONS;

• GENERAL ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS CONDITIONS;

• EFFECTIVENESS OF THE DEBTORS’ RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES;

• THE OUTCOME OF PENDING AND FUTURE LITIGATION;

• UNCERTAINTY REGARDING THE DEBTORS’ FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS;

• PLANS, OBJECTIVES, AND EXPECTATIONS;

vi

• THE ADEQUACY OF THE DEBTORS’ CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY; AND

• THE DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO SATISFY FUTURE CASH OBLIGATIONS.

STATEMENTS CONCERNING THESE AND OTHER MATTERS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ FUTURE PERFORMANCE. THERE ARE RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND OTHER IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS’ ACTUAL PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS TO BE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE THEY MAY PROJECT, AND THE DEBTORS UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE THE PROJECTIONS MADE HEREIN. THESE RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES, AND FACTORS MAY INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: THE DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO CONFIRM AND CONSUMMATE THE PLAN; THE POTENTIAL THAT THE DEBTORS MAY NEED TO PURSUE AN ALTERNATIVE TRANSACTION IF THE PLAN IS NOT CONFIRMED; THE DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO REDUCE THEIR OVERALL FINANCIAL LEVERAGE; THE POTENTIAL ADVERSE IMPACT OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES ON THE DEBTORS’ OPERATIONS, MANAGEMENT, AND EMPLOYEES; THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATING THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESSES DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES; CUSTOMER RESPONSES TO THE CHAPTER 11 CASES; THE DEBTORS’ INABILITY TO DISCHARGE OR SETTLE CLAIMS DURING THE CHAPTER 11 CASES; GENERAL ECONOMIC, BUSINESS, AND MARKET CONDITIONS; CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS; INTEREST RATE FLUCTUATIONS; PRICE INCREASES; EXPOSURE TO LITIGATION; A DECLINE IN THE DEBTORS’ MARKET SHARE DUE TO COMPETITION OR PRICE PRESSURE BY CUSTOMERS; THE DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO IMPLEMENT COST REDUCTION INITIATIVES IN A TIMELY MANNER; THE DEBTORS’ ABILITY TO DIVEST EXISTING ASSETS OR BUSINESSES; FINANCIAL CONDITIONS OF THE DEBTORS’ CUSTOMERS; ADVERSE CHANGES IN THE AVIATION SERVICES INDUSTRY; ADVERSE TAX CHANGES; LIMITED ACCESS TO CAPITAL RESOURCES; CHANGES IN DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN LAWS AND REGULATIONS; NATURAL DISASTERS; GEOPOLITICAL INSTABILITY; AND THE EFFECTS OF GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION ON THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESSES.

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page
I.	INTRODUCTION			1
II.	PRELIMINARY STATEMENT			1
III.	QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND PLAN			3
	A.	What is chapter 11?		3
	B.	Why are the Debtors sending me this Disclosure Statement?		3
	C.	Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?		4
	D.	What will I receive from the Debtors if the Plan is consummated?		4
	E.	What will I receive from the Debtors if I hold an Allowed Administrative Claim, Professional Fee Claim, Priority Tax Claim, or DIP Claim?		8
	F.	Are any regulatory approvals required to consummate the Plan?		10
	G.	What happens to my recovery if the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective?		10
	H.	If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, do I get it upon Confirmation or when the Plan goes effective, and what is meant by “Confirmation,” “Effective Date,” and “Consummation?”		11
	I.	Is there potential litigation related to the Plan?		11
	J.	How will the preservation of the Causes of Action impact my recovery under the Plan?		11
	K.	Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?		12
	L.	How do I vote for or against the Plan?		19
	M.	What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?		20
	N.	When is the Combined Hearing set to occur?		20
	O.	What is the purpose of the Combined Hearing?		20
	P.	What is the Rights Offering?		20
	Q.	Who do I contact if I have additional questions with respect to this Disclosure Statement or the Plan?		20
	R.	Do the Debtors recommend voting in favor of the Plan?		21
	S.	Who supports the Plan?		21
IV.	THE DEBTORS’ RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND PLAN			21
	A.	The Restructuring Support Agreement		21
	B.	The Plan		22
V.	OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANY, THE DEBTORS AND THEIR BUSINESSES.			25
	A.	The Company’s Businesses		25
	B.	The Company’s Strengths		26
	C.	Operations by Region		27
	D.	The Debtors’ Prepetition Corporate and Capital Structure		29
VI.	EVENTS LEADING TO THE CHAPTER 11 FILINGS			34
	A.	Current Market Conditions in the Helicopter Services Industry		34

viii

	B.	The Company’s Responses to Market Challenges	34
	C.	The Columbia Transaction	35
	D.	Financial Reporting and Related Issues	36
	E.	Changes in Senior Management	36
	F.	Development of Strategic Alternatives	36
	G.	Waivers, Forbearance and Forgoing the Unsecured Note Coupon Interest Payment	37
	H.	Restructuring Support Agreement, Proposed DIP Financing, and Exit Financing	37
VII.	MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES		40
	A.	Corporate Structure upon Emergence	40
	B.	Expected Timetable of the Chapter 11 Cases	40
	C.	First Day Relief	41
	D.	Other Procedural and Administrative Motions	41
	E.	Appointment of Official Committee	42
	F.	Equity Committee Motion	42
	G.	Schedules and Statements	43
	H.	The Debtors’ DIP Financing	43
	I.	Establishment of a Claims Bar Date	43
	J.	Aircraft Fleet Lease Matters	44
	K.	De Minimis Asset Sales Motion	45
	L.	Key Employee Incentive Plan and Key Employee Retention Plan	45
	M.	Litigation Matters.	45
VIII.	RISK FACTORS		46
	A.	Bankruptcy Law Considerations	46
	B.	Risks Related to Recoveries under the Plan	49
	C.	Risks Related to the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ Businesses	52
IX.	SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCEDURES		58
	A.	Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote on the Plan	58
	B.	Voting Record Date	59
	C.	Voting on the Plan	59
	D.	Ballots Not Counted	60
X.	RIGHTS OFFERING PROCEDURES		60
XI.	CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN		60
	A.	Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan	60
	B.	Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis	61
	C.	Feasibility	61
	D.	Acceptance by Impaired Classes	62
	E.	Confirmation without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes	62
XII.	CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS		63
	A.	New Stock; Rights Offering Shares; Backstop Commitment Shares	63

ix

	B.	Backstop Commitment Agreement	64
	C.	Backstop Commitment Shares	64
	D.	Registration Rights Agreement	64
	E.	Issuance and Resale of New Stock Under the Plan	64
XIII.	CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN		68
	A.	Introduction	68
	B.	Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors	69
	C.	Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the U.S. Holders of Certain Claims and Interests Entitled to Vote	72
	D.	Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Certain Claims and Interests Entitled to Vote	80
	E.	Information Reporting and Backup Withholding	83
XIV.	RECOMMENDATION		84

x

EXHIBITS³

EXHIBIT A	Plan of Reorganization
EXHIBIT B	Restructuring Support Agreement
EXHIBIT C	Corporate Organization Chart
EXHIBIT D	Conditional Disclosure Statement Order
EXHIBIT E	Liquidation Analysis
EXHIBIT F	Financial Projections

³  [Note: Exhibits to this Disclosure Statement will be filed with the Court prior to the hearing on the entry of the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order.]

xi

I. INTRODUCTION.

Bristow Group Inc. (“BGI” or “Bristow Parent”) and its debtor affiliates, as debtors and debtors in possession (each, a “Debtor,” and collectively, the “Debtors,” and collectively with their non-Debtor affiliates, the “Company”), submit this disclosure statement (this “Disclosure Statement”), pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, to certain Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors in connection with the solicitation of votes for acceptance of the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Bristow Group Inc. and its Debtor Affiliates [Docket No. [•]] (the “Plan”), filed contemporaneously herewith.⁴ A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. The Plan constitutes a separate chapter 11 plan for each of the Debtors.

THE DEBTORS, AND SUPPORTING NOTEHOLDERS HOLDING APPROXIMATELY 99.3 PERCENT OF THE SECURED NOTES, APPROXIMATELY 100 PERCENT OF THE LOANS UNDER THE 2019 TERM LOAN FACILITY AND APPROXIMATELY 73.6 PERCENT OF THE UNSECURED NOTES COMBINED, ARE PARTIES TO THE RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND SUPPORT CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN. THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE COMPROMISES CONTEMPLATED UNDER THE PLAN ARE FAIR AND EQUITABLE, MAXIMIZE THE VALUE OF THE DEBTORS’ ESTATES, AND PROVIDE THE BEST RECOVERY TO STAKEHOLDERS. AT THIS TIME, THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THE PLAN REPRESENTS THE BEST AVAILABLE OPTION FOR COMPLETING THESE CHAPTER 11 CASES. ACCORDINGLY, THE DEBTORS STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

II. PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

The Company is the leading global industrial aviation services provider operating through the Debtors and their non-Debtor affiliates. It has major transportation operations in the North Sea, Nigeria, the Gulf of Mexico, and most of the other major offshore energy producing regions of the world, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, Guyana and Trinidad. The Company derives its revenue primarily from industrial aviation services provided to offshore energy production companies, as well as from private and public search and rescue (“SAR”) services.

The Plan and this Disclosure Statement are the result of extensive and vigorous negotiations among the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, which consist of approximately (i) 99.3 percent of the principal amount of its Secured Notes, (ii) 100 percent of the principal amount of the 2019 Term Loans, and (ii) 73.6 percent of the principal amount of its Unsecured Notes combined. The culmination of such negotiations was the entry into the Restructuring Support Agreement (as may be amended from time to time, the “Restructuring Support Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Restructuring Support Agreement provides for a comprehensive series of restructuring transactions to de-lever the Company’s balance sheet and optimize its fleet plan, emerge from chapter 11, and raise new go-forward capital. It also includes a binding commitment for $150 million of post-petition DIP financing, which along with the Unsecured Notes will be converted to equity interests in the Reorganized Bristow Parent on the effective date of the Plan.

⁴  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan. The summary of the Plan provided herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan. In the case of any inconsistency between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will govern.

The Restructuring Support Agreement sets forth the material terms and conditions of the restructuring provided for in the Plan and described herein. As described in more detail below, the Plan substantially deleverages the Debtors’ balance sheet and establishes sufficient liquidity to operate the Debtors’ business and execute on a business plan that will provide for a sustainable and successful enterprise going forward.

The key components of the Plan are as follows:

• A $385 million new money rights offering to purchase new common and preferred stock in Reorganized Bristow Parent, which rights offering shall be fully backstopped by certain Supporting Noteholders;

• Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims shall either (i) if the Debtors enter into a new Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, receive payment in full in Cash, or (ii) if the Debtors do not enter into a new Exit Facility prior to the Effective Date, (x) have its Allowed 2019 Term Loan Claim Reinstated and governed by the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, and (y) receive its Pro Rata share of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee;

• Holders of Secured Notes Claims shall receive (i) Cash equal to any accrued and unpaid pre- and post-petition interest and fees at the non-default contract rate, (ii) Cash equal to 97% of such Holder’s claims (after giving effect to the payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid pre- and post-petition interest and any prepayment of the 2019 Term Loan with proceeds from the DIP Facility) and (iii) the right to participate in their pro rata share (without oversubscription rights) of up to $37.5 million of the Rights Offering;

• Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims and General Unsecured Claims shall receive their pro rata share of 11% of the equity interests in the Reorganized Bristow Parent (subject to dilution by the equity issued for the Management Incentive Plan) and the right to participate in their pro rata share (without oversubscription rights) of up to $347.5 million of the Rights Offering, provided that Holders that are not accredited investors or U.S. Citizens and Holders of General Unsecured Claims that so elect will receive a specified cash payment in lieu of the foregoing treatment;

• Trade Claims shall be paid in full on the Effective Date or otherwise in the ordinary course of business; provided that the Debtors may require in their discretion that such trade vendors agree to continue to provide goods or services to the Reorganized Debtors on customary credit terms after the Effective Date (and for the avoidance of doubt, those trade vendors that do not agree to continue to provide goods and services on customary credit terms (to the extent required by the Debtors) shall have their Claims treated as General Unsecured Claims);

• Claims based on the Debtors’ guarantees of obligations of their non-Debtor subsidiaries’ customer contracts, including their contract for search and rescue services for the United Kingdom’s Maritime & Coastguard Agent and Claims associated with the Debtors’ credit facility with Lombard will be reinstated without impairment, ensuring minimal disruption to the Debtors’ business as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases; and

• Full equitization of the Debtors’ proposed $150 million DIP Facility.

The formulation of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan is a significant achievement for the Debtors. The level of consensus for this comprehensive reorganization reflects the efforts undertaken by the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, but also the parties’ belief in the Debtors’ prospects as a reorganized enterprise. The Debtors and the other parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement believe that the restructuring contemplated by the Plan is in the best interests of all stakeholders

2

because it (i) achieves a substantial deleveraging of the Debtors’ balance sheet through consensus with a significant portion of the Debtors’ debt holders, (ii) provides for elimination of nearly $900 million of the Debtors’ prepetition funded debt, (iii) secures $535 million in new equity financing through the DIP Facility and the Rights Offering and (iv) eliminates potential deterioration of value—and disruptions to operations—that could otherwise result from protracted and contentious bankruptcy cases. In sum, the Plan embodies a global settlement that provides a fair and reasonable path for an expeditious exit from chapter 11 and the preservation of the Debtors’ business.

Each of the Debtors strongly believes that the Plan is in the best interests of its estate and represents the best available alternative for all of their stakeholders. Given the Debtors’ core strengths, including their experienced management team and strategic business plan going forward, the Debtors are confident that they can implement the Plan’s balance sheet restructuring to ensure the Debtors’ long-term viability and success. For these reasons, the Debtors strongly recommend that Holders of Claims entitled to vote accept the Plan.

III. QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND PLAN.

A. What is chapter 11?

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition to permitting debtor rehabilitation, chapter 11 promotes equality of treatment for creditors and similarly situated equity interest holders, subject to the priority of distributions prescribed by the Bankruptcy Code.

The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate that comprises all of the legal and equitable interests of the debtor as of the date the chapter 11 case is commenced. The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

Consummating a chapter 11 plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. A bankruptcy court’s confirmation of a plan binds the debtor, any person acquiring property under the plan, any creditor or equity interest holder of the debtor, and any other entity as may be ordered by the bankruptcy court. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order issued by a bankruptcy court confirming a plan provides for the treatment of the debtor’s liabilities in accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan.

B. Why are the Debtors sending me this Disclosure Statement?

The Debtors are seeking to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan. Before soliciting acceptances of the Plan, section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Debtors to prepare a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment regarding acceptance of the Plan and to share such disclosure statement with all holders of claims and interests whose votes on the Plan are being solicited. This Disclosure Statement is being submitted in accordance with these requirements.

3

C. Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?

Your ability to vote on, and your distribution under, the Plan, if any, depends on what type of Claim or Interest you hold. Each category of Holders of Claims or Interests, as set forth in Article III of the Plan pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, is referred to as a “Class.” Each Class’s respective voting status is set forth below:

Class	Claim or Interest	Status	Voting Rights
1	Other Secured Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
2	Other Priority Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
3	2019 Term Loan Facility	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
4	Secured Notes Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
5	Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
6	PK Air Credit Facility Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
7	Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
8	Unsecured Notes Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
9	Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
10	MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
11	Trade Claims	Unimpaired	Deemed to Accept
12	General Unsecured Claims	Impaired	Entitled to Vote
13	Intercompany Claims	Unimpaired, or Impaired	Deemed to Accept, or Presumed to Reject
14	Intercompany Interests	Unimpaired, or Impaired	Deemed to Accept, or Presumed to Reject
15	Existing Interests	Impaired	Presumed to Reject
16	Section 510(b) Claims	Impaired	Presumed to Reject

D. What will I receive from the Debtors if the Plan is consummated?

The following chart provides a summary of the anticipated recovery to Holders of Claims and Interests under the Plan. Any estimates of Claims or Interests in this Disclosure Statement may vary from the final amounts allowed by the Bankruptcy Court. Your ability to receive distributions under the Plan depends upon the ability of the Debtors to obtain Confirmation and meet the conditions necessary to consummate the Plan.

THE PROJECTED RECOVERIES SET FORTH IN THE TABLE BELOW ARE ESTIMATES ONLY AND THEREFORE ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTORS’ CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO THE ENTIRE PLAN.⁵

⁵  The recoveries set forth below may change based upon changes in the amount of Claims or Interests that are Allowed, as well as other factors related to the Debtors’ business operations and general economic conditions.

4

Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Existing Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Existing Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Reorganized Debtors and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Existing Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder of an Allowed Claim or Existing Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

SUMMARY OF EXPECTED RECOVERIES
Class	Claim/Equity Interest	Treatment of Claim/Equity Interest	Projected Amount of Claims ($MM)	Projected Recovery Under the Plan
Unclassified Non-Voting Claims Against the Debtors
N/A	Administrative Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim shall receive payment in full in Cash.	N/A	100%
N/A	Professional Fee Claims	Each Holder of a Professional Fee Claim shall receive Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows.	N/A	100%
N/A	Priority Tax Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive payments in Cash in a manner consistent with section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.	N/A	100%
N/A	DIP Facility Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, (ii) the Equitization Consent Fee, payable at the election of each Holder of a DIP Facility Claim in New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, and (iii) the Equitization Allocation New Stock, which shall be payable 8.175% in New Preferred Stock and 91.825% in New Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.	$150.0	100%
N/A	Statutory Fees	All fees due and payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code prior to the Effective Date shall be timely paid by the Debtors. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall timely pay any and all such fees when due and payable.	N/A	100%
Classified Claims Against and Interests In the Debtors
1	Other Secured Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive at the option of the applicable Debtors (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld), either (i) payment in full in Cash; (ii) delivery of the Collateral securing any such Allowed Other Secured Claim; (iii) Reinstatement of such Other Secured Claim, notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable non-bankruptcy law that entitles the holder of such claim to demand or to receive payment prior to the stated maturity of such Allowed Other Secured Claim from and after the occurrence of default; or (iv) such other treatment rendering such Other Secured Claim Unimpaired.	N/A	100%

5

SUMMARY OF EXPECTED RECOVERIES
Class	Claim/Equity Interest	Treatment of Claim/Equity Interest	Projected Amount of Claims ($MM)	Projected Recovery Under the Plan
2	Other Priority Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive at the option of the applicable Debtors (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld). either: (i) Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim; or (ii) such other treatment rendering such Other Priority Claim Unimpaired.	$0	100%
3	2019 Term Loan Facility	Each Holder of an Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim shall either (i) if the Debtors enter into a new Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, receive payment in full in Cash, or (ii) if the Debtors do not enter into a new Exit Facility on or prior to the Effective Date, (x) have its Allowed 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim be Reinstated and governed by the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, and (y) receive its Pro Rata share of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee.	$75.0	100%
4	Secured Notes Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Secured Notes Claim shall receive (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid prepetition and postpetition interest at the non-default contract rate (except to the extent otherwise paid as adequate protection pursuant to the Final Cash Collateral Order and not recharacterized or otherwise avoided, but not including any make-whole or prepayment premium), (ii) after giving effect to the immediately preceding clause (i), Cash in an amount equal to 97% of the outstanding amount of such Allowed Secured Notes Claim and (iii) such Holder’s Pro Rata share of the Secured Noteholder Subscription Rights.	$282.3	100%
5	Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims	All Allowed Lombard (BULL) Term Loan Claims shall be Reinstated.	$91.0	100%

6

SUMMARY OF EXPECTED RECOVERIES
Class	Claim/Equity Interest	Treatment of Claim/Equity Interest	Projected Amount of Claims ($MM)	Projected Recovery Under the Plan
6	PK Air Credit Facility Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed PK Air Credit Facility Claims shall receive its Pro Rata share of the New PK Air Note.	$201.6	100%
7	Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims shall receive its Pro Rata share of the New Macquarie Note.	$164.0	100%
8	Unsecured Notes Claims	Each holder of an Allowed Unsecured Notes Claim shall receive (i) if such Holder is a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share (calculated as the Pro Rata share of all Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims and all Allowed General Unsecured Claims that do not make the GUC Rights Offering Election (including the failure to timely return an election notice)) of (x) the Unsecured Equity Pool and (y) the Unsecured Noteholder Subscription Rights6 or (ii) if such Holder is not a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.	$562.5	[•]%
9	Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims	All Allowed Lombard (BALL) Term Loan Guarantee Claims shall be Reinstated.	$75.3	100%
10	MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims	All Allowed MCA and Other Customer Guarantee Claims shall be Reinstated.	N/A	100%
11	Trade Claims	Each Holder of an Allowed Trade Claim shall receive payment in full of such Allowed Trade Claim on the Effective Date or otherwise in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ business.	$5.0-7.0	100%
12	General Unsecured Claims	Each Holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall receive: (i) if such Holder does not timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election and is a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share (calculated as the Pro Rata share of all Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims and all Allowed General Unsecured Claims that do not make the GUC Rights Offering Election (including the failure to timely return an election notice)) of (x) the Unsecured Equity Pool and (y) the GUC Subscription Rights7 or (ii) if such Holder does timely make the GUC Rights Offering Election or is not a 4(a)(2) Eligible Holder, its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.	$35.0-60.0	[•]%

⁶  [Note: Treatment of Unsecured Notes Claims may be subject to modification prior to solicitation to include the use of warrants to the extent necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock, and such modifications shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

⁷  [Note: Treatment of General Unsecured Claims may be subject to modification prior to solicitation to include the use of warrants to the extent necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock, and such modifications shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

7

SUMMARY OF EXPECTED RECOVERIES
Class	Claim/Equity Interest	Treatment of Claim/Equity Interest	Projected Amount of Claims ($MM)	Projected Recovery Under the Plan
13	Intercompany Claims	Intercompany Claims shall, at the election of the Required RSA Parties, be Reinstated, compromised, or cancelled.	N/A	0% or 100%
14	Intercompany Interests	Intercompany Claims shall, at the election of the Required RSA Parties, be Reinstated solely to maintain the Debtors’ corporate structure, compromised, or cancelled.	N/A	0% or 100%
15	Existing Interests	Each Existing Interest shall be cancelled, released, and expunged and shall be of no further force and effect and each Holder shall not receive any distribution on account of such Existing Interest.	N/A	0%
16	Section 510(b) Claims	Section 510(b) Claims will be canceled, released, and extinguished as of the Effective Date, and will be of no further force or effect, and each Holder will not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claim.	N/A	0%

E. What will I receive from the Debtors if I hold an Allowed Administrative Claim, Professional Fee Claim, Priority Tax Claim, or DIP Claim?

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims or Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan.

1. Administrative Claims.

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtor against which such Allowed Administrative Claim is asserted agree to less favorable treatment for such Holder, or such Holder has been paid by any Debtor on account of such Allowed Administrative Claim prior to the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than Holders of Professional Fee Claims, DIP Facility Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative

8

Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (a) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (b) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than 30 days after the date on which an order Allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (c) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (d) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (e) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims that do not File and serve such a request by the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be forever barred, stopped, and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and such Administrative Claims shall be deemed compromised, settled, and released as of the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Holders of DIP Facility Claims shall not be required to File or serve any request for payment of such DIP Facility Claims.

2. Professional Fee Claims.

All final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred during the period from the Petition Date through the Confirmation Date must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtors will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount on the Effective Date. Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors their estimates for purposes of the Reorganized Debtors computing the Professional Fee Amount no later than 10 Business Days following the Confirmation Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no such estimate shall be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of a Professional’s final request for payment of Professional Fee Claims Filed with the Bankruptcy Court. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional. No funds in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be property of the Estates, and the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the benefit of Holders of Professional Fee Claims. Any funds remaining in the Professional Fee Escrow Account after all Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid shall be promptly turned over to the Reorganized Debtors.

From and after the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331 and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Reorganized Debtors may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3. Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Debtor (with the consent of the Required RSA Parties, not to be unreasonably withheld) against which such Allowed Priority Tax Claim is asserted agree to a less favorable treatment for such Holder, in full and final

9

satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, Holders of Allowed Priority Tax Claims will receive interest on such Allowed Priority Tax Claims after the Effective Date in accordance with sections 511 and 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

4. DIP Facility Claims.

As of the Effective Date, the DIP Facility Claims shall be Allowed and deemed to be Allowed Claims in the full amount outstanding under the DIP Facility Credit Agreement and the DIP Order, including all principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all accrued and unpaid fees, expenses, and noncontingent indemnity payable under the DIP Facility Credit Agreement or the DIP Order. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Facility Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Facility Claim, each such Holder shall receive its Pro Rata share of (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, (ii) the Equitization Consent Fee, payable at the election of each Holder of a DIP Facility Claim in New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, and (iii) the Equitization Allocation New Stock, which shall be payable 8.175% in New Preferred Stock and 91.825% in New Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Upon receiving the treatment set forth in the Plan, on the Effective Date, all Liens and security interests granted to secure the DIP Facility Claims shall be automatically terminated and of no further force and effect without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity.

5. Statutory Fees.

All fees due and payable pursuant to section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code prior to the Effective Date shall be timely paid by the Debtors. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall timely pay any and all such fees when due and payable, and shall File with the Bankruptcy Court quarterly reports in a form reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. Each Debtor shall remain obligated to pay such quarterly fees to the U.S. Trustee until the earliest of that particular Debtor’s case being closed, dismissed, or converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

F. Are any regulatory approvals required to consummate the Plan?

There are not expected to be any known regulatory approvals that are required to consummate the Plan. However, to the extent any such regulatory approvals or other authorizations, consents, rulings, or documents are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan, it is a condition precedent to the Effective Date that they be obtained.

G. What happens to my recovery if the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective?

In the event that the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective, there is no assurance that the Debtors will be able to reorganize their businesses. It is possible that any alternative may provide Holders of Claims with less than they would have received pursuant to the Plan. For a more detailed description of the consequences of an extended chapter 11 case, or of a liquidation scenario, see Article XI.B of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis,” which begins on page 61, and the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit E.

10

H. If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, do I get it upon Confirmation or when the Plan goes effective, and what is meant by “Confirmation,” “Effective Date,” and “Consummation?”

“Confirmation” of the Plan refers to the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Plan. Confirmation of the Plan does not guarantee that you will receive the distribution indicated under the Plan. After the Plan is confirmed, there are conditions that need to be satisfied or waived so that the Plan can be Consummated and go effective. See Article XI of this Disclosure Statement entitled “Confirmation of the Plan” for a discussion on the confirmation procedures.

In general, and unless otherwise provided in the Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Claim and Interest shall receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for such Allowed Claims and Interests in accordance with the applicable Class on the date the Plan becomes effective, i.e., the “Effective Date,” or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, unless the Plan provides otherwise.

I. Is there potential litigation related to the Plan?

Parties in interest may object to the Plan being confirmed, which potentially gives rise to litigation. In the event that it becomes necessary to confirm the Plan over a Class’s objection to or vote to reject the Plan, the Debtors may seek to confirm the Plan notwithstanding such objecting Class’s dissent. The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan pursuant to the “cramdown” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows the Bankruptcy Court to confirm a plan that an impaired class has rejected, if it determines that the plan meets certain requirements for confirmation.

The Bankruptcy Court has established [_____], 2019, at 5:00 p.m., prevailing Central Time, as the deadline to object to Confirmation of the Plan (the “Plan Objection Deadline”). All objections to the Plan’s Confirmation must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the Debtors and certain other parties in interest in accordance with the Disclosure Statement Order (defined below) so that they are actually received on or before the Plan Objection Deadline. The Debtors believe the Plan Objection Deadline, as established by the Bankruptcy Court, affords the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors, and other parties in interest reasonable time to consider the objections to the Plan prior to the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan and approval of the Disclosure Statement as containing adequate information (the “Combined Hearing”).

J. How will the preservation of the Causes of Action impact my recovery under the Plan?

The Plan provides for the retention of all Causes of Action other than those that are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue any and all Causes of Action, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Plan Supplement, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as

11

any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action against it. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless any Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain the Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action, or to decline to do any of the foregoing, without the consent or approval of any third party or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

K. Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?

Yes, the Plan proposes to release the Released Parties and to exculpate the Exculpated Parties. The Debtors’ releases, third-party releases, and exculpation provisions included in the Plan are an integral part of the Debtors’ overall restructuring efforts and were an essential element of the negotiations among the Debtors and the other parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement in obtaining their support for the Plan pursuant to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Supporting Noteholders would not have agreed to the terms and conditions of the Restructuring Support Agreement and to support the Plan pursuant thereto without the release and exculpation provisions, which provide assurances that the Released Parties will not be subject to post-emergence litigation or other disputes related to the restructuring. The release and exculpation provisions not only benefit the non-Debtor Released Parties and the Exculpated Parties, but also the Debtors’ post-emergence enterprise as a whole.

Importantly, all Holders of Claims or Interests that File an objection with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases that expressly objects to the inclusion of such Holder as a “Releasing Party” under, or opt out of in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Ballots, the provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan will be deemed to have expressly, unconditionally, generally, individually, and collectively consented to the release and discharge of all Claims and Causes of Action against the Debtors and the Released Parties to the extent set forth in the Plan. For the avoidance of any doubt, a vote to reject the Plan does not prevent a Holder of Claims from its inclusion as a “Releasing Party.” The releases are an integral element of the Plan.

The Released Parties and the Exculpated Parties have made substantial and valuable contributions to the Debtors’ restructuring through efforts to negotiate and implement the Plan, which will maximize and preserve the going-concern value of the Debtors for the benefit of all parties in interest. For example, each of the Supporting Noteholders has agreed to, among other things, equitize a substantial amount of valid debt claims and backstop a $385 million new money equity capital raise. In addition, many of the Released Parties and Exculpated Parties are entitled to indemnification by the Debtors, which indemnification obligations are expressly preserved under the Plan. Accordingly, each of the Released Parties and the Exculpated Parties warrants the benefit of the release and exculpation provisions.

12

The Plan embodies a global settlement of claims and causes of action between the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders. Prior to the Petition Date, the Debtors negotiated the Original Restructuring Support Agreement (as defined herein) with an ad hoc group of holders of Secured Notes. After the Petition Date, the Debtors engaged in months of further negotiations with the Supporting Noteholders. Such efforts culminated in the Restructuring Support Agreement that carries the support of the Supporting Noteholders, holding approximately 99.3% of the Secured Notes, approximately 100.0% of the loans under the 2019 Term Loan Facility and approximately 73.6% of the Unsecured Notes.

To effectuate the global settlement embodied in the Plan, the Plan includes certain Debtor and third-party releases, an exculpation provision, and an injunction provision. The Debtors and Supporting Noteholders believe that these provisions comply with the Bankruptcy Code and prevailing law because, among other reasons, they are the product of extensive good faith, arm’s-length negotiations, were material inducements for the Supporting Noteholders to enter into the Restructuring Support Agreement and the comprehensive settlement embodied in the Plan, and are supported by the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders.

1. Debtor Release.

The Debtor release is in the best interest of the Debtors’ Estates and well within the Debtors’ business judgment. The Debtors would not be where they are today, on the verge of soliciting and preparing for confirmation of this highly consensual and value-maximizing transaction, without the participation of the Released Parties. In particular, the Plan provides for releases by the Debtors and related parties of any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims, that the Debtors could assert against holders, agents, and trustees of the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Secured Notes, the Unsecured Notes, the postpetition DIP Facility and the Exit Facility and, if applicable, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Parties and the Debtors’ current and former directors and officers, and related parties. In addition to being fair and equitable, the Debtor release is in the best interest of the Debtors’ Estates.

Prosecution of any potential Causes of Action released under the Debtor release would be complex and time consuming and could mire the Debtors and parties in interest in litigation rather than effectuation of a highly-consensual restructuring. Simply put, as of this time, the Debtors do not believe that they have material Causes of Action against any of the Released Parties that would justify the risk, expense, and delay of pursuing any such Causes of Action. Importantly, the Debtor release provides finality and avoids significant delay, and therefore, the inclusion of the Debtor release is worthwhile and inures to the benefit of all of the Debtors’ stakeholders.

Additionally, the Plan, including the Debtor release, was vigorously negotiated by sophisticated entities that were represented by able counsel and financial advisors, including the Supporting Noteholders, and includes the settlement of Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan. The release provisions were a necessary element of consideration that these parties required before entering into the Restructuring Support Agreement and agreeing to support the Plan.

Notably, the Parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement (which has broad support of parties across the Debtors’ capital structure) have agreed to equitize a significant portion of their Claims and backstop the Rights Offering in order to significantly deleverage the Debtors’ prepetition capital structure and provide additional liquidity. With respect to the DIP Facility Agent and Holders of DIP Facility Claims, each provided valuable DIP financing to the Debtors’ Estates that allowed the Debtors to finance their restructuring. Moreover, under the DIP Credit Agreement (defined below), the Debtors have agreed to indemnify the DIP Facility Agent and each DIP Facility Lender (defined below). Additionally, we expect that, upon emergence, the Exit Facility (or, if applicable, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement) will also include any indemnification provisions as may be agreed to in any commitment letter for the Exit Facility (or, if applicable, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement). In

13

addition, the indenture trustees and agents may hold indemnification claims against the Debtors under the applicable indentures and/or credit agreement for all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, or expenses that they may incur, including defense costs for claims subject to the release provisions of the Plan. If the indenture trustees and agents do not receive the benefit of the Plan’s proposed release provision, they and their constituencies may not support Confirmation of the Plan. Accordingly, the Plan provides the various Released Parties the global closure for which they negotiated in exchange for, among other things, the various concessions and benefits provided to the Debtors’ Estates under the Plan.

Further, many of the parties related to the Debtors, such as current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (in their capacities as such), and employees may have indemnification rights against the Debtors under applicable agreements for, among other things, all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, or expenses, including defense costs, for claims subject to the release provisions of the Plan against the Debtors’ Estates. As such, those indemnifications claims could directly affect the Debtors’ Estates. Including these parties in the Debtor release avoids the risk of alter ego and/or derivative liability. Moreover, there is no question that directors, managers, officers, and employees provided (and continue to provide) valuable consideration to the Debtors, as they commit substantial time and effort (in addition to their prepetition responsibilities) to the Debtors’ Estates and restructuring efforts throughout this chapter 11 process.

Accordingly, the Debtors submit that the Debtor release is consistent with applicable law, represents a valid settlement and release of claims the Debtors may have against the Released Parties pursuant to section 1123(b)(3)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, is a valid exercise of the Debtors’ business judgment, and is in the best interests of their Estates.

2. Third-Party Release.

Similarly, the third-party release is integral to the Plan and is a condition of the settlements embodied therein. This provision of the Plan was heavily negotiated by sophisticated parties, each of whom are represented by competent counsel. The consensual third-party release (together with the Debtor release) are key components of the Debtors’ restructuring. Put simply, the Debtors’ key stakeholders were unwilling to support the Plan—including agreeing to equitize the DIP Facility and Unsecured Notes Claims and backstop the $385 million new money Rights Offering—without assurances that they would not be subject to post-emergence litigation or other disputes related to the restructuring. The third-party release therefore not only benefits the non-Debtor Released Parties, but also the Debtors’ post-emergence enterprise as a whole.

Importantly, the Debtors and Supporting Noteholders believe that the third-party release is consensual because the Plan provides voting Holders of Claims and Interests (other than those Holders who vote to accept the Plan) with the option to opt-out of the third-party release by checking a box on the ballot or filing a formal or informal objection with the Bankruptcy Court. Each of the Disclosure Statement, ballots, notices of non-voting status, and notice of Confirmation Hearing state in bold-faced, conspicuous text that holders of Claims and Interests that do not opt-out or object to the release in the Plan will be bound by the third-party release. Upon checking the opt-out box or filing an objection with the Bankruptcy Court, such Holders of Claims or Interests are not bound by the third-party releases and no longer have a basis to argue their rights are affected by such release. The Debtors and Supporting Noteholders believe that the third-party release is consensual because it complies with applicable law. First, the third-party release is sufficiently specific to put the Releasing Parties on notice of the released claims. Second, the third-party release is integral to the Plan and is a condition of the settlement embodied therein. These provisions of the Plan were heavily negotiated by sophisticated parties to the Restructuring Support Agreement, each of whom are represented by competent counsel and for which the third-party release was a material inducement to enter into the Restructuring Support Agreement. Third, as described more fully above, each

14

of the Released Parties under the third-party release (i.e., the DIP Facility Agent, the DIP Facility Lenders, the Backstop Commitment Parties, the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, the 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent, the Supporting Noteholders, the Indenture Trustees, the Exit Facility Lenders, the Exit Facility Agent (or, if applicable, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Lenders and the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility Agent) and the Related Parties) gave consideration for the third-party release (and are also releasing parties themselves, thereby making the release mutual).

Ultimately, the restructuring contemplated by the Plan is value maximizing and would not be possible absent the support of the Released Parties, many of which (i.e., the Supporting Noteholders) will also be the Debtors’ most significant post-emergence stakeholders. Thus, the third-party release operates to maximize the Debtors’ fresh start by minimizing the possibility of distracting post-emergence litigation or costs associated with the continuation of disputes related to the Debtors’ restructuring.

3. Exculpation.

In addition to the Debtor and third-party releases, the exculpation clause in the Plan provides that the Exculpated Parties are exculpated from any Causes of Action arising out of acts or omissions related to these Chapter 11 Cases and certain related transactions as set forth therein—except for acts or omissions that are found to have been the product of actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence. As such, the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders believe the exculpation clause is reasonable, appropriate, and vital to these Chapter 11 Cases.

First, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors are entitled to the benefits of the exculpation clause. Upon a “good faith” finding within the meaning of section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, such parties are entitled to the protections afforded by section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code and the exculpation clause. Further, granting such relief falls squarely within the “fresh start” principles underlying the Bankruptcy Code.

Second, certain other Exculpated Parties owe fiduciary duties in favor of the Debtors’ Estates, permitting them to receive the benefits of the exculpation clause. The directors, officers, and professionals that have acted on behalf of the Debtors’ in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases owe the Debtors fiduciary duties similar to those the debtor in possession owes to the Estates. Further, the Debtors and their fiduciaries could not possibly have developed the Plan without the support and contributions of the Exculpated Parties.

Accordingly, the failure to approve the exculpation clause would undermine the purpose of the Plan and the settlements set forth in the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement by allowing parties to pursue claims post-bankruptcy that are otherwise fully and finally resolved by the Plan when the Exculpated Parties participated in these Chapter 11 Cases in reliance upon the protections afforded to those constituents by the exculpation clause.

Based on the foregoing, the Debtors believe that the releases and exculpations in the Plan are necessary and appropriate and meet the requisite legal standard promulgated by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Moreover, the Debtors will be prepared to present evidence at the Combined Hearing to demonstrate the basis for and propriety of the release and exculpation provisions. The release, exculpation, and injunction provisions that are contained in the Plan are copied in pertinent part below.

4. Releases by the Debtors.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed fully, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their Estates, and any person seeking to exercise the rights of the Estates, including any

15

successors to the Debtors or any Estates representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates, including any successors to the Debtors or any Estates representative appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim or Interest, or that any Holder of any Claim or Interest could have asserted on behalf of the Debtors, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part:

(i) the Debtors, the business or contractual arrangement between the Debtors and any Released Party, any Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Compensation and Benefit Programs, intercompany transactions, or the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Rights Offering Procedures;

(ii) any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility;

(iii) the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing; or

(iv) any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including, without limitation, all avoidance actions or other relief obtained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct, gross negligence, or actual fraud, (ii) the rights of any party under any employment agreement or plan, (iii) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, (iv) the rights of Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan or (v) any Cause of Action the Debtors may have against Columbia Helicopters, Inc.

Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the foregoing release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the foregoing release is: (i) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (ii) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released; (iii) in the best interest of the Debtors and their Estates; (iv) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (v) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing.

16

5. Releases by Holders of Claims and Interests.

As of the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein, each Releasing Party is deemed to have fully, conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all Causes of Action, including any derivative claims asserted on behalf of the Debtors, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part:

(i) the Debtors, the business or contractual arrangement between the Debtors and any Releasing Party, any Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Compensation and Benefit Programs, intercompany transactions, or the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, or Filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Rights Offering Procedures;

(ii) any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan, including the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility;

(iii) the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the solicitation of votes with respect to the Plan, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing; or

(iv) any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, including, without limitation, all avoidance actions or other relief obtained by the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (i) any claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct, gross negligence, or actual fraud, (ii) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under the Plan, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan, or (iii) the rights of Holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan.

Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the foregoing release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and further, will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the foregoing release is: (i) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (ii) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released; (iii) in the best interest of the Debtors and their Estates; (iv) fair, equitable, and reasonable; and (v) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing.

17

6. Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, Filing, or termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement and related prepetition transactions (including the 2019 Term Loan Facility Credit Agreement), the Original RSA, the Original DIP Commitment Letter, the Initial Amended RSA, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Rights Offering, the Rights Offering Procedures, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement or the Plan, the Filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan or the Rights Offering, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement with respect to the foregoing, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of, and distribution of, consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.

7. Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or for obligations or distributions issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities that have held, hold, or may hold Claims or Interests that have been released pursuant to the Plan, shall be discharged pursuant to the Plan, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to the Plan, are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Released Parties or the Exculpated Parties: (i) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (ii) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iii) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests; (iv) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests unless such Entity has timely asserted such setoff right in a document Filed with the Bankruptcy Court explicitly preserving such setoff, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such Entity asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (v) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan.

18

8. Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, the Exit Facility Credit Agreement or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement, as applicable, the New PK Air Note, the New Macquarie Note or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, or any other Holder of a Secured Claim. In addition, at the sole expense of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the Holders of Secured Claims shall execute and deliver all documents reasonably requested by the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or administrative agent for the Exit Facility to evidence the release of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests and shall authorize the Reorganized Debtors and their designees to file UCC-3 termination statements and other release documentation (to the extent applicable) with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, Article VIII.G of the Plan shall not apply to any Secured Claims that are Reinstated pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

L. How do I vote for or against the Plan?

Detailed instructions regarding how to vote on the Plan are contained on the ballots distributed to Holders of Claims that are entitled to vote on the Plan. Holders of Class 4 Secured Notes Claims and Class 8 Unsecured Notes Claims should return their ballot to their nominee (or otherwise follow the instructions of their nominee), allowing enough time for the nominee to include the vote on a master ballot, and submit the master ballot by the Voting Deadline. Holders of Class 3 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, Class 6 PK Air Credit Facility Claims, Class 7 Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims,] and Class 12 General Unsecured Claims should return their ballots to the Solicitation Agent. Additional information on the voting process is contained in Article IX below, entitled “Solicitation and Voting Procedures.”

BALLOTS

The Solicitation Agent must actually receive ballots on or before the

Voting Deadline, which is [____], 2019, at 5:00 p. m., prevailing

Central Time, either via the online portal at

https://cases.primeclerk.com/bristow, or at the following address:

Bristow Ballot Processing,

c/o Prime Clerk LLC,

One Grand Central Place

60 East 42nd Street

Suite 1440

New York, New York 10165

If you have any questions on the procedure for voting on the Plan, please

call the Solicitation Agent at:

(844) 627-6967 (toll free for U.S. and Canada) or (347) 292-3534

(international toll)

19

M. What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?

The Voting Deadline is [_____], 2019, at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time).

N. When is the Combined Hearing set to occur?

On [•], 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Order (I) Conditionally Approving the Adequacy of the Disclosure Statement, (II) Approving the Solicitation and Notice Procedures with Respect to Confirmation of the Plan, (III) Approving the Form of Various Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, and (IV) Approving the Scheduling of Certain Dates in Connection with the Confirmation of the Plan [Docket No. [•]] (the “Disclosure Statement Order”). As part of the Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the Combined Hearing for [____], 2019, at _:00 _.m. (prevailing Central Time). The Combined Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice.

In addition, pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, objections to Confirmation must be filed and served on the Debtors, and certain other parties, by no later than [_____], 2019 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time) in accordance with the notice of the Combined Hearing that accompanies this Disclosure Statement and the Disclosure Statement Order attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by reference.

O. What is the purpose of the Combined Hearing?

The confirmation of a plan of reorganization by a bankruptcy court binds the debtor, any issuer of securities under a plan of reorganization, any person acquiring property under a plan of reorganization, any creditor or equity interest holder of a debtor, and any other person or entity as may be ordered by the bankruptcy court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order issued by the bankruptcy court confirming a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from any debt that arose before the confirmation of such plan of reorganization and provides for the treatment of such debt in accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan of reorganization.

P. What is the Rights Offering?

The Rights Offering is an opportunity for Holders of Secured Notes Claims, Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims and Holders of General Unsecured Claims to invest up to $385 million to acquire New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock, in accordance with each Holder’s Subscription Rights. The procedures for participating in the Rights Offering are set forth in the Rights Offering Procedures. The Rights Offering Procedures have been authorized pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, attached hereto as Exhibit D, and described in Article X of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Rights Offering Procedures.,” which begins on page 61.

Q. Who do I contact if I have additional questions with respect to this Disclosure Statement or the Plan?

If you have any questions regarding this Disclosure Statement or the Plan, please contact the Debtors’ Solicitation Agent, Prime Clerk LLC, via one of the following methods:

20

By regular mail, hand delivery, or overnight mail at:

Bristow Ballot Processing

c/o Prime Clerk LLC

One Grand Central Place

60 East 42nd Street

Suite 1440

New York, New York 10165

By electronic mail at:

bristowballots@primeclerk.com

By telephone at:

(844) 627-6967 (toll free for U.S. and Canada)

(347) 292-3534 (International toll)

Copies of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and any other publicly filed documents in the Chapter 11 Cases are available upon written request to the Solicitation Agent at the address above or by downloading the exhibits and documents from the website of the Solicitation Agent at http://cases.primeclerk.com/bristow (free of charge) or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy/ (for a fee).

R. Do the Debtors recommend voting in favor of the Plan?

Yes. The Debtors believe that the Plan provides for a larger distribution to the Debtors’ creditors than would otherwise result from any other available alternative. The Debtors believe that the Plan, which contemplates a significant deleveraging of the Debtors’ balance sheet and enables them to emerge from chapter 11 expeditiously, is in the best interest of all Holders of Claims and Interests, and that any other alternatives (to the extent they exist) fail to realize or recognize the value inherent under the Plan.

S. Who supports the Plan?

The Plan is supported by the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, as set forth in the following chart:

Support Parties	Support (expressed as an approximate percentage of the total principal amount of Claims or number of Interests outstanding, as applicable)
2019 Term Loans	100%
Holders of Secured Notes	99.3%
Holders of Unsecured Notes Combined	73.6%

IV. THE DEBTORS’ RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT AND PLAN.

A. The Restructuring Support Agreement.

Following the Petition Date, the Debtors continued to engage with their stakeholders to secure the terms of a value-maximizing and consensual reorganization. Specifically, the Debtors, the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group, and the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group negotiated and worked towards a new restructuring support agreement that would provide the Debtors with additional liquidity and exit funding, maximize recoveries to all of the Debtors’ creditors, and allow the Debtors to quickly emerge from chapter 11 on a consensual basis. On June 27, 2019, the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders, holding approximately 89.84% of the Secured Notes and approximately 54.54% of the Unsecured Notes, entered into the Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement. Following execution of the Amended and Restated

21

Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors and Supporting Noteholders continued to refine the reorganization contemplated by the Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement, and garnered additional support for the same, resulting in the execution of the Restructuring Support Agreement on July 24, 2019, by the Debtors and holders of approximately 99.3% of the outstanding Secured Notes, 100% of the 2019 Term Loans and 73.6% of the Unsecured Notes.

The Restructuring Transactions embodied in the Plan contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement will significantly reduce the Debtors’ funded-debt obligations, result in a stronger balance sheet for the Debtors, and maximize recoveries to all stakeholders.

B. The Plan.

The Plan contemplates the following key terms, among others described herein and therein:

1. General Settlement of Claims and Causes of Action.

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, satisfied, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan. The Plan shall be deemed a motion, proposed by the Debtors and joined by the Supporting Noteholders, to approve the good-faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such compromise and settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests and is fair, equitable, reasonable, and in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates.

2. Issuance and Distribution of New Stock⁸

All Existing Interests shall be cancelled on the Effective Date and Reorganized Bristow Parent shall issue the New Stock to Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to receive New Stock pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering, the DIP Order, or the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Backstop Commitment Fee and the Equitization Consent Fee), in each case in the proportions set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement to the Plan. The issuance of New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors or by Holders of any Claims or Interests, as applicable. All New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock issued under the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. All distributions of New Common Stock shall be made in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements including with respect to any limitations on foreign ownership of the New Common Stock. Accordingly, in no event will Non-U.S. Citizens be entitled to (i) own in the aggregate more than twenty-four and nine-tenths percent (24.9%) of the total number of outstanding shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock and (ii) to the extent not prohibited by the U.S. Department of Transportation, own in the aggregate more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the total New Stock; provided, however, and regardless of any conversion of New Preferred Stock, that in no

⁸  [Note: The Plan shall be revised prior to solicitation to include the use of warrants to the extent necessary to ensure that the Reorganized Debtors are in compliance with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 40102(a), and such revisions shall be deemed to be consistent with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop Commitment Agreement.]

22

event shall Non-U.S. Citizens who are not citizens of a country that is party to a “open skies” agreement (which countries are listed at https://www.transportation.gov/policy/aviation-policy/open-skies-agreements-being-applied) be entitled to own in the aggregate more than twenty-four and nine-tenths percent (24.9%) of the New Stock.

On the Effective Date, Reorganized Bristow Parent and all Holders of the New Common Stock and/or New Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be deemed to be parties to the New Shareholders’ Agreement, substantially in the form contained in the Plan Supplement, without the need for execution by any such Holder. On the Effective Date, the New Shareholders’ Agreement shall be binding on the Reorganized Debtors and all parties receiving, and all Holders of, the New Common Stock and/or the New Preferred Stock.

3. The Rights Offering.

The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall allocate the Subscription Rights for the Rights Offering to the Rights Offering Offerees as set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures. Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, and the Plan, the Rights Offering shall be open to all Rights Offering Participants.

Upon exercise of the Subscription Rights by the Rights Offering Participants pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Rights Offering Procedures, and the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to issue the New Stock in accordance with the Plan, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, and the Rights Offering Procedures.

Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Parties shall purchase any Rights Offering Shares not subscribed to by Rights Offering Participants as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the Debtors under the Backstop Commitment Agreement shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors.

The Rights Offering will be comprised of the 1145 Rights Offering and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering. The Rights Offering will be conducted on a Pro Rata basis in reliance upon one or more exemptions from registration under the Securities Act, which will include the exemption provided in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the fullest extent available and, to the extent such exemption is not available (and with respect to the New Common Stock, only in the proportion required to preserve the availability of such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

In addition, on the Distribution Date, New Stock in an amount equal to the Backstop Commitment Fee shall be distributed to the Backstop Commitment Parties under and as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

4. The Exit Facility, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note

On the Effective Date, the applicable Reorganized Debtors shall enter into (a) either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, including any documents required in connection with the creation or perfection of Liens in connection therewith. The Confirmation Order shall include approval of (a) either (i) the Exit Facility and the Exit Facility Documents or (ii) the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility and the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, all transactions contemplated thereby, and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred and fees paid by the Reorganized Debtors in connection therewith, authorization of the Reorganized Debtors to enter into, execute, and perform under (a) either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, and all related documents and agreements to the extent a party thereto, and authorization for the Reorganized Debtors to create or perfect the Liens in connection therewith.

23

(a) Either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, shall constitute legal, valid, binding, and authorized obligations of the Reorganized Debtors, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The financial accommodations to be extended pursuant to either (a) the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, are being extended, and shall be deemed to have been extended, in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, are reasonable, shall not be subject to any Claims, Causes of Action, avoidance, reduction, recharacterization, subordination (whether contractual or otherwise), cross claim, disallowance, impairment, objection, or challenges under any applicable law or regulation by any Person for any purposes whatsoever, and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, obligations, or conveyances, or other voidable transfers or obligations under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable non-bankruptcy law.

The lenders under the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, as applicable, and the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, shall have valid, binding, and enforceable Liens on the Collateral (or other property identified as “Collateral” therein) specified in, and to the extent required by, the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, the New PK Air Note and the New Macquarie Note, as applicable. To the extent granted, the guarantees, mortgages, pledges, Liens and other security interests granted pursuant to either the Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable, are granted in good faith as an inducement to the lenders under either the Exit Facility or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Facility, as applicable, to extend credit thereunder and shall be deemed not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, shall not otherwise be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination (whether contractual or otherwise) for any purposes whatsoever, and the priorities of any such Liens and security interests shall be as set forth in the relevant Exit Facility Documents or the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Documents, as applicable. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities granted such Liens are authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens under the provisions of the applicable state, provincial, federal, or other law (whether domestic or foreign) that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order, and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens to third parties.

5. Releases.

The Plan contains certain releases (as described more fully in Article III.K of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?,” which begins on page 12), including releases among the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, and certain of their key stakeholders. Additionally, all Holders of Claims or Interests that do not opt-out of the releases and do not file an objection with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases that expressly objects to the inclusion of such Holder as Releasing Party under the provisions contained in Article VIII of the Plan will be deemed to have expressly, unconditionally, generally, individually, and collectively consented to the release and discharge of all Claims and Causes of Action against the Debtors and the Released Parties.

24

6. Insurance Policies.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto, including all D&O Liability Insurance Policies (including tail coverage liability insurance). Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption of all such insurance policies, including the D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of insurance policies, including the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim or Claim for Cure Costs need be Filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtors shall purchase and maintain tail coverage under the D&O Liability Insurance Policies for the six-year period following the Effective Date on terms no less favorable than under, and with an aggregate limit of liability no less than the aggregate limit of liability under, the existing D&O Liability Insurance Policies. In addition to such tail coverage, the D&O Liability Insurance Policies shall remain in place in the ordinary course during the Chapter 11 Cases.

V. OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANY, THE DEBTORS AND THEIR BUSINESSES.

BGI is a publicly held international aviation services company. Its common stock traded on the NYSE under the ticker “BRS” until May 13, 2019. The Company has a long history in industrial aviation services through Bristow Helicopters Limited (“BHL”) and Offshore Logistics, Inc., which were founded in 1955 and 1969, respectively. Headquartered in Houston, the Company currently employs approximately 3,000 individuals around the world.

A. The Company’s Businesses.

Based on the number of aircraft operated, the Company is the leading global industrial aviation services provider operating through the Debtors and their non-Debtor affiliates. It has major transportation operations in the North Sea, Nigeria, the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, and most of the other major offshore energy producing regions of the world, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, Guyana and Trinidad. The Company derives its revenue primarily from industrial aviation services provided to offshore energy production companies, as well as from private and public SAR services.

The Company has a broad client base of major integrated, national and independent offshore energy companies. Its clients charter the Company’s helicopters primarily to transport personnel between onshore bases and offshore production platforms, drilling rigs and other installations. To a lesser extent, the Company’s clients also charter its helicopters to transport time-sensitive equipment to these offshore locations. These clients’ operating expenditures are the principal source of the Company’s revenue from the oil and gas production sector, while their exploration and development capital expenditures provide a lesser portion of the Company’s revenue.

The Company also provides SAR services to the public and private sectors. Its most significant customer for this business is the Maritime & Coastguard Agency (the “MCA”), an executive agency of the United Kingdom, for which BHL—a non-Debtor indirect consolidated affiliate of BGI—operates SAR services throughout the U.K. together with certain other non-Debtor indirect affiliates of BGI. The Company operates from ten coastguard helicopter bases around the U.K. on behalf of Her Majesty’s

25

Coastguard to respond to all SAR incidents for the whole of the U.K. through a contract between BHL and the MCA (the “U.K. SAR Contract”). The Company also provides private sector SAR services in Australia, Canada, Norway, Trinidad and the United States. Clients for SAR services include both oil and gas industry participants and governmental agencies.

The Company engages in a wide array of global aircraft support services primarily in support of the Company’s global operations and to a lesser extent third parties who contract with us for those services. The aircraft support services include aircraft maintenance services and various training services. The Company provides its aircraft maintenance services, including component overhauls, design services and production, primarily from facilities located in New Iberia, Louisiana, Redhill, England and Aberdeen, Scotland. Parts and services for the Company’s aircraft support services operations are sourced internationally.

Finally, the Company provides and has provided regional fixed wing scheduled and charter services primarily in Australia and the U.K. through certain of its affiliates, including Capiteq Pty Limited, a wholly-owned, non-Debtor subsidiary of Bristow Helicopters Australia Pty Ltd. (operating under the name of Airnorth) (“Airnorth”), and Eastern Airways International Limited (“Eastern”), a previously wholly-owned, non-Debtor subsidiary of BHL.⁹

B. The Company’s Strengths.

Notwithstanding the state of its industry (described further below) and the need to restructure its balance sheet, the Company is well positioned to continue building on its strengths, including:

• Safety—Safety is the Company’s number one focus and core to its culture. The Company continually strives to improve its safety systems and processes to allow the business to become even safer and to build confidence in the industry and among its regulators with respect to the safety of helicopter transportation globally.

• Leading Market Position—The Company is a market leader in the major offshore oil and gas regions of the world. While those markets have remained weak due to volatile energy markets, the Company’s industry-leading safety culture and performance, as well as its size and scale, give it a competitive advantage relative to smaller, regional competitors. Unlike regional players, the Company is able to provide aircraft and flight services in support of the global operations of its international oil and gas clients. Further, the Company’s global SAR business provides unique and complementary diversification as discussed below.

• SAR and Differentiation—The Company’s global SAR business provides it with meaningful diversification. In fact, the Company provides SAR services as a core part of its helicopter services in most of the countries in which it operates. Since 1971, Bristow has flown more than 65,000 SAR operational hours and conducted more than 20,100 SAR missions, during which more than 10,700 people have been rescued or assisted by its crews and helicopters worldwide.

⁹  On May 10, 2019, BHL completed the sale of all of the shares of Eastern to Orient Industrial Holdings Limited (“OIHL”), an entity affiliated with Mr. Richard Lake, pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to this agreement and related agreements, BHL contributed approximately £17.1 million to Eastern as working capital, OIHL acquired Eastern, BHL retained its controlling ownership of the shares in Humberside International Airport Limited (“Humberside Airport”) that it previously held through Eastern and certain intercompany balances between BHL and Eastern were written off. As a result of the transaction, OIHL now owns and operates Eastern, which had previously operated as a separate unit within the Company, and BHL maintains its controlling interest in Humberside Airport, from which it provides U.K. search and rescue services.

26

• World Class Fleet—Since the beginning of fiscal year 2008, the Company has invested in significant capital expenditures to grow its business. This investment was primarily in new-technology medium and large commercial helicopters to support client needs. As a result, a substantial portion of the Company’s fleet is comprised of next-generation aircraft. The Company is well positioned to take advantage of commercial opportunities in any offshore market worldwide. The fleet in respect of each of the Debtor entities is summarized¹⁰ as follows:

C. Operations by Region.

The Company conducts its operations primarily in four regions: Europe Caspian, Africa, Americas and Asia Pacific.

1. Europe Caspian.

The Company operates in the Europe Caspian region from four bases in the U.K. and four bases in Norway. Offshore production facilities in the northern North Sea and Norwegian North Sea—where there are harsh weather conditions—are large and require frequent crew change flight services. The Company’s North Sea operations are subject to seasonality as drilling activity is lower during the winter months due to harsh weather and shorter days. This is also the region from which the Company derives the majority of its SAR revenue, including under the U.K. SAR Contract. In Turkmenistan, the Company operates through a 51% interest in Turkmenistan Helicopters Limited, which provides industrial aviation services to an international offshore energy company from a single location.

¹⁰  Leased aircraft in the Debtor aircraft chart refer to third-party leases only.

27

2. Africa.

Most of the aircraft in the Company’s Africa region operate in Nigeria, where the Company is the largest provider of industrial aviation services to the offshore energy industry. The Company has historically deployed a combination of small, medium and large aircraft in Nigeria and services a client base comprised mostly of major integrated offshore energy companies. The Company has four operational bases in Nigeria: one in Lagos, one in Eket and two in Port Harcourt. The marketplace for the Company’s services had historically been concentrated predominantly in the oil rich swamp and shallow waters of the Niger Delta area, but more recently, the Company has been undertaking work further offshore in support of deep-water exploration. Operations in Nigeria are subject to seasonality and are particularly affected between the end of December and the middle of February when heavy amounts of dust in the air can severely limit visibility, rendering the Company’s aircraft unable to operate. In Nigeria, the Company also provides fixed wing transportation services principally for oil and gas industry customers. Finally, the Company owns a 25% interest in Petroleum Air Services, an Egyptian corporation which provides helicopter and fixed wing transportation to the offshore energy industry from multiple locations.

3. Americas.

The Company is one of the largest suppliers of industrial aviation services in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, where it operates from three facilities along the coast. The Company’s clients in this region are primarily offshore energy companies. The shallow water platforms in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico are typically unmanned and serviced by small aircraft. The deep-water platforms are serviced by medium and large aircraft. The Company’s strengths in this region include its advanced flight-following systems and widespread strategically located offshore fuel stations. The Company also operates a SAR base at the South Lafourche Airport in Galliano, Louisiana, from which it provides SAR and medical evacuation services to oil and gas operators.

In Trinidad and Guyana, the Company provides industrial aviation services, including SAR services, for clients that are primarily engaged in offshore energy activities.

In Canada, the Company owns a 40% economic interest in Cougar Helicopters Inc. (“Cougar”). Cougar’s operations are primarily focused on serving the offshore oil and gas industry off Canada’s Atlantic coast. The Company leases seven large helicopters and four shore-based facilities to Cougar, including state-of-the-art helicopter passenger, maintenance and SAR facilities located in Newfoundland and Labrador.

The Company also owns a 41.9% economic interest in Líder Táxi Aéreo S.A. (“Líder”), a provider of helicopter and corporate aviation services in Brazil. Líder operates through five primary operating units: helicopter service, maintenance, chartering, ground handling and aircraft sales, and provides commercial SAR and medical evacuation services to the oil and gas industry. Líder has a vast network of bases located strategically in Brazil.

4. Asia Pacific.

The Company operates in Australia from three bases located in the vicinity of the major offshore energy exploration and production fields in the North West Shelf, the Browse and Carnarvon basins of Western Australia and the Bass Straits in Victoria. The Company’s clients in this region are primarily major integrated offshore energy companies. Additionally, the Company provides SAR and medical evacuation services to the oil and gas industry in Australia. Bristow Helicopters Australia Pty Ltd. owns a 100% interest in Airnorth, a regional fixed wing operator that provides both charter and scheduled services targeting the energy and mining industries.

28

D. The Debtors’ Prepetition Corporate and Capital Structure.

BGI, the parent company of the other Debtors, is a Delaware corporation, and each of the other Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BGI. The Debtors’ corporate organization is depicted on the chart attached hereto as Exhibit C.

The Company estimates its total liabilities as of the Petition Date, including liabilities of non-Debtors subject to guarantees from BGI and/or other of the Debtors, were in excess of $1.7 billion. The Debtors’ debt capital structure is summarized by the following table and described in more detail below:

Obligation	Priority Against Debtors11	Amount12
2019 Secured Term Loan	Secured	$75 million
8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023	Secured	$350 million
6.25% Senior Notes due 2022	Unsecured	$402 million
4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023	Unsecured	$144 million
Lombard Debt (U.S. & U.K.)	Secured	$183 million
Macquarie Debt	Secured	$171 million
PK Air Debt	Secured	$210 million
Third-Party Aircraft Lease Obligations	Unsecured13	$185 million
General Unsecured Claims	Unsecured	$25 million

1. Funded Indebtedness.

(i) 2019 Secured Term Loan.

On May 10, 2019, Debtor BGI as borrower, and its non-Debtor subsidiary Bristow Holdings Company Ltd. III (Cayman Islands) (“BHC III”) as a co-borrower, entered into a Term Loan Credit Agreement with members of the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group as lenders, and Ankura Trust Company, LLC as administrative agent, for a new senior secured term loan of $75 million (the “2019 Term Loan”) and BGI and BHC III borrowed the full amount thereunder on such date. The 2019 Term Loan is secured by a junior lien on certain collateral that secures the first lien Secured Notes, plus new first priority liens on previously unencumbered assets of the obligors under the 2019 Term Loan, including certain aircraft and 35% of the equity interests in certain of BGI’s first-tier foreign subsidiaries (the remaining 65% of the equity interests in such entities have been previously pledged under the Secured Notes), and by certain other assets, including 100% of the equity of BHC III, Bristow International Panama S. de RL and two newly formed special-purpose vehicles. The 2019 Term Loan is guaranteed by each of the Debtors other than Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd. (and in the case of BGI, with respect to the obligations of BHC III), and by certain non-Debtor subsidiaries.

¹¹  The table is for illustration and summary purposes only. The Debtors do not admit to the validity, priority and/or allowance of any claim, lien or interest in property and reserve rights in relation to such issues (without limiting any stipulation in the interim or final orders approving the Debtors use of cash collateral or the DIP Facility). A material portion of the above-listed debt is guaranteed by BGI on an unsecured basis. BGI has also guaranteed on an unsecured basis the obligations of certain non-Debtor affiliates under the BALL Lombard Credit Facility and the ABL Facility.

¹²  The amounts tabulated above reflect the outstanding principal amounts owed as of the Petition Date, and do not include accrued and unpaid interest, fees, premiums or other related claims.

¹³  Third-party aircraft lease obligations are unsecured, except with regard to certain leases with Milestone Aviation Group affiliates, as beneficial owners, as further described below.

29

(ii) 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.

BGI, as issuer, is party to that certain Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2018, with U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent, pursuant to which BGI issued the 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (the “Secured Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $350 million. The Secured Notes are guaranteed by Bristow Helicopters Inc., BHNA Holdings Inc., Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC, Bristow Alaska Inc. and Bristow U.S. LLC, each of which is a Debtor (each, a “Guarantor Subsidiary” and together, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), and are secured by first priority security interests on substantially all of the tangible and intangible personal property of BGI and the Guarantor Subsidiaries, except for certain Excluded Assets as defined in the Indenture, certain assets of Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC (“BULL”), a Guarantor Subsidiary, serving as collateral under the BULL Lombard Credit Agreement and certain assets of Bristow U.S. LLC (“BUS”), a Guarantor Subsidiary, serving as collateral under the Macquarie Credit Agreement. As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the Secured Notes an aggregate principal amount of approximately $350 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other amounts. The Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.75% per annum, with interest payable on March 1 and September 1, and mature on March 1, 2023.

(iii) 6.25% Senior Notes due 2022.

On October 12, 2012, BGI issued 6.25% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “6.25% Senior Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $450 million. The 6.25% Senior Notes are unsecured obligations of BGI and are guaranteed by each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries. As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the 6.25% Senior Notes an aggregate principal amount of $402 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other expenses. The 6.25% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum, payable on April 15 and October 15, and mature on October 15, 2022.

(iv) 4.50% Convertible Notes due 2023.

On December 18, 2017, BGI issued approximately $144 million of 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Convertible Notes” and, together with the 6.25% Senior Notes, the “Unsecured Notes”). The Convertible Notes are unsecured obligations of BGI and guaranteed by each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries. As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the Convertible Notes an aggregate principal amount of $144 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other expenses. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum, payable on June 1 and December 1 and mature on June 1, 2023.

2. Debtor Equipment Finance Credit Facilities.

(i) Lombard Term Loan—Bristow U.S. Leasing LLC.

On November 11, 2016, BULL, a wholly-owned Debtor subsidiary of BGI, entered into a seven-year British pound sterling funded secured equipment term loan agreement, under which Lombard North Central PLC, a part of the Royal Bank of Scotland, agreed to provide a term loan for an aggregate principal amount of $109.9 million, U.S. dollar equivalent (the “BULL Lombard Debt” and, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “BULL Lombard Credit Agreement”).¹⁴ The

¹⁴  The BULL Lombard Credit Agreement was entered into in connection with the BALL Lombard Credit Agreement (described below).

30

BULL Lombard Debt funded in December 2016 and the proceeds from this financing were used to purchase three SAR aircraft utilized in connection with the U.K. SAR Contract. The BULL Lombard Debt is secured by the three SAR aircraft and other personal property related to such aircraft and more fully described in the BULL Lombard Credit Agreement and related loan and security documents.

As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the BULL Lombard Credit Agreement an aggregate principal amount of approximately $100 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other amounts. As of July 31, 2019, the principal amount outstanding is approximately $92 million. The BULL Lombard Debt bears interest at a rate at LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum. The BULL Lombard Debt was funded in December 2016 and matures in December 2023. The BULL Lombard Debt is guaranteed by BGI on an unsecured basis.

(ii) Macquarie Term Loan Credit Agreement.

On February 1, 2017, BUS, a wholly-owned Debtor-subsidiary of BGI, entered into a term loan credit agreement for a $200 million five-year secured equipment term loan with the several banks, other financial institutions and other lenders from time to time party thereto and Macquarie Bank Limited, as administrative agent and security agent (the “Macquarie Debt” and, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Macquarie Credit Agreement”). The Macquarie Debt is secured by 20 aircraft owned by BUS and other personal property related to such aircraft and more fully described in the Macquarie Credit Agreement and related loan and security documents.

As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the Macquarie Credit Agreement an aggregate principal amount of approximately $171 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other amounts. As of July 31, 2019, the principal amount outstanding is approximately $167.5 million. Borrowings under the Macquarie Debt bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.35% per annum. The Macquarie Debt was funded on March 7, 2017 and matures in March 2022. The Macquarie Debt is guaranteed by BGI on an unsecured basis.

(iii) PK Air Credit Facility.

On July 17, 2017, Bristow Equipment Leasing Ltd. (“BELL”), a Debtor indirect consolidated affiliate of BGI, entered into a term loan credit agreement with PK AirFinance S.à r.l. (“PKA”), as agent, and PK Transportation Finance Ireland Limited, as lender, and other lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “PK Air Credit Agreement”), which provided for commitments in an aggregate amount of up to $230 million to make up to 24 term loans, each of which is in respect of an aircraft to be pledged as collateral for all of the term loans (the “PK Air Debt”). The financing was funded in two tranches in September 2017. The term loans are secured by substantially all of the assets of BELL, including 24 aircraft, and a pledge by debtor BriLog Leasing Ltd (“BriLog”), the direct parent of BELL, of BriLog’s equity interest in BELL.

As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the PK Air Credit Agreement an aggregate principal amount of approximately $210 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees and other amounts. As of July 31, 2019, the principal amount outstanding is approximately $206 million    Each term loan bears interest at a rate equal to, at BELL’s option, a floating rate of one-month LIBOR plus a margin of 5% per annum, subject to certain costs of funds adjustments, or a fixed rate based on a notional interest rate swap, plus the applicable margin. Principal and interest for each term loan comprising the PK Air Debt is payable monthly in arrears starting on the seventh month following the date of the initial borrowing of such term loan, with a final payment of 53% of the initial amount of such term loan due on the 70th month following the date of the borrowing of such term loan. The PK Air Debt is guaranteed by BGI on an unsecured basis.

31

Additionally, in connection with BELL’s entry into the PK Air Credit Agreement, BELL guaranteed certain of BriLog’s lease obligations to entities affiliated with or beneficially owned by Milestone Aviation Group (“MAG”), an affiliate of PKA, up to a cap. In general terms, MAG asserts that cap is the lesser of: (a) the present value of MAG operating leases as of the most recent practicable date and (b) the greater of $40 million and 3.5% of the consolidated net tangible assets of BGI and its subsidiaries. BELL’s guaranty of BriLog’s MAG lease obligations, up to the cap, are purported to be secured obligations under the PK Air Credit Agreement and related security documents.

3. Non-Debtor Credit Facilities Guaranteed by BGI.

(i) ABL Facility.

Bristow Norway AS (“BNAS”), the holder of an aircraft operating certificate (“AOC”) in Norway, and BHL, the holder of an AOC in the U.K. and the contractor under the U.K. SAR Contract—both of which are non-Debtor indirect consolidated affiliates of BGI—(the “ABL Borrowers”) are parties to that certain ABL Facilities Agreement, dated April 17, 2018 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ABL Agreement”), with (i) Barclays Bank PLC and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Island Branch, as arrangers and bookrunners, (ii) Barclays Bank PLC as agent, issuing bank, security agent and swingline lender, and (iii) the several branches, other financial institutions and other lenders from time to time party thereto. The ABL Agreement provides for an asset-backed revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”) in an aggregate amount of up to $75 million¹⁵ and is secured by certain accounts receivable owing to the ABL Borrowers and the deposit accounts into which payments on such receivables are deposited.

As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the ABL Facility an aggregate principal amount of approximately $15 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other amounts, all on account of outstanding letters of credit. The ABL Facility bears interest at a floating rate that varies based upon the level of utilization of the facility and matures on December 14, 2021, subject to certain early maturity triggers. Extensions of credit under the ABL Agreement are guaranteed by BGI on an unsecured basis.

(ii) Lombard Term Loan—Bristow Aircraft Leasing Limited.

On November 11, 2016, Bristow Aircraft Leasing Limited (“BALL”), a non-Debtor indirect consolidated affiliate of BGI, entered into a seven-year British pound sterling funded secured equipment term loan agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “BALL Lombard Credit Agreement”), under which Lombard North Central PLC, a part of the Royal Bank of Scotland, agreed to provide a term loan for an aggregate principal amount of $90.1 million U.S. dollar equivalent (the “BALL Lombard Debt”). The proceeds from this financing (the “BALL Lombard Credit Facility”) were used to purchase five SAR aircraft utilized in connection with the U.K. SAR Contract.

As of the Petition Date, there was outstanding under the BALL Lombard Credit Agreement an aggregate principal amount of approximately $83 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, and other amounts. As of July 31, 2019, the principal outstanding amount is approximately $76 million. The BALL Lombard Debt bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum. It was funded in January 2017 and matures in January 2024.

¹⁵  The maximum amount of the ABL Facility may be increased from time to time to a total of as much as $100 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, and any such increase would be allocated between the ABL Borrowers.

32

The BALL Lombard Debt is secured by, among other things, five aircraft that are owned by BALL and leased to BHL that are used to service the U.K. SAR Contract. The BALL Lombard Debt is guaranteed by BGI and BULL on an unsecured basis.

4. Aircraft Leases.

The Company operates its fleet globally, with each aircraft being operated by a local AOC-holding entity. The AOC holder in turn contracts with customers for service in the applicable jurisdiction. In the ordinary course of business, the Company deploys aircraft that it owns or leases to the operating jurisdiction under lease and sub-leasing arrangements. Except for one third-party aircraft lease with BNAS, four third-party aircraft leases with Airnorth and four third-party aircraft leases with BALL, all of the Company’s third-party aircraft leases are with either BUS or BriLog, in each case such Debtor serving as lessee.

5. General Unsecured Creditors.

In addition, Debtors have general unsecured liabilities, including litigation claims, some of which have been liquidated and other amounts that are contingent and disputed. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors estimate that they owed approximately $25 million in the aggregate to unpaid trade and other general unsecured creditors, subsequently updated to a range between $35.0 million to $60.0 million. The Debtors have paid certain of these prepetition unsecured claims pursuant to authority under orders issued by the Bankruptcy Court granting the First Day Motions.

6. Equity Ownership.

Prior to the Petition Date, BGI’s existing common stock was publicly-traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol BRS. The share price of BGI’s existing common stock has steadily declined over the past several years, as depicted below:

On May 1, 2019, BGI was notified by the NYSE that the average closing price of its existing common stock over a prior 30 consecutive day trading period was below $1.00 per share, which is the minimum average closing price per share required to maintain listing on the NYSE. On May 13, 2019, the NYSE delisted BGI’s existing common stock as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases. Since May 14, 2019, the existing common stock has been trading on the OTC Pink Marketplace maintained by the OTC Markets Group, Inc. under the symbol “BRSWQ.”

33

VI. EVENTS LEADING TO THE CHAPTER 11 FILINGS.

A. Current Market Conditions in the Helicopter Services Industry.

A substantial portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from clients in the oil and gas industry. The steep decline in energy commodity prices that began in mid-2014 and the continued volatility in the global oil and gas industry have presented substantial difficulties for helicopter service providers. Oversupply of oil, together with weakening demand, have greatly impacted capital expenditures for exploration and production activities. These factors have led to a substantial number of oil-and-gas-related bankruptcies over the last four years.

Over that same period, shifts in technology for energy exploration, development and production, in the form of onshore hydraulic fracturing and shale development, has yielded an increased supply of oil and gas in the market. This increase in U.S. onshore production in recent years resulting from onshore hydraulic fracturing activity and shale development has had a negative impact on the price of oil and the demand for our services.

As a result of the prolonged energy downturn and the increase in onshore production, the Company’s clients have significantly reduced the number of their offshore exploration projects, offshore production operations and related expenditures. This has reduced their demand for helicopter services, and thus revenue to the Company’s oil and gas business operations. For example, from fiscal year 2015 to fiscal year 2019 the Company’s revenue from its oil and gas business declined by approximately 40%. Declines in revenue and demand have been experienced across the Company’s industry, resulting in an oversupply of aircraft in the market, further depressing margins and revenue.

In addition to these pressures, the number of service providers in key regions where the Company operates has increased in the last few years. This increased competition—including in Australia, the North Sea and the U.S. Gulf of Mexico—has further depressed revenues and margins. In sum, the scope and volume of helicopter services demanded by the market has greatly contracted, while the overall level of competition has increased.

The effects of these pressures have been felt by nearly all companies in the helicopter service industry. The excess supply of helicopters in the market has lowered utilization rates and profitability. This has required helicopter operators, like their clients, to implement their own cost-cutting initiatives, by reducing fleet sizes, requesting concessions and waivers from lessors and lenders, and exploring strategic alternatives. Including the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases, there have been five large chapter 11 proceedings involving helicopter services and leasing companies in the last few years, including, In re PHI Inc. (Bankr. N.D. Tex., Case No. 19-30932), In re Waypoint Leasing Holdings Ltd. (Bankr. S.D.N.Y, Case No. 18-13648), In re CHC Group Ltd. (Bankr. N.D. Tex., Case No. 16-31854), and In re Erickson Inc. (Bankr. N.D. Tex., Case No. 16-34393).

B. The Company’s Responses to Market Challenges.

Like many of its competitors and other service providers to oil and gas exploration and production companies, the Company responded to the constraints described above by implementing cost efficiencies both in its global operations as well as in its corporate headquarters, comprehensively reviewing operational and commercial dealings, exploring value-additive acquisitions and dispositions, and developing strategic initiatives. Notwithstanding the challenges the Company faced, the one advantage it had was that it had no pressing maturity wall of debt coming due and had material unencumbered assets. The Company accordingly pursued a strategy of maximizing liquidity and financial flexibility through asset-level borrowings and secured equipment lease transactions. Together with revenues from operations, this additional liquidity allowed the Company to service debt, provided a runway to maintain operations through

34

the downturn, and be poised to gain market share when the offshore oil and gas market recovered. For example, on December 18, 2017, BGI issued the Convertible Notes and raised approximately $144 million and on March 6, 2018, BGI issued the Secured Notes and raised approximately $350 million.

The Company also improved its liquidity by implementing several wide-ranging cost reduction initiatives. First, the Company proactively reduced operating expenses and strategically deferred certain capital outlays.¹⁶ Second, the Company focused on reducing general and administrative costs; indeed, from fiscal years 2015 to 2019 the Company reduced general and administrative costs by approximately 40%. Additionally, the Company reduced or terminated cash incentive awards for executives and other employees.¹⁷ Lastly, in August 2017, the Company suspended its quarterly dividend, saving approximately $10 million annually.¹⁸

Ultimately, however, given the continuing challenges in the offshore oil and gas industry and other matters impacting on liquidity, the rate at which the Company’s cash position was declining began to increase, and it became necessary for the Company to evaluate its strategic alternatives. The fundamental shifts in the energy markets and in particular, offshore drilling with the growing importance of unconventional onshore resources, have required the Company to re-think its strategic business plan and to restructure with an eye toward an inevitable consolidation in the market for helicopter services. While the Company has maintained its leading market share, industry demand has declined precipitously, rendering existing business models unsustainable and creating substantial overcapacity in the marketplace.

C. The Columbia Transaction.

On November 9, 2018, the Company announced that it had entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “SPA”) to acquire 100% of the equity in Columbia Helicopters, Inc. (“Columbia”), a privately-held, global provider of heavy-lift helicopter services for $560 million. This combination was expected to have significant benefits for the Company, including a more diversified fleet and market presence, a broader customer base, achievable synergies, and an improved financial position through an overall reduction in net leverage and an increase in contracted, stable revenue. The additional heavy-lift aircraft would have considerably expanded the Company’s opportunities in certain market segments, including defense, firefighting and forestry.

The Company ultimately determined, however, that the Columbia transaction could not be consummated, and on February 11, 2019, the Company and Columbia mutually terminated the SPA. The Company paid Columbia a $20 million termination fee as provided in the SPA, and the Company, Columbia and certain of Columbia’s shareholders entered into a Termination Agreement dated February 11, 2019, pursuant to which the parties exchanged broad mutual releases.

¹⁶  For example, the Company worked with original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) to defer approximately $190 million of capital expenditures relating to fiscal years 2018 to 2020 into fiscal years 2020 and beyond, and more recently deferred approximately $110 million in capital expenditures for fiscal years 2019 to 2023 into fiscal years 2024 and beyond. In fiscal year 2018, the Company achieved approximately $136 million in cost recoveries from OEMs. The Company also returned certain aircraft leased from third parties to reduce aircraft rent expenses.

¹⁷  For example, the compensation committee of the board cancelled and terminated annual incentive cash awards for fiscal year 2016, chose to fund only 30% of the overall targeted amount of annual incentive cash awards for fiscal year 2017, and did not make any other changes to replace the cancelled and reduced annual cash incentive awards for each of fiscal years 2016 and 2017.

¹⁸  In 2015, the Company paid approximately $45 million in cash dividends.

35

D. Financial Reporting and Related Issues.

On February 11, 2019, the Company announced that it would be delayed in filing its quarterly report with the SEC for the quarter ended December 31, 2018. This delay resulted from the identification of a control deficiency related to the Company’s processes for monitoring compliance with certain non-financial covenants in certain of the Company’s secured financing and helicopter lease agreements. Management concluded that the Company did not have adequate monitoring control processes in place related to non-financial covenants within certain of its secured financing and lease agreements. The deficiency was identified as a result of a determination by management that certain pledged and leased helicopter engines were not matched to specific pledged or leased helicopter airframes or returned to such airframes within specified periods as is required by the respective financing and lease agreements. The Company’s practice in respect of the removal and replacement of engines was consistent with industry practice, and consistent with the highest of maintenance and safety standards. Nevertheless, management determined that technical breaches of non-financial covenants and lease terms may have occurred, and that the control deficiency represented a “material weakness” in internal control over financial reporting. The engine issues management detected had already been cured or were promptly cured or waived upon identification and involved only a small subset of the Company’s helicopter engines.

Under applicable securities law, BGI was required to file amendments to its annual report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 and to its quarterly reports for the quarters ended June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2018 to include further discussion of the material weakness. The material weakness matter required significant time and effort from management to demonstrate the Company’s compliance with non-financial covenants in certain of its debt and lease agreements at March 31, 2018 and subsequent interim periods. In connection with the issuance of a revised report regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”)¹⁹ undertook certain other procedures it deemed necessary in order to issue such a revised report, including a reconsideration of previously concluded upon audit and review matters. Management devoted significant time and effort to provide additional supporting documentation to KPMG to facilitate the completion of those additional procedures by KPMG, which did not result in a material change in conclusions from those previously reached.

E. Changes in Senior Management.

The Company has recently transitioned to different senior management. On November 9, 2018, BGI announced that its then-CEO, Mr. Jonathan E. Baliff, was retiring after eight years of service. On March 1, 2019, BGI announced that Mr. L. Don Miller had been named President, CEO and a member of BGI’s board of directors,²⁰ and that Brian J. Allman had been named SVP and CFO.

F. Development of Strategic Alternatives.

In light of the Company’s decreasing liquidity position, the prolonged trough in energy commodity prices, and other challenges described above, the Debtors commenced the process of exploring a comprehensive financial restructuring. The Debtors engaged restructuring advisors at Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. (“Houlihan”), Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, “A&M”), Baker Botts L.L.P. and Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz. With the input of those advisors, the Debtors engaged in negotiations with the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group. The Debtors, with the advice of their advisors, considered a broad range of in court and out of court restructuring paths, ultimately determining that chapter 11 was in the best interests of their

¹⁹  KPMG is the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

²⁰  Mr. Miller began his service with the Company in 2010. He served as SVP and CFO from August 2015 through February 2019. Before that he served in other senior leadership positions.

36

creditors and other stakeholders and necessary in order to ensure a stable and sustainable future for the Company. In the weeks leading up to the Petition Date, the Debtors’ negotiations with the Senior Noteholders Group and the Unsecured Noteholders Group included negotiations regarding a term loan to be funded prior to the Debtors’ chapter 11 filing, a DIP Facility and the outlines of a restructuring support agreement pursuant to which the parties would engage in a consensual restructuring as part of these Chapter 11 Cases.

As discussed below, the Debtors intend for these Chapter 11 Cases to have no impact on the Company’s global operations, including its performance under the U.K. SAR Contract. It is critical that the Company demonstrate its ability to continue to perform its obligations under the U.K. SAR Contract uninterrupted, as well as under its other agreements, notwithstanding the filing. Thus, key to the Company’s pre-petition negotiations with its creditors was ensuring that it could obtain the necessary pre-petition liquidity to enable it to continue operating and that it had the necessary support of its creditors to provide for a consensual, non-disruptive restructuring.

G. Waivers, Forbearance and Forgoing the Unsecured Note Coupon Interest Payment.

On April 15, 2019, to maximize its liquidity, BGI elected to forgo making the semiannual interest payment in the amount of approximately $12.5 million to the holders of the 6.25% Senior Notes. Under the terms of the 6.25% Senior Notes indenture, this nonpayment constituted a default that, if not cured within thirty days (May 15, 2019), would become an event of default giving rise to the potential acceleration of the 6.25% Senior Notes, which in turn would result in a cross default of other material debt facilities. The Company’s election not to make this payment intensified its negotiations with the ad hoc groups of noteholders, its equipment lenders and lessors, and other parties in interest.

On April 15, 2019, the Company announced that it had obtained certain waivers of its covenants with certain of its secured equipment financing lenders and asset backed revolving credit facility lenders with respect to the timing of the delivery of unaudited financial statements for the quarter ended December 31, 2018. The waivers also included waivers of cross-default provisions arising from the decision to enter the 30-day grace period in respect of the 6.25% Senior Notes interest payment. These waivers had the effect of extending the Company’s deadline under its agreements with its lenders to file its 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2018 until June 19, 2019, subject to certain conditions. This allowed the Company additional time and flexibility to address the recent financial reporting challenges described above.

As mentioned above, two non-Debtor credit facilities, the BALL Lombard Credit Facility and the ABL Facility, have BGI parent guarantees. Both facilities are critical to foreign operations and both would have gone into default upon BGI filing for bankruptcy protection. To avoid adverse consequences to the business if either or both of these facilities were to default, Debtors negotiated waivers of events of default with Lombard and the lenders under the ABL Facility in the days leading up the Petition Date.

H. Restructuring Support Agreement, Proposed DIP Financing, and Exit Financing.

1. Restructuring Support Agreement and Plan.

On May 10, 2019, after weeks of hard-fought but constructive negotiations, the Company and the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement (the “Original Restructuring Support Agreement”). Before entering into the Original Restructuring Support Agreement, the Company explored and entertained multiple bids for financing, including proposals for a post-petition loan (without any prepetition financing) from the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group and pre- and post-petition financing from the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group, plus two formal proposals for third-party post-petition financing. However, because of the implications of their existing position in the Debtors’ capital structure, their

37

willingness to also provide new capital at emergence, and a perceived ability to execute quickly on the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Debtors elected to engage further with the two noteholder groups rather than the third-parties. After receiving “best and final” offers on a new term loan and postpetition financing from each noteholder group, the Debtors elected in their business judgment to proceed with the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group’s proposal because, both in respect of the prepetition term loan and postpetition financing, it offered the best economic terms on interest rates, comparable total fees, an actionable collateral package, and acceptable covenants. Moreover, entering into the 2019 Term Loan Facility and Original Restructuring Support Agreement with the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group allowed the Debtors to go into chapter 11 with liquidity and an agreement for the use of cash collateral, a partner dedicated to maximizing the value of the Estates, and avoid the prospect of a first-day valuation dispute.

Following commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors continued negotiations with the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group. Those negotiations proved fruitful. On June 27, 2019, the Company and the Supporting Noteholders entered into the Amended and Restated Restructuring Support Agreement. On July 24, 2019, the Company and the Supporting Noteholders entered into a Restructuring Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. As described below, the Restructuring Support Agreement provides for a comprehensive series of restructuring transactions to de-lever the Company’s balance sheet and optimize its fleet plan, emerge from chapter 11, and raise new go-forward capital. It also includes a binding commitment for $150 million of postpetition DIP financing on the terms and conditions described further below and in the DIP Credit Agreement.

The Restructuring Support Agreement, particularly the $150 million DIP Facility and $385 million Rights Offering contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement, plus the Debtors’ cash on hand, are expected to ensure an efficient and prompt reorganization. The Debtors fully anticipate these Chapter 11 Cases to be a narrow, de-levering of their balance sheet, with no material impact on their customers, employees or operations.

These Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan and transactions set forth therein are expected to have no impact at all on the Company’s global operations or its business in the U.K., including in respect of the U.K. SAR Contract with the MCA. The services provided by the Company under the U.K. SAR Contract are exclusively conducted by non-Debtor indirect affiliates, including BHL. These non-Debtor affiliates, and their direct and indirect subsidiaries, are independently governed by U.K. boards of directors and are represented by separate legal counsel, DLA Piper UK LLP. The Debtors have kept Bristow Aviation Holdings Limited and their other non-Debtor U.K. affiliates, key customers like the MCA and regulators like the U.K. Civil Aviation Authority (the “U.K. CAA”) appropriately apprised of the Debtors’ situation and the financial objectives of these Chapter 11 Cases. Importantly, the Plan provides that BGI’s guarantee of BHL’s performance of the U.K. SAR Contract, along with the Debtors’ guarantees of other non-Debtor contracts, will be Unimpaired and Reinstated. Currently, BGI’s bankruptcy filing is a default under this guarantee (and therefore under the U.K. SAR Contract); BGI is working to address this point with the MCA in advance of the Effective Date.

The Restructuring Support Agreement contemplates all of the following:

• Agreed Use of Cash Collateral—In accordance with the approved budget, the Debtors have the consent of their senior secured lenders to use encumbered cash for the duration of these cases. Together with the cash management order and proceeds of the $75 million 2019 Term Loan, the cash collateral order will allow the Company access to sufficient cash on hand to carry it through emergence.

• Committed DIP Financing—The Debtors have until August 21, 2019 to obtain entry of an order approving the $150 million super-priority senior secured DIP Facility and up to three business days thereafter to draw thereon. The DIP Facility will be converted to New Stock at exit.

38

• Committed New Equity Capital—The Restructuring Support Agreement also provides for the Consenting Noteholders to backstop a $385 million new money rights offering of reorganized common equity interests and preferred equity interests. This committed new equity capital should facilitate a prompt exit from chapter 11 with a more de-leveraged balance sheet.

• Runway—The comprehensive financing package—including the 2019 Term Loan, the agreed final cash collateral order, the DIP Facility, and the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement—together with the support of the Supporting Noteholders under the Restructuring Support Agreement, provide ample runway and should minimize the execution risk of the Debtors’ restructuring.

• Flexibility—The Debtors’ obligations under the Restructuring Support Agreement are entirely qualified by their fiduciary obligations to the estates.

• Unimpairment of U.K. SAR Guarantee—The Restructuring Support Agreement contemplates that the guarantee of the U.K. SAR Contract by BGI and any of its affiliates will be unaffected by these Chapter 11 Cases.

2. DIP Financing.

To fund the administration of these Chapter 11 Cases, the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group and the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group in such capacity, collectively, the “DIP Facility Lenders”) have agreed to provide a $150.0 million DIP Facility (the “Total DIP Commitment”), $37.5 million of which will be funded by the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group and $112.5 million of which will be funded by the Unsecured Notes Ad Hoc Group. Pursuant to the DIP Facility Credit Agreement, the Debtors have agreed to pay certain fees in connection with the extension of credit under the DIP Facility (collectively, the “DIP Fees”), which fees are included in the budget pertaining to the DIP Facility. The DIP Fees include a commitment fee of 2.00% (based on the Total DIP Commitment), an exit fee equal to 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any amount repaid or prepaid or that remains outstanding upon maturity of the DIP Facility, and an equitization consent fee equal to 10.00% of the amount of the DIP Facility paid in, at the election of each DIP Facility Lender, common or preferred equity of Reorganized Bristow Parent; provided that if the maturity of the DIP Facility is accelerated prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, the equitization consent fee shall be payable in cash in an amount equal to 5.00% of the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims at such time; provided, however, that no DIP Facility Lender shall be entitled to an equitization consent fee if (a) such DIP Lender does not fund its commitments under the DIP Credit Agreement or does not execute and fund its commitments under the Backstop Commitment Agreement, (b) there is a default under the Backstop Commitment Agreement, or (c) such other DIP Facility Lender otherwise breaches or causes a default under the Restructuring Support Agreement, in each case which breach or default results in the termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement.

As of the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors had approximately $68 million of unrestricted Cash. The DIP Facility provides liquidity that is essential to fund the administrative cost of these Chapter 11 Cases. The DIP Facility allows the Debtors to pay suppliers and other participants in the Debtors’ supply chain in the ordinary course to ensure the continuing and uninterrupted flow of inputs to the Debtors’ businesses. Importantly, the DIP Facility will ultimately be converted into New Stock, thereby facilitating the de-levering of the Debtors’ balance sheet and conserving cash for post-emergence operations.

39

3. Exit Facility or 2019 Term Loan Credit Facility Agreement Amendment.

The Restructuring Support Agreement provides for the Debtors’ potential entry into a senior secured or unsecured revolving, term loan or notes facility (the “Exit Facility”) to fund the Debtors’ operations upon emergence from these Chapter 11 Cases. Specifically, the Restructuring Support Agreement provides that the Debtors shall conduct a marketing process to raise the Exit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of at least $75.0 million to be arranged and provided by one or more commercial lending institutions. The Debtors believe the Exit Facility will allow them to operate with stability, and successfully fund a go-forward business plan that fully harnesses the benefits of the Plan.

If the Debtors do not enter into an Exit Facility on or before the Effective Date, the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement shall be executed and each of the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims shall receive their Pro Rata share of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee.

VII. MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASES.

A. Corporate Structure upon Emergence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Restructuring Transactions) and subject to the applicable consent rights under the Restructuring Support Agreement, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal law).

B. Expected Timetable of the Chapter 11 Cases.

As described therein, the Restructuring Support Agreement contains certain milestones for the Debtors to secure Confirmation of a chapter 11 plan and emerge from chapter 11. Specifically, the Restructuring Support Agreement requires, among other things, (i) that the Debtors file a motion to conditionally approve the Disclosure Statement within 5 business days after the filing of the Plan and Disclosure Statement, which motion seeks entry of an order granting such relief within 5 business days after filing the motion, (ii) (a) if conditional approval of the Disclosure Statement is granted, Confirmation of the Plan within 60 days of the entry of the order, or (b) if conditional approval of the Disclosure Statement is not granted, entry of a final order approving the Disclosure Statement within 40 days of denial of conditional approval and Confirmation of a Plan within 35 days thereafter, and (iii) substantial consummation of the Plan by December 18, 2019 (subject to extension under certain circumstances). Thus, to ensure that the Debtors and their stakeholders will benefit from the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors intend to move at a steady—but reasonable, prudent, and statutorily compliant—pace. The Disclosure Statement Order scheduled certain dates and deadlines in connection with the approval of this Disclosure Statement and Confirmation of the Plan. Should the Debtors’ projected timelines prove accurate, the Debtors could emerge from chapter 11 within approximately 6 months after the Petition Date. No assurances can be made, however, that the Bankruptcy Court will enter various orders on the timetable anticipated by the Debtors.

40

C. First Day Relief.

On the Petition Date, along with their voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Petitions”), the Debtors filed several motions (collectively, the “First Day Motions”) designed to facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and minimize disruption to the Debtors’ operations, by, among other things, easing the strain on the Debtors’ relationships with employees, vendors, and customers following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. A brief description of each of the First Day Motions and the evidence in support thereof is set forth in the Declaration of Brian J. Allman in Support of the Debtors’ First Day Motions [Docket No. 25], the Declaration of Matthew R. Niemann in Support of the Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Interim and Final Orders Authorizing, Inter Alia, the Debtors to Utilize Cash Collateral [Docket No. 27], the Supplemental Declaration of Brian J. Allman in Support of the Debtors’ First Day Motions [Docket No. 34] and the Declaration of Joseph J. Sciametta in Support of the Debtors’ (i) Cash Collateral Motion and (ii) Specified Vendor Motion [Docket No. 39] (collectively, the “First Day Declarations”). At a hearing on May 15, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court granted virtually all of the relief initially requested in the First Day Motions, including, on a final basis, (i) notification and hearing procedures for certain transfers of and declarations of worthlessness with respect to stock; (ii) authority to continue to pay employee wages and benefits; (iii) authority to provide adequate assurance for future utility services; (iv) authority to continue prepetition insurance coverage and renew or enter into new insurance policies; and (v) authority to pay certain taxes and fees.

On June 26, 2019, the Debtors held their “second day” hearing before the Bankruptcy Court. At the second day hearing, the Bankruptcy Court granted certain of the first day relief on a final basis, including (i) authority to pay certain prepetition claims of critical and other vendors; (ii) authority to continue using the Debtors’ cash management system and maintain existing bank accounts; and (iii) authority to use cash collateral securing the 2019 Term Loan Facility, the Secured Notes, the Lombard (BULL) Term Loan, the PK Air Credit Facility and the Macquarie Term Loan Facility and to provide adequate protection to the lenders under each of those debt facilities.

The First Day Motions, the First Day Declarations, and all orders for relief granted in the Chapter 11 Cases, can be viewed free of charge at http://cases.primeclerk.com/bristow.

D. Other Procedural and Administrative Motions

The Debtors filed several procedural and administrative motions subsequent to the Petition Date to facilitate the smooth and efficient administration of the Chapter 11 Cases and reduce the administrative burdens associated therewith, including:

• OCP Motion. On May 21, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order Authorizing the Retention and Compensation of Certain Professionals Utilized in the Ordinary Course of Business [Docket No. 169] (the “OCP Motion”). The OCP Motion sought to establish procedures for the retention and compensation of certain professionals utilized by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their businesses. On June 26, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the relief requested in the OCP Motion [Docket No. 295].

• Interim Compensation Motion. On June 18, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses for Chapter 11 Case Professionals [Docket No. 265] (the “Interim Compensation Motion”). The Interim Compensation Motion sought to establish procedures for the allowance and payment of compensation and reimbursement of expenses for attorneys and other professionals whose retentions are approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and who will be required to file applications for allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses pursuant to sections 330 and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code. On July 9, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the relief requested in the Interim Compensation Motion [Docket No. 393].

41

• Retention Applications. The Debtors have filed applications that seek to retain certain professionals postpetition pursuant to sections 327 and 328 of the Bankruptcy Code, including A&M as restructuring and financial advisor, Houlihan as investment banker, Baker Botts L.L.P. as legal co-counsel, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz as legal co-counsel, KPMG as auditor, Deloitte Tax LLP as tax advisor, Deloitte & Touche LLP, as accounting advisor, and Ernst & Young LLP as valuation, accounting and tax advisor (collectively, the “Retention Applications”). On July 9, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Retention Applications for A&M [Docket No. 391], Baker Botts L.L.P. [Docket No. 388], Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz [Docket No. 389] and KPMG LLP [Docket No. 390]. On July 30, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court approved Retention Application of Houlihan [Docket No. 482]. The Retention Applications for Deloitte Tax LLP, Deloitte & Touch LLP and Ernst & Young LLP remain pending before the Bankruptcy Court. The foregoing professionals are, in part, responsible for the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases. The postpetition compensation of all of the Debtors’ professionals retained pursuant to section 327 and 328 of the Bankruptcy Code is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

E. Appointment of Official Committee

On May 23, 2019, the U.S. Trustee filed the Notice of Appointment of Committee of Unsecured Creditors [Docket No. 179], notifying parties in interest that the U.S. Trustee appointed the Creditors’ Committee in the Chapter 11 Cases. The Creditors’ Committee is currently composed of the following members: (a) Solus Alternative Asset Management LP; (b) DCIG Capital Master Fund LP & Verition Multi-Strategy Master Fund Ltd.; (c) Mill Hill Credit Opportunities Master Fund LP; (d) Infosys Limited; (e) General Electric Company; (f) Speedcast Communications, Inc.; and (f) HeliFleet 2013-01, LLC. The Creditors’ Committee filed retention applications seeking to engage Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP as its legal counsel, Porter Hedges as its co-counsel, Imperial Capital, LLC as its financial advisor, and Perella Weinberg Partners LP as its investment banker. On July 31, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court approved the retention of each of the Creditors’ Committee’s professionals [Docket Nos. 492, 493, 494 and 495].

F. Equity Committee Motion.

On June 13, 2019, a group of holders of equity security interests in BGI consisting of Global Value Investment Corp., Inlet Securities, LLC, Perry Mckechnie and Marko Maratovic (collectively, the “Ad Hoc Equity Committee”) filed the Expedited Motion to Appoint an Official Committee of Equity Security Holders for Debtor Bristow Group Inc. [Docket No. 233] (as corrected, amended or supplemented, the “Equity Committee Motion”), pursuant to which it sought appointment of an official committee of equity security holders on an expedited basis. As a result of negotiations among the parties, the Supporting Noteholders and the Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors and the Ad Hoc Equity Committee entered into a stipulation pursuant to which (i) the Debtors agreed, among other things, to pay up to $200,000 per month in professional fees and expenses incurred by the Ad Hoc Equity Committee in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases for a period of four months, and (ii) the Ad Hoc Equity Committee agreed to, among other things, adjourn consideration of the Equity Committee Motion until October 1, 2019 unless a plan of reorganization is confirmed prior to that date, at which point the Equity Committee Motion would be deemed withdrawn. The Bankruptcy Court so ordered the stipulation on June 28, 2019 [Docket No. 311].

42

G. Schedules and Statements.

On July 12, 2019, the Debtors filed their Schedules of Assets and Liabilities and Statements of Financial Affairs.

H. The Debtors’ DIP Financing.

On July 25, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (A) Authorizing the Debtors to Obtain Postpetition Financing and (B) Authorizing the Debtors to Continue to Use Cash Collateral, (C) Granting Liens and Providing Superpriority Administrative Expense Status, (D) Modifying the Automatic Stay, and (E) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 466] (the “DIP Facility Motion”). The DIP Facility Motion sought approval of a $150 million secured debtor in possession term loan facility (the “DIP Facility”). The DIP Facility shall be secured by (i) a first priority priming lien on the prepetition collateral owned by the Debtors that secures the 2019 Term Loan Facility and the Senior Notes, (ii) a first priority lien on certain unencumbered property and (iii) junior liens on prepetition collateral (a) owned by non-Debtors that secures the 2019 Term Loan Facility and the Senior Notes or (b) pledged by the Debtors under certain other debt facilities. The obligations under the DIP Facility will be converted into New Stock upon the effective date of the Plan. The Debtors believe the DIP Facility will help ensure the Debtors have sufficient liquidity to enable them to proceed with the process of confirming the Plan, administer their Estates in an efficient manner, and ultimately achieve a successful reorganization. The DIP Motion remained pending as of the date of this Disclosure Statement.

I. Establishment of a Claims Bar Date.

On June 13, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Setting Bar Dates for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Requests for Payment Under Section 503(b)(9), (II) Establishing Amended Schedules Bar Date and Rejection Damages Bar Date, (III) Approving the Form of and Manner for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Section 503(b)(9) Requests, and (IV) Approving Notice of Bar Dates [Docket No. 238] (the “Bar Date Motion”). By the Bar Date Motion, the Debtors sought entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court that establishes August 19, 2019 as the general claims bar date and November 7, 2019 as the governmental claims bar date, before which any party that is required, but that fails, to file a proof of claim in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bar Date Motion and order shall be forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from asserting such claim against the Debtors, and the Debtors and their property shall be forever discharged from any indebtedness or liability with respect to or arising from such claim. Such party will be prohibited from voting to accept or reject the Plan or any chapter 11 plan filed in these Chapter 11 Cases, participating in any distribution in the Chapter 11 Cases on account of such claim, or receiving further notices regarding such claim.

Subsequently, the Debtors withdrew the Bar Date Motion and, on July 1, 2019, filed an amended version of the Bar Date Motion on an emergency basis [Docket No. 347] (the “Emergency Bar Date Motion”). The Emergency Bar Date Motion, which was consented to by the Creditors’ Committee, the Supporting Noteholders and the U.S. Trustee, sought substantially the same relief as the Bar Date Motion, except that it proposed to set the general claims bar date as August 6, 2019 in order to facilitate the timeline for Confirmation of the Plan set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. On July 9, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order [Docket No. 392] granting the relief requested in the Emergency Bar Date Motion and establishing the bar dates therein.

43

J. Aircraft Fleet Lease Matters

• Helifleet Rejection Motion. On May 11, 2019, the Debtors filed the Motion to Reject Lease or Executory Contract Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (i) Authorizing the Debtors to Reject Equipment Leases with Helifleet 2013-01, LLC Pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) Approving Return Procedures [Docket No. 9] (the “Helifleet Rejection Motion”). The Helifleet Rejection Motion sought authority for the Debtors to reject unexpired leases between Bristow U.S. L.L.C. and Helifleet 2013-01, LLC of 9 S-76C+ helicopters that the Debtors were no longer utilizing in their operations and clarify certain procedures for the return of such aircraft to the lessor. Following negotiations, the parties entered into an agreement regarding rejection of the leases and return of the aircraft, which was embodied in a stipulation and order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on June 25, 2019 [Docket No. 290].

• Macquarie Rejection Motion. On May 20, 2019, the Debtors filed the Motion to Reject Lease or Executory Contract Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order Authorizing the Debtors to Reject Equipment Leases with Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, N.A., Pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code [Docket No. 166] (the “Macquarie Rejection Motion”). The Macquarie Rejection Motion sought authority for the Debtors to reject an unexpired lease one Sikorsky S-76D helicopter from Wells Fargo Northwest, N.A. acting on behalf of acting for the benefit of Macquarie Leasing Inc., which aircraft was no longer no longer necessary to continue their operations under their current business plan. On June 27, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the Macquarie Rejection Motion [Docket No. 303].

• VIH Assumption Motion. On June 19, 2019, the Debtors filed the Motion to Assume Lease or Executory Contract Debtors’ Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Assume Leases with VIH Aviation Ltd., and (II) Granting Related [Docket No. 271] (the “VIH Assumption Motion”). The VIH Assumption Motion sought authority for BriLog to assume the leases of two Sikorsky model S-92A helicopters from VIH Aviation Group Ltd., which helicopters were critical to the Debtors being able to fulfill their obligations under a new customer contract with BP plc. On July 9, 2019, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order granting the VIH Assumption Motion [Docket No. 386].

• 1110(a) Procedures Motion and Elections. On May 11, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Motion for an Order Authorizing the Debtors to (i) Enter into Agreements Under Section 1110(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) Enter into Stipulations to Extend the Time to Comply with Section 1110 of the Bankruptcy Code and (iii) File Redacted Section 1110(b) Stipulations [Docket No. 151] (the “1110 Procedures Motion”). Pursuant to section 1110(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, within 60 days of the Petition Date, BUS as the only Debtor, granted an air carrier operating certificate by the Federal Aviation Administration, must agree to perform all obligations under any aircraft lease and, subject to certain exceptions, timely cure any defaults thereunder (the “1110(a) Obligations”) or the lessor can right to take possession of the leased aircraft and to enforce the other rights and remedies under the lease. The Debtors sought in the 1110 Procedures Motion for authority to enter into agreements with lessors to perform the 1110(a) Obligations, make payments and take actions as may be necessary to cure defaults and otherwise satisfy the 1110(a) Obligations and enter into stipulations extending the 60-day window to elect whether to perform the 1110(a) Obligations. The 1110 Procedures Motion also sought to establish certain procedures for providing notices of the Debtors’ election to perform the 1110(a) Obligations (“1110 Election Notices”). An order granting the 1110 Procedures Motion was entered by the Bankruptcy Court on June 27, 2019 [Docket No. 307].

Following the entry of the 1110 Procedures Motion, on June 28, 2019, the Debtors filed 1110 Election Notices with respect to leases with VIH Aviation Group Ltd. and Wells Fargo Trust Company National Association, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, Brussels Branch and Wells Fargo Trust Company, National Association, U.S. National Bank Association, The Milestone Aviation Group Limited and Wilmington Trust SP Services (Dublin) Limited, Macquarie Bank Limited and Wells Fargo Trust Company, National Association, Lombard North Central PLC, GM Leasing Company, LLC, Capital One Equipment Finance Corp. and Ankura Trust Company, LLC.

44

K. Post-Effective Date Mergers or Acquisitions.

In the industry in which the Debtors and their competitors operate, there may be significant industry consolidation in the near- to medium-term. A merger, acquisition, combination, or other strategic transaction involving the Debtors’ assets or operations may, in certain circumstances, generate value for holders of New Stock. As of the date hereof, the Debtors have neither entered into negotiations in pursuit of nor executed an agreement to pursue or implement any merger, acquisition, combination, or other strategic transaction. The Backstop Commitment Parties, the Debtors, and/or the Reorganized Debtors may evaluate, pursue, and/or consummate one or more mergers, acquisitions, business combinations and/or strategic transactions.

L. De Minimis Asset Sales Motion.

On July 12, 2019, the Debtors filed the Debtors’ Emergency Motion for Entry of an Order Approving Procedures for Sale, Transfer and Abandonment of De Minimis Assets Free and Clear of Liens, Claims, Encumbrances and Other Interests Without Further Court Order [Docket No. 414] (the “De Minimis Asset Transactions Motion”). The De Minimis Asset Transactions Motion sought authority to implement procedures to (a) sell or transfer of certain assets for which the aggregate sale price is equal to or less than $10 million (“De Minimis Asset Transactions”), or (b) abandon certain assets to the extent a sale thereof cannot be consummated at a value greater than the cost of liquidating such asset—without prior Bankruptcy Court approval. An order granting the relief sought in the De Minimis Asset Transactions Motion was entered by the Bankruptcy Court on July 22, 2019 [Docket No. 446].

M. Key Employee Incentive Plan and Key Employee Retention Plan.

On June 3, 2019 the Debtors filed the Motion of the Debtors Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sections 363 and 503 for Entry of an Order (i) Authorizing the Debtors to Implement Key Employee Incentive Plans, (ii) Approving Second Installment of Non-Insider Retention Payment, and (iii) Granting Related Relief (the “KEIP/KERP Motion”) [Docket No. 199], seeking approval of: (a) an executive incentive program that applies to the eight executives of the Debtors and one executive of a non-debtor affiliate (the “Executive KEIP”); (b) a non-executive incentive plan that applies to 183 key non-insider members of the Company’s middle management team (together with the Executive KEIP, the “KEIPs”), and (c) payment of certain recognition and retention awards to non-insiders due in October 2019 (the “Retention Awards”). On July 26, 2019, the Supporting Noteholders filed the Omnibus Statement of the Required Unsecured Backstop Parties and the Secured Notes Ad Hoc Group in Support of the Motion of the Debtors Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 363 and503 for Entry of an Order (I) Authorizing the Debtors to Implement Key Employee Incentive Plans, (II) Approving Second Installment of Non-Insider Retention Payment, and (III) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. 470], stating their support for approval of the KEIPS and the payment of the Retention Awards. As of the date of this Disclosure Statement, approval of the KEIPs and payment of the Retention Awards remain pending before the Bankruptcy Court.

N. Litigation Matters.

In the ordinary course of business, the Debtors are parties to certain lawsuits, legal proceedings, collection proceedings, and claims arising out of their business operations. The Debtors cannot predict with certainty the outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings, and claims.

45

With certain exceptions, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases operates as a stay with respect to the commencement or continuation of litigation against the Debtors that was or could have been commenced before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases. In addition, the Debtors’ liability with respect to litigation stayed by the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases generally is subject to discharge, settlement, and release upon confirmation of a plan under chapter 11, with certain exceptions. Therefore, certain litigation Claims against the Debtors may be subject to discharge in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases.

VIII. RISK FACTORS.

Holders of Claims should read and consider carefully the risk factors set forth below before voting to accept or reject the Plan. Although there are many risk factors discussed below, these factors should not be regarded as constituting the only risks present in connection with the Debtors’ businesses or the Plan and its implementation. For additional risk factors that may affect the Debtors’ restructuring, please refer to the Debtors’ publicly available filings with the SEC.

THE DEBTORS HAVE PROVIDED THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTOR DESCRIPTIONS TO SATISFY THE DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. DISCLOSURE AND DISCUSSION OF ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS RELATED TO THE DEBTORS’ BUSINESS MAY BE FOUND IN PUBLICLY AVAILABLE SECURITIES FILINGS.

A. Bankruptcy Law Considerations.

The occurrence or non-occurrence of any or all of the following contingencies, and any others, could affect distributions available to Holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan but will not necessarily affect the validity of the vote of the Impaired Classes to accept or reject the Plan or necessarily require a re-solicitation of the votes of Holders of Claims in such Impaired Classes.

1. Parties in Interest May Object to the Plan’s Classification of Claims and Interests.

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan may place a claim or an equity interest in a particular class only if such claim or equity interest is substantially similar to the other claims or equity interests in such class. The Debtors believe that the classification of the Claims and Interests under the Plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy Code because the Debtors created Classes of Claims and Interests each encompassing Claims or Interests, as applicable, that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests, as applicable, in each such Class. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion.

2. The Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan May Not Occur.

As more fully set forth in Article X of the Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is subject to a number of conditions precedent. If such conditions precedent are not met or waived, the Effective Date will not take place.

3. The Debtors May Fail to Satisfy Vote Requirements.

If votes are received in number and amount sufficient to enable the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan, the Debtors intend to seek, as promptly as practicable thereafter, Confirmation of the Plan. In the event that sufficient votes are not received, the Debtors may seek to confirm an alternative chapter 11 plan or transaction. There can be no assurance that the terms of any such alternative chapter 11 plan or other transaction would be similar or as favorable to the Holders of Allowed Claims as those proposed in the Plan and the Debtors do not believe that any such transaction exists or is likely to exist that would be more beneficial to the Estates than the Plan.

46

4. The Debtors May Not Be Able to Secure Confirmation of the Plan.

Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation of a chapter 11 plan, and requires, among other things, a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that: (a) such plan “does not unfairly discriminate” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to any non-accepting classes; (b) confirmation of such plan is not likely to be followed by a liquidation or a need for further financial reorganization unless such liquidation or reorganization is contemplated by the plan; and (c) the value of distributions to non-accepting holders of claims or equity interests within a particular class under such plan will not be less than the value of distributions such holders would receive if the debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

There can be no assurance that the requisite acceptances to confirm the Plan will be received. Even if the requisite acceptances are received, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan. A non-accepting Holder of an Allowed Claim or Interest might challenge either the adequacy of this Disclosure Statement or whether the balloting procedures and voting results satisfy the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. Even if the Bankruptcy Court determines that this Disclosure Statement, the balloting procedures, and voting results are appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court could still decline to confirm the Plan if it finds that any of the statutory requirements for Confirmation are not met. If a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is not confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, it is unclear whether the Debtors will be able to reorganize their business and what, if anything, Holders of Allowed Claims against them would ultimately receive.

The Debtors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement, reserve the right to modify the terms and conditions of the Plan as necessary for Confirmation. Any such modifications could result in less favorable treatment of any non-accepting class of Claims, as well as any class junior to such non-accepting class, than the treatment currently provided in the Plan. Such a less favorable treatment could include a distribution of property with a lesser value than currently provided in the Plan or no distribution whatsoever under the Plan.

5. Nonconsensual Confirmation.

In the event that any impaired class of claims or interests does not accept a chapter 11 plan, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm a plan at the proponents’ request if at least one impaired class (as defined under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code) has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and, as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired class(es). The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies these requirements, and the Debtors may request such nonconsensual Confirmation in accordance with subsection 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach this conclusion. In addition, the pursuit of nonconsensual Confirmation or Consummation of the Plan may result in, among other things, increased professional expenses.

6. Continued Risk upon Confirmation.

Even if the Plan is consummated, the Debtors will continue to face a number of risks, including certain risks that are beyond their control, such as further deterioration or other changes in economic conditions, changes in the industry, potential revaluing of their assets due to chapter 11 proceedings, changes in demand for oil and natural gas (and thus demand for the services the Debtors provide), and increasing expenses. See Article VIII.C of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Risks Related to the

47

Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ Businesses,” which begins on page 52. Some of these concerns and effects typically become more acute when a case under the Bankruptcy Code continues for a protracted period without indication of how or when the case may be completed. As a result of these risks and others, there is no guarantee that a chapter 11 plan of reorganization as reflected in the Plan will achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

In addition, at the outset of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Bankruptcy Code provides the Debtors with the exclusive right to propose the Plan and prohibits creditors and others from proposing a plan. The Debtors will have retained the exclusive right to propose the Plan upon filing their Petitions. If the Bankruptcy Court terminates that right, however, or the exclusivity period expires, there could be a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ ability to achieve Confirmation of the Plan to achieve the Debtors’ stated goals.

Furthermore, even if the Debtors’ debts are reduced and/or discharged through the Plan, the Debtors may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing or other various means to fund the Debtors’ businesses after the completion of the proceedings related to the Chapter 11 Cases. Adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable terms.

7. The Chapter 11 Cases May Be Converted to Cases Under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

If the Bankruptcy Court finds that it would be in the best interest of creditors and/or the debtor in a chapter 11 case, the Bankruptcy Court may convert a chapter 11 bankruptcy case to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In such event, a chapter 7 trustee would be appointed or elected to liquidate the debtor’s assets for distribution in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors believe that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in significantly smaller distributions being made to creditors than those provided for in a chapter 11 plan because of (a) the likelihood that the assets would have to be sold or otherwise disposed of in a disorderly fashion over a short period of time, when commodities prices are at historically low levels, rather than reorganizing or selling the business as a going concern at a later time in a controlled manner, (b) additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a chapter 7 trustee, and (c) additional expenses and Claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, that would be generated during the liquidation, including Claims resulting from the rejection of Unexpired Leases and other Executory Contracts in connection with cessation of operations.

8. The Debtors May Object to the Amount or Classification of a Claim or Interest.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, and subject to the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right to object to the amount or classification of any Claim or Interest under the Plan. The estimates set forth in this Disclosure Statement cannot be relied upon by any Holder of a Claim or Interest where such Claim or Interest is subject to an objection. Any Holder of a Claim or Interest that is subject to an objection thus may not receive its expected share of the estimated distributions described in this Disclosure Statement.

9. Risk of Non-Occurrence of the Effective Date.

Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date may occur quickly after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing or as to whether the Effective Date will, in fact, occur.

48

10. Contingencies Could Affect Votes of Impaired Classes to Accept or Reject the Plan.

The distributions available to Holders of Allowed Claims or Existing Interests under the Plan can be affected by a variety of contingencies, including, without limitation, whether the Bankruptcy Court orders certain Allowed Claims or Existing Interests to be subordinated to other Allowed Claims or Existing Interests. The occurrence of any and all such contingencies, which could affect distributions available to Holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan, will not affect the validity of the vote taken by the Impaired Classes to accept or reject the Plan or require any sort of revote by the Impaired Classes.

The estimated Claims and creditor recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement are based on various assumptions, and the actual Allowed amounts of Claims and Interests may significantly differ from the estimates. Should one or more of the underlying assumptions ultimately prove to be incorrect, the actual Allowed amounts of Claims and Interests may vary from the estimated Claims contained in this Disclosure Statement. Moreover, the Debtors cannot determine with any certainty at this time, the number or amount of Claims and Interests that will ultimately be Allowed. Such differences may materially and adversely affect, among other things, the percentage recoveries to Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests under the Plan.

11. Releases, Injunctions, and Exculpations Provisions May Not Be Approved.

Article VIII of the Plan provides for certain releases, injunctions, and exculpations, including a release of liens and third-party releases that may otherwise be asserted against the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or Released Parties, as applicable. The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provided in the Plan are subject to objection by parties in interest and may not be approved. If the releases are not approved, certain Released Parties may withdraw their support for the Plan.

The releases provided to the Released Parties and the exculpation provided to the Exculpated Parties is necessary to the success of the Debtors’ reorganization because the Released Parties and Exculpated Parties have made significant contributions to the Debtors’ reorganizational efforts and have agreed to make further contributions, including by agreeing to massive reductions in the amounts of their Claims against the Debtors’ estates and facilitating a critical source of post-emergence liquidity by backstopping the Rights Offering, but only if they receive the full benefit of the Plan’s release and exculpation provisions. The Plan’s release and exculpation provisions are an inextricable component of the Restructuring Support Agreement and Plan and the significant deleveraging and financial benefits that they embody.

B. Risks Related to Recoveries under the Plan.

1. The Reorganized Debtors May Not Be Able to Achieve their Projected Financial Results.

The Reorganized Debtors may not be able to achieve their projected financial results. The financial projections set forth in this Disclosure Statement represent the Debtors’ management team’s best estimate of the Debtors’ future financial performance, which is necessarily based on certain assumptions regarding the anticipated future performance of the Reorganized Debtors’ operations, as well as the United States and world economies in general, and the industry segments in which the Debtors operate in particular (the “Financial Projections”). The Financial Projections are attached hereto as Exhibit F. While the Debtors believe that the Financial Projections contained in this Disclosure Statement are reasonable, there can be no assurance that they will be realized. If the Debtors do not achieve their projected financial results, the value of the New Stock may be negatively affected and the Debtors may lack sufficient liquidity to continue operating as planned after the Effective Date. Moreover, the financial condition and results of operations of the Reorganized Debtors from and after the Effective Date may not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in the Debtors’ historical financial statements.

49

2. A Liquid Trading Market for the New Stock May Not Develop.

The Debtors make no assurance that they will be able to obtain a listing of the New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock on a national securities exchange at any time in the future. There is no assurance that liquid trading markets for shares of New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock will develop. The Debtors do not expect that the New Common Stock or the New Preferred Stock will be listed or traded on any national securities exchange on the Effective Date. The liquidity of any market for shares of the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock will depend upon, among other things, the number of Holders of shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock, the Reorganized Debtors’ financial performance, and the market for similar securities, none of which can be determined or predicted. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the New Stock will develop, nor can any assurance be given as to the liquidity or prices at which such securities might be traded. In the event an active trading market does not develop, the ability to transfer or sell the New Stock may be substantially limited.

3. The Trading Price for the Shares of New Stock May Be Depressed Following the Effective Date.

Assuming that the Effective Date occurs, shares of New Stock and New Preferred Stock will be issued to Holders of certain Classes of Claims. Following the Effective Date of the Plan, shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock may be sold to satisfy withholding tax requirements. In addition, Holders of Claims that receive shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock may seek to sell such securities in an effort to obtain liquidity. These sales and the volume of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock available for trading could cause the trading price for the shares of New Common Stock and/or New Preferred Stock to be depressed, particularly in the absence of an established trading market for the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock.

4. Certain Holders of New Stock May Be Restricted in their Ability to Transfer or Sell their Securities.

To the extent that shares of the New Common Stock issued under the Plan is covered by section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, such securities may be resold by the Holders thereof without registration under the Securities Act unless the Holder is an “underwriter,” as defined in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to such securities. Resales by Holders of Claims who receive New Stock pursuant to the Plan that are deemed to be “underwriters” would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or applicable law. Such Holders would only be permitted to sell such securities without registration if they are able to comply with an applicable exemption from registration, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock will not initially be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and the Debtors make no representation regarding the right of any Holder of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock to freely resell the New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock (including, as applicable, shares issuable upon exercise of the Subscription Rights) (as applicable). See Article XII to this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Certain Securities Law Matters,” which begins on page 64.

50

5. Restricted Securities Issued under the Plan May Not Be Resold or Otherwise Transferred Unless They Are Registered Under the Securities Act or an Exemption from Registration Applies.

To the extent that securities issued pursuant to the Plan are not covered by section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, such securities shall be issued pursuant to section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and will be deemed “restricted securities” that may not be sold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred unless they are registered, or an exemption from registration applies, under the Securities Act. Holders of such restricted securities may not be entitled to have their restricted securities registered and will be required to agree not to resell them except in accordance with an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Under Rule 144, the public resale of restricted securities is permitted if certain conditions are met, and these conditions vary depending on whether the holder of the restricted securities is an “affiliate” of the issuer, as defined in Rule 144. A non-affiliate who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the preceding three months may resell restricted securities after a six-month holding period unless certain current public information regarding the issuer is not available at the time of sale, in which case the non-affiliate may resell after a one-year holding period. An affiliate may resell restricted securities after the applicable holding period but only if certain current public information regarding the issuer is available at the time of the sale and only if the affiliate also complies with the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. The Debtors currently do not expect that the current public information requirement will be met when the six-month holding period expires, and, as a result, holders of restricted securities should expect to be required to hold their restricted securities for at least one year.

Holders of New Common Stock who are deemed to be “underwriters” under Section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code will also be subject to restrictions under the Securities Act on their ability to resell those securities. Resale restrictions are discussed in more detail in Article XII to this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Certain Securities Law Matters,” which begins on page 64.

6. Certain Tax Implications of the Plan.

Holders of Allowed Claims and Interests should carefully review Article XIII of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan,” which begins on page 69, to determine how the tax implications of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Cases may adversely affect the Reorganized Debtors and Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan.

7. The Debtors May Not Be Able to Accurately Report Their Financial Results.

The Debtors have established internal controls over financial reporting. However, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements or omissions in the Debtors’ financial statements because of their inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, and the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. In addition, as disclosed in BGI’s publicly available filings with the SEC, BGI identified a material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting that has not yet been remediated. As a result of such material weakness, the Debtors may be unable to provide financial information in a timely and reliable manner within the time periods required for the Debtors’ financial reporting under SEC rules and regulations and the terms of the agreements governing the Debtors’ indebtedness. Any such difficulties or failure could materially adversely affect the Debtors’ business, results of operations, and financial condition. Further, the Debtors may discover other internal control deficiencies in the future and/or fail to adequately correct previously identified control deficiencies, which could materially adversely affect the Debtors’ businesses, results of operations, and financial condition.

51

8. The Plan Enterprise Value of the Debtors Set Forth in Restructuring Support Agreement Is Solely for Settlement Purposes and May Not Equal the Enterprise Value of the Debtors on the Effective Date.

The Debtors’ Plan Enterprise Value set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement has been agreed to by the Debtors and the Supporting Noteholders solely for settlement purposes, and is necessarily based on certain assumptions regarding the anticipated future performance of the Reorganized Debtors’ operations, as well as the United States and world economies in general, and the industry segments in which the Debtors operate in particular. While the Debtors believe that the Plan Enterprise Value is reasonable, there can be no assurance that the New Stock issued pursuant to the Plan to Holders of certain Claims will have the value implied by the Plan Enterprise Value.

C. Risks Related to the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ Businesses.

1. The Reorganized Debtors May Not Be Able to Generate Sufficient Cash to Service All of their Indebtedness.

The Reorganized Debtors’ ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance their debt obligations, depends on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond the Reorganized Debtors’ control. The Reorganized Debtors may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit the Reorganized Debtors to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on their indebtedness, including, without limitation, potential borrowings under the Exit Facility, upon emergence.

2. The Debtors Will Be Subject to the Risks and Uncertainties Associated with the Chapter 11 Cases.

For the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors’ ability to operate, develop, and execute a business plan, and continue as a going concern, will be subject to the risks and uncertainties associated with bankruptcy. These risks include the following: (a) ability to develop, confirm, and consummate the Restructuring Transactions specified in the Plan; (b) ability to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval with respect to motions filed in the Chapter 11 Cases from time to time; (c) ability to maintain relationships with suppliers, vendors, service providers, customers, employees, and other third parties; (d) ability to maintain contracts that are critical to the Debtors’ operations; (e) ability of third parties to seek and obtain Bankruptcy Court approval to terminate contracts and other agreements with the Debtors; (f) ability of third parties to seek and obtain Bankruptcy Court approval to terminate or shorten the exclusivity period for the Debtors to propose and confirm a chapter 11 plan, to appoint a chapter 11 trustee, or to convert the Chapter 11 Cases to chapter 7 proceedings; and (g) the actions and decisions of the Debtors’ creditors and other third parties who have interests in the Chapter 11 Cases that may be inconsistent with the Debtors’ plans.

These risks and uncertainties could affect the Debtors’ businesses and operations in various ways. For example, negative events associated with the Chapter 11 Cases could adversely affect the Debtors’ relationships with suppliers, service providers, customers, employees, and other third parties, which in turn could adversely affect the Debtors’ operations and financial condition. Also, the Debtors will need the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court for transactions outside the ordinary course of business, which may limit the Debtors’ ability to respond timely to certain events or take advantage of certain opportunities. Because of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors cannot accurately predict or quantify the ultimate impact of events that occur during the Chapter 11 Cases that may be inconsistent with the Debtors’ plans.

52

3. Operating in Bankruptcy for a Long Period of Time May Harm the Debtors’ Businesses.

The Debtors’ future results will be dependent upon the successful confirmation and implementation of a plan of reorganization. A long period of operations under Bankruptcy Court protection could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity. So long as the proceedings related to the Chapter 11 Cases continue, senior management will be required to spend a significant amount of time and effort dealing with the reorganization instead of focusing exclusively on business operations. A prolonged period of operating under Bankruptcy Court protection also may make it more difficult to retain management and other key personnel necessary to the success and growth of the Debtors’ businesses. In addition, the longer the proceedings related to the Chapter 11 Cases continue, the more likely it is that customers and suppliers will lose confidence in the Debtors’ ability to reorganize their businesses successfully and will seek to establish alternative commercial relationships.

So long as the proceedings related to the Chapter 11 Cases continue, the Debtors will be required to incur substantial costs for professional fees and other expenses associated with the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Furthermore, the Debtors cannot predict the ultimate amount of all settlement terms for the liabilities that will be subject to a plan of reorganization. Even after a plan of reorganization is approved and implemented, the Reorganized Debtors’ operating results may be adversely affected by the possible reluctance of prospective lenders and other counterparties to do business with a company that recently emerged from bankruptcy protection.

4. Financial Results May Be Volatile and May Not Reflect Historical Trends.

During the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors expect that their financial results will continue to be volatile as restructuring activities and expenses, contract terminations and rejections, and/or claims assessments significantly impact the Debtors’ consolidated financial statements. As a result, the Debtors’ historical financial performance likely will not be indicative of their financial performance after the Petition Date.

In addition, if the Debtors emerge from chapter 11, the amounts reported in subsequent consolidated financial statements may materially change relative to historical consolidated financial statements, including as a result of revisions to the Debtors’ operating plans pursuant to a plan of reorganization. The Debtors also may be required to adopt “fresh start” accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 852 (“Reorganizations”) in which case their assets and liabilities will be recorded at fair value as of the fresh start reporting date, which may differ materially from the recorded values of assets and liabilities on the Debtors’ consolidated balance sheets. The Debtors’ financial results after the application of fresh start accounting also may be different from historical trends. The Financial Projections contained in Exhibit F hereto do not currently reflect the impact of fresh start accounting, which may have a material impact on the Financial Projections.

5. The Debtors’ Substantial Liquidity Needs May Impact Revenue.

The Debtors operate in a capital-intensive industry. The Debtors’ principal sources of liquidity historically have been cash flow from operations, secured equipment financings and issuances of bonds. If the Debtors’ cash flow from operations remains depressed or decreases as a result of lower commodity prices, decreased capital expenditure budgets of offshore energy companies, or otherwise, the Debtors may not have the ability to expend the capital necessary to improve or maintain their current operations, resulting in decreased revenues over time.

53

In addition to the cash requirements necessary to fund ongoing operations, the Debtors have incurred significant professional fees and other costs in connection with preparing for and administering the Chapter 11 Cases and expect to continue to incur significant professional fees and costs through the conclusion of the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors cannot guarantee that cash on hand and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to continue to fund their operations and allow the Debtors to satisfy obligations related to the Chapter 11 Cases until the Debtors are able to emerge from bankruptcy protection.

The Debtors’ liquidity, including the ability to meet ongoing operational obligations, will be dependent upon, among other things: (a) their ability to comply with the terms and conditions of the Final Cash Collateral Order and the DIP Order; (b) their ability to maintain adequate cash on hand; (c) their ability to generate cash flow from operations; (d) their ability to develop, confirm, and consummate a chapter 11 plan or other alternative restructuring transaction; and (e) the cost, duration, and outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors’ ability to maintain adequate liquidity depends, in part, upon industry conditions and general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory, and other factors beyond the Debtors’ control. In the event that cash on hand and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to meet the Debtors’ liquidity needs, the Debtors may be required to seek additional financing. The Debtors can provide no assurance that additional financing would be available or, if available, offered to the Debtors on acceptable terms. The Debtors’ access to additional financing is, and for the foreseeable future likely will continue to be, extremely limited if it is available at all. The Debtors’ long-term liquidity requirements and the adequacy of their capital resources are difficult to predict at this time.

6. The Demand for the Debtors’ Services is Substantially Dependent on the Level of Offshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production Activity.

The Debtors provide helicopter and fixed wing services to companies engaged in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production activities. As a result, demand for the Debtors’ services, as well as their revenue and profitability, are substantially dependent on the worldwide levels of activity in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production. These activity levels are principally affected by trends in, and expectations regarding, oil and natural gas prices, as well as the capital expenditure budgets of offshore energy companies and shifts in technology for energy exploration, development and production. The increase in U.S. onshore production in recent years resulting from onshore hydraulic fracturing activity and shale development has had a negative impact on the price of oil and the demand for our services. The Debtors cannot predict future exploration, development and production activity or oil and gas price movements. Historically, the prices for oil and gas and activity levels have been volatile and are subject to factors beyond the Debtors’ control, such as:

• the supply of and demand for oil and gas and market expectations for such supply and demand;

• actions of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil producing countries to control prices or change production levels;

• increased supply of oil and gas resulting from onshore hydraulic fracturing activity and shale development;

• general economic conditions, both worldwide and in particular regions;

• governmental regulation;

• the price and availability of alternative fuels;

54

• weather conditions, including the impact of hurricanes and other weather-related phenomena;

• advances in exploration, development and production technology;

• the policies of various governments regarding exploration and development of their oil and gas reserves; and

• the worldwide political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from an escalation or additional outbreak of armed hostilities or other crises in the Middle East, Nigeria or other geographic areas, or further acts of terrorism in the U.K., U.S. or elsewhere.

7. The Debtors Are Subject to Legal Compliance Risks.

As a global business, the Debtors are subject to complex laws and regulations in the U.S., the U.K. and other countries in which they operate. These laws and regulations relate to a number of aspects of the Debtors’ businesses, including anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, other illegal or unethical acts, import and export controls, sanctions against business dealings with certain countries and third parties, the payment of taxes, employment and labor relations, antitrust and fair competition, data privacy protections, securities regulation, and other regulatory requirements affecting trade and investment. The application of these laws and regulations to the Debtors’ businesses is often unclear and may sometimes conflict. Compliance with these laws and regulations may involve significant costs or require changes in the Debtors’ business practices that could result in reduced revenue and profitability. Non-compliance could also result in significant fines, damages, and other criminal sanctions against the Debtors, their officers or their employees, prohibitions or additional requirements on the conduct of their businesses and damage their reputation. Certain violations of law could also result in suspension or debarment from government contracts. The Debtors also incur additional legal compliance costs associated with their global regulations. In some foreign countries, particularly those with developing economies, it may be customary for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “U.K. Bribery Act”) and Brazil’s Clean Companies Act, an anti-bribery law that is similar to the FCPA and U.K. Bribery Act. Although the Debtors implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that all of their employees, contractors, agents, and business partners will not take action in violation with their internal policies. Any such violation of the law or even internal policies could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

8. Actions Taken by Agencies Empowered to Enforce Governmental Regulations Could Increase the Debtors’ Costs and Reduce the Debtors’ Ability to Operate Successfully.

The Debtors’ operations are regulated by governmental agencies in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These agencies have jurisdiction over many aspects of the Debtors’ businesses, including personnel, aircraft and ground facilities. Statutes and regulations in these jurisdictions also subject the Debtors to various certification and reporting requirements and inspections regarding safety, training and general regulatory compliance. Other statutes and regulations in these jurisdictions regulate the offshore operations of the Debtors’ customers. The agencies empowered to enforce these statutes and regulations may suspend, curtail or require the Debtors to modify their operations. As previously reported, on April 29, 2016, another company’s EC 225LP (also known as an H225LP) model helicopter crashed near Turøy outside of Bergen, Norway resulting in the European Aviation Safety Agency issuing airworthiness directives prohibiting flight of H225LP and AS332L2 model aircraft. On July 20, 2017, the U.K. CAA and the Norway Aviation Agency issued safety and operational directives that detail the conditions to apply for the safe return to service of H225LP and AS332L2 model aircraft, where operators

53

wish to do so. The Debtors continue not to operate for commercial purposes their 16 H225LP model aircraft. The Debtors are carefully evaluating next steps and demand for the H225LP model aircraft in their oil and gas and SAR operations worldwide, with the safety of passengers and crews remaining their highest priority. However, additional directive requirements in the future could present North Sea operators, including the Debtors, with significant operational challenges. A suspension or substantial curtailment of the Debtors’ operations for any prolonged period, and any substantial modification of their current operations, could have a material adverse effect on their businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

9. The Debtors’ Operations Involve a Degree of Inherent Risk That May Not Be Covered by the Debtors’ Insurance and May Increase the Debtors’ Operating Costs.

The operation of helicopters and fixed wing aircraft inherently involves a degree of risk. Hazards such as harsh weather and marine conditions, mechanical failures, facility fires and spare parts damage, pandemic outbreaks, crashes and collisions are inherent in the Debtors’ businesses and may result in personal injury, loss of life, damage to property and equipment, suspension or reduction of operations, reduced number of flight hours and the grounding of such aircraft or insufficient ground facilities or spare parts to support operations. In addition to any loss of property or life, the Debtors’ revenue, profitability and margins could be materially affected by an accident or asset damage.

The Debtors, or third parties operating the Debtors’ aircraft, may experience accidents or damage to the Debtors’ assets in the future. These risks could endanger the safety of both the Debtors’ own and the Debtors’ customers’ personnel, equipment, cargo and other property, as well as the environment. If any of these events were to occur with equipment or other assets that the Debtors need to operate or lease to third parties, the Debtors could experience loss of revenue, termination of charter contracts, higher insurance rates, and damage to their reputation and client relationships. In addition, to the extent an accident occurs with aircraft the Debtors operate or to assets supporting operations, they could be held liable for resulting damages. Even where losses or liability for damages is covered by insurance, the Debtors may incur deductibles and additional insurance premiums. The lack of sufficient insurance for an incident or accident could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ operations and financial condition.

Certain models of aircraft that the Debtors operate have also experienced accidents while operated by third parties. Most recently, on April 29, 2016, an incident occurred with an Airbus Helicopters EC225LP (also known as an H225) model helicopter operated by another helicopter company, which resulted in the loss of life for eleven passengers and two crew members in Norway. This incident resulted in the civil aviation authorities in the U.K. and Norway issuing safety directives that required the operators to suspend commercial operations of the affected aircraft pending determination of the root cause. Although the civil aviation authorities have since issued a safety directive providing for return to service, the Debtors’ H225 fleet of 16 aircraft remains grounded globally as a result of this incident. If other operators experience accidents with aircraft models that the Debtors operate or lease, obligating the Debtors to take such aircraft out of service until the cause of the accident is rectified, they could lose revenue and customers. In addition, safety issues experienced by a particular model of aircraft could result in customers refusing to use that particular aircraft model or a regulatory body grounding that particular aircraft model. The value of the aircraft model might also be permanently reduced in the market if the model were to be considered less desirable for future service and the inventory for such aircraft may be impaired.

The Debtors attempt to protect themselves against financial losses and damage by carrying insurance, including hull and liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, and property and casualty insurance. The Debtors’ insurance coverage is subject to deductibles and maximum coverage amounts, and they do not carry insurance against all types of losses, including business interruption. The Debtors cannot

56

assure you that their existing coverage will be sufficient to protect against all losses, that they will be able to maintain their existing coverage in the future or that the premiums will not increase substantially. In addition, future terrorist activity, risks of war, accidents or other events could increase the Debtors’ insurance premiums. The loss of the Debtors’ liability insurance coverage, inadequate coverage from their liability insurance or substantial increases in future premiums could have a material adverse effect on their businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

10. The Debtors’ Industry is Highly Competitive and Cyclical, with Intense Price Competition.

The helicopter and fixed wing businesses are highly competitive throughout the world. Chartering of such aircraft is often done on the basis of competitive bidding among those providers having the necessary equipment, operational experience and resources. Factors that affect competition in the Debtors’ industry include price, quality of service, operational experience, record of safety, quality and type of equipment, client relationship and professional reputation.

The Debtors’ industry has historically been cyclical and is affected by the volatility of oil and gas price levels. There have been periods of high demand for the Debtors’ services, followed by periods of low demand for their services. Changes in commodity prices can have a significant effect on demand for the Debtors’ services, and periods of low activity intensify price competition in the industry and often result in their aircraft being idle for long periods of time.

The Debtors have several significant competitors in the North Sea, Nigeria, the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, Australia, Canada and Brazil, and a number of smaller local competitors in other markets. Certain of the Debtors’ customers have the capability to perform their own air transportation operations or give business to the Debtors’ competitors should they elect to do so, which has a limiting effect on the Debtors’ rates.

As a result of significant competition, the Debtors must continue to provide safe and efficient service and must continue to evolve its technology or it will lose market share, which could have a material adverse effect on the Debtors’ businesses, financial condition and results of operations due to the loss of a significant number of their customers or termination of a significant number of their contracts.

11. The Reorganized Debtors May Be Adversely Affected by Potential Litigation, Including Litigation Arising Out of the Chapter 11 Cases.

In the future, the Reorganized Debtors may become parties to litigation. In general, litigation can be expensive and time consuming to bring or defend against. Such litigation could result in settlements or damages that could significantly affect the Reorganized Debtors’ financial results. It is also possible that certain parties will commence litigation with respect to the treatment of their Claims or Interests under the Plan. It is not possible to predict the potential litigation that the Reorganized Debtors may become party to, nor the final resolution of such litigation. The impact of any such litigation on the Reorganized Debtors’ businesses and financial stability, however, could be material.

12. The Loss of Key Personnel Could Adversely Affect the Debtors’ Operations.

The Debtors’ operations are dependent on a relatively small group of key management personnel and qualified pilots, mechanics and other highly-trained personnel. The Debtors’ recent liquidity issues and the Chapter 11 Cases have created distractions and uncertainty for key management personnel and employees. Because the market for these experienced and highly-trained personnel is competitive, the Debtors may be unable to find acceptable replacements with comparable skills and experience and the loss of such key management personnel could adversely affect the Debtors’ ability to operate their businesses. In addition, a loss of key personnel or material erosion of employee morale could adversely affect the Debtors’ businesses and the results of operations.

57

13. Certain Claims May Not Be Discharged and Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on the Debtors’ Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The Bankruptcy Code provides that the confirmation of a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from, among other things, substantially all debts arising prior to confirmation. With few exceptions, all Claims against the Debtors that arise prior to the Petition Date or before confirmation of the plan of reorganization (a) would be subject to compromise and/or treatment under the plan of reorganization and/or (b) would be discharged in accordance with the terms of the plan of reorganization. Any Claims not ultimately discharged through a plan of reorganization could be asserted against the reorganized entity and may have an adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors’ financial condition and results of operations.

IX. SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCEDURES.

This Disclosure Statement, which is accompanied by a ballot or ballots to be used for voting on the Plan, is being distributed to the Holders of Claims in those Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. The procedures and instructions for voting and related deadlines are set forth in the exhibits annexed to the Disclosure Statement Order, which is attached hereto as Exhibit D.

The Disclosure Statement Order is incorporated herein by reference and should be read in conjunction with this Disclosure Statement in formulating a decision to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

THE DISCUSSION OF THE SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCESS SET FORTH IN

THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS ONLY A SUMMARY.

PLEASE REFER TO THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ORDER ATTACHED HERETO FOR A MORE COMPREHENSIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCESS.

A. Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote on the Plan.

Under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, not all holders of claims against or interests in a debtor are entitled to vote on a chapter 11 plan. The table in Article III.C of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?,” which begins on page 4, provides a summary of the status and voting rights of each Class (and, therefore, of each Holder within such Class absent an objection to the Holder’s Claim or Interest) under the Plan.

The Debtors are soliciting votes to accept or reject the Plan from Holders of Claims and Interests in Class 3, Class 4, Class 6, Class 7, Class 8 and Class 12 (collectively, the “Voting Classes”). The Holders of Claims in the Voting Classes are Impaired under the Plan and may, in certain circumstances, receive a distribution under the Plan. Accordingly, Holders of Claims in the Voting Classes have the right to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

The Debtors are not soliciting votes from Holders of Claims or Interests in Classes 1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 16. Additionally, the Disclosure Statement Order provides that certain Holders of Claims in the Voting Classes, such as those Holders whose Claims or Interests have been disallowed or are subject to a pending objection, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

58

B. Voting Record Date.

The Voting Record Date is [_____], 2019. The Voting Record Date is the date on which it will be determined which Holders of Claims and Interests in the Voting Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and whether Claims and Interests have been properly assigned or transferred under Bankruptcy Rule 3001(e) such that an assignee or transferee, as applicable, can vote to accept or reject the Plan as the Holder of a Claim or Interest.

C. Voting on the Plan.

The Voting Deadline is [______], 2019 at 5:00 p.m. (prevailing Central Time). Holders of Class 3 2019 Term Loan Claims, Class 6 PK Air Credit Facility Claims, Class 7 Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims] and Class 12 General Unsecured Claims should return their ballot directly to the Solicitation Agent by the Voting Deadline. Holders of Class 4 Secured Notes Claims and Class 8 Unsecured Notes Claims should return their ballot to their nominee (or otherwise follow the instructions of their nominee), allowing enough time for the nominee to include the vote on a master ballot, and submit the master ballot by the Voting Deadline. In order to be counted as votes to accept or reject the Plan, all ballots must be (1) electronically submitted utilizing the online balloting portal maintained by the Solicitation Agent on or before the Voting Deadline (as applicable); or (2) properly executed, completed, and delivered (either by using the envelope provided, by first class mail, overnight courier, or personal delivery) so that the ballots are actually received by the Solicitation Agent on or before the Voting Deadline at the following address:

DELIVERY OF BALLOTS

All Ballots (except Beneficial Holders’ Ballots)²¹ should be

1.  sent by mail, courier, or personal delivery, to:

Bristow Ballot Processing,

c/o Prime Clerk LLC,

One Grand Central Place

60 East 42nd Street

Suite 1440

New York, NY 10165

2.  submitted via the E-ballot system at cases.primeclerk.com/bristow.

To have their votes to accept or reject the Plan counted, Beneficial Holders must properly execute, complete, and deliver their ballots to their appropriate broker, bank, or other nominee, in sufficient time so that such nominee can verify, tabulate, and include such Ballots in a Master Ballot and timely return such Master Ballot, so that it is actually received no later than the Voting Deadline by Prime Clerk LLC. Nominees only may return Master Ballots to Prime Clerk via electronic mail to bristowballots@primeclerk.com.

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT THE SOLICITATION OR VOTING PROCESS, PLEASE CONTACT THE SOLICITATION AGENT AT (844) 627-6967 (toll-free for U.S. and Canada) or (347) 292-3534 (International toll). ANY BALLOT RECEIVED AFTER THE VOTING DEADLINE OR OTHERWISE NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ORDER WILL NOT BE COUNTED.

²¹  A “Beneficial Holder” means a beneficial owner of publicly traded securities whose claims have not been satisfied prior to the Voting Record Date pursuant to Bankruptcy Court order or otherwise, as reflected in the records maintained by the Nominees holding through the respective indenture trustee.

59

D. Ballots Not Counted.

No ballot will be counted toward Confirmation if, among other things: (1) it is illegible or contains insufficient information to permit the identification of the Holder of the Claim or Interest; (2) it was transmitted by means other than as specifically set forth in the ballots; (3) it was cast by an entity that is not entitled to vote on the Plan; (4) it was cast for a Claim or Interest listed in the Debtors’ schedules as contingent, unliquidated, or disputed for which the applicable Bar Date has passed and no proof of claim was timely filed; (5) it was cast for a Claim or Interest that is subject to an objection other than a “reduce and allow” objection pending as of the Voting Deadline (unless temporarily allowed in accordance with the Disclosure Statement Order); (6) it was sent to the Debtors, the Debtors’ agents/representatives (other than the Solicitation Agent), or the Debtors’ financial or legal advisors instead of the Solicitation Agent; (7) it is unsigned; or (8) it is not clearly marked to either accept or reject the Plan or it is marked both to accept and reject the Plan. Please refer to the Disclosure Statement Order for additional requirements with respect to voting to accept or reject the Plan.

X. RIGHTS OFFERING PROCEDURES.^{22 23}

The procedures and instructions for exercising Subscription Rights, as applicable, are set forth in the Rights Offering Procedures. The Rights Offering Procedures will be authorized pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, which is attached to this Disclosure Statement as Exhibit D. The Rights Offering Procedures are incorporated herein by reference and should be read in conjunction with this Disclosure Statement in formulating a decision to exercise Subscription Rights. The discussion of the Rights Offering Procedures set forth in this Disclosure Statement is only a summary. Please refer to the Rights Offering Procedures attached hereto for a more comprehensive description.

IN ORDER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE RIGHTS OFFERING, EACH ELIGIBLE HOLDER MUST COMPLETE ALL THE STEPS OUTLINED IN THE RIGHTS OFFERING PROCEDURES. IF ALL OF THE STEPS OUTLINED IN THE RIGHTS OFFERING PROCEDURES ARE NOT COMPLETED BY THE SUBSCRIPTION EXPIRATION DEADLINE OR THE BACKSTOP FUNDING DEADLINE, AS APPLICABLE, THE ELIGIBLE HOLDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE FOREVER AND IRREVOCABLY RELINQUISHED AND WAIVED ITS RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE RIGHTS OFFERING.

XI. CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN.

A. Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan.

Among the requirements for Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are: (1) the Plan is accepted by all Impaired Classes of Claims or Interests, or if rejected by an Impaired Class, the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to the rejecting Impaired Class; (2) the Plan is feasible; and (3) the Plan is in the “best interests” of Holders of Claims or Interests.

²²  Terms used in this Article X but not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement or the Plan have the meanings, if any, given to them in the Rights Offering Procedures.

²³  [Note: The 1145 Rights Offering Procedures and the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering Procedures shall be filed with the Court prior to the hearing on the entry of the Conditional Disclosure Statement Order, and such procedures shall contain additional information and detail regarding the Rights Offering.]

60

At the Combined Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the Plan satisfies all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors believe that: (1) the Plan satisfies, or will satisfy, all of the necessary statutory requirements of chapter 11 for plan confirmation; (2) the Debtors have complied, or will have complied, with all of the necessary requirements of chapter 11 for plan confirmation; and (3) the Plan has been proposed in good faith.

B. Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis.

Often called the “best interests” test, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that a bankruptcy court find, as a condition to confirmation, that a chapter 11 plan provides, with respect to each impaired class, that each holder of a claim or an equity interest in such impaired class either (1) has accepted the plan or (2) will receive or retain under the plan property of a value that is not less than the amount that the non-accepting holder would receive or retain if the debtors liquidated under chapter 7.

Attached hereto as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference is a liquidation analysis (the “Liquidation Analysis”) prepared by the Debtors with the assistance of the Debtors’ advisors. As reflected in the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtors believe that liquidation of the Debtors’ businesses under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code would result in substantial diminution in the value to be realized by Holders of Claims as compared to distributions contemplated under the Plan. Holders of Interests would receive no recovery in a chapter 7 liquidation. Consequently, the Debtors and their management believe that Confirmation of the Plan will provide a substantially greater return to Holders of Claims than would a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

If the Plan is not confirmed, and the Debtors fail to propose and confirm an alternative plan of reorganization, the Debtors’ businesses may be liquidated pursuant to the provisions of a chapter 11 liquidating plan. In liquidations under chapter 11, the Debtors’ assets could be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended period of time than in a liquidation under chapter 7. Thus, a chapter 11 liquidation may result in larger recoveries than a chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs. Any distribution to Holders of Claims or Interests (to the extent Holders of Interests would receive distributions at all) under a chapter 11 liquidation plan would most likely be substantially delayed. Most importantly, the Debtors believe that any distributions to creditors in a chapter 11 liquidation scenario would fail to capture the significant going concern value of their businesses, which is reflected in the New Stock to be distributed under the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtors believe that a chapter 11 liquidation would not result in distributions as favorable as those under the Plan.

C. Feasibility.

Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of a plan of reorganization is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization of the debtor, or any successor to the debtor (unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in such plan of reorganization).

To determine whether the Plan meets this feasibility requirement, the Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors, have analyzed their ability to meet their respective obligations under the Plan. Creditors and other interested parties should review Article VIII of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 46, for a discussion of certain factors that may affect the future financial performance of the Reorganized Debtors.

The Financial Projections attached hereto as Exhibit F and incorporated herein by reference. Based upon the Financial Projections, the Debtors believe that they will be a viable operation following the Chapter 11 Cases and that the Plan will meet the feasibility requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.

61

D. Acceptance by Impaired Classes.

The Bankruptcy Code requires, as a condition to confirmation, except as described in the following section, that each class of claims or equity interests impaired under a plan, accept the plan. A class that is not “impaired” under a plan is deemed to have accepted the plan and, therefore, solicitation of acceptances with respect to such a class is not required.²⁴

Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code defines acceptance of a plan by a class of impaired claims or interest as acceptance by holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in a number of allowed claims or interests in that class, counting only those claims or interests that have actually voted to accept or to reject the plan. Thus, a Class of Claims or Interests will have voted to accept the Plan only if two-thirds in amount and a majority in number of the Allowed Claims or Interests in such class that vote on the Plan actually cast their ballots in favor of acceptance.

Section 1126(d) of the Bankruptcy Code defines acceptance of a plan by a class of impaired equity interests as acceptance by holders of at least two-thirds in amount of allowed interests in that class, counting only those interests that have actually voted to accept or to reject the plan. Thus, a Class of Interests will have voted to accept the Plan only if two-thirds in amount of the Existing Interests in such class that vote on the Plan actually cast their ballots in favor of acceptance.

Pursuant to Article III.E of the Plan, if a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the Holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

E. Confirmation without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes.

Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows a bankruptcy court to confirm a plan even if all impaired classes have not accepted it; provided, that the plan has been accepted by at least one impaired class. Pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding an impaired class’s rejection or deemed rejection of the plan, the plan will be confirmed, at the plan proponent’s request, in a procedure commonly known as a “cramdown” so long as the plan does not “discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to each class of claims or equity interests that is Impaired under, and has not accepted, the plan.

If any Impaired Class rejects the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to seek to confirm the Plan utilizing the “cramdown” provision of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. To the extent that any Impaired Class rejects the Plan or is deemed to have rejected the Plan, the Debtors may request Confirmation of the Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, revoke, or withdraw the Plan or any Plan Supplement document, including the right to amend or modify the Plan or any Plan Supplement document to satisfy the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

²⁴  A class of claims or equity interests is “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code unless the plan: (a) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which the claim or equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or equity interest; or (b) cures any default, reinstates the original terms of such obligation, compensates the holder for certain damages or losses, as applicable, and does not otherwise alter the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such claim or equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or equity interest.

62

1. No Unfair Discrimination.

The “unfair discrimination” test applies to classes of claims or interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different treatment under a plan. The test does not require that the treatment be the same or equivalent, but that treatment be “fair.” In general, bankruptcy courts consider whether a plan discriminates unfairly in its treatment of classes of claims or interests of equal rank (e.g., classes of the same legal character). Bankruptcy courts will take into account a number of factors in determining whether a plan discriminates unfairly. A plan could treat two classes of unsecured creditors differently without unfairly discriminating against either class.

2. Fair and Equitable Test.

The “fair and equitable” test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus unsecured) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims or interests receive more than 100% of the amount of the allowed claims or interests in the class. As to the dissenting class, the test sets different standards depending upon the type of claims or equity interests in the class.

The Debtors submit that if the Debtors “cramdown” the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan is structured so that it does not “discriminate unfairly” and satisfies the “fair and equitable” requirement. With respect to the unfair discrimination requirement, all Classes under the Plan are provided treatment that is substantially equivalent to the treatment that is provided to other Classes that have equal rank or the best available under the circumstances. With respect to the fair and equitable requirement, no Class under the Plan will receive more than 100% of the amount of Allowed Claims or Interests in that Class. The Debtors believe that the Plan and the treatment of all Classes of Claims or Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing requirements for nonconsensual Confirmation of the Plan.

XII. CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS.

A. New Stock; Rights Offering Shares; Backstop Commitment Shares.

As discussed herein, the Plan provides for Reorganized Bristow Parent to distribute: (1) New Stock to Holders of Allowed Secured Notes Claims, Allowed Unsecured Notes Claims, and Allowed General Unsecured Claims on account of their respective Claims and/or in connection with the Rights Offering; (2) New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock under the Management Incentive Plan; (3) New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock consisting of Unsubscribed Shares issued to the Backstop Commitment Parties pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement (the “Backstop Commitment Shares”); (4) New Stock issued on account of (x) the Backstop Commitment Fee, (y) Equitization Allocation New Common Stock and Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock, and (z) Equitization Consent Fee.

The Debtors believe that the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock will be “securities,” as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act, section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable state securities law (a “Blue Sky Law”). The Debtors further believe that the offer and sale of the New Stock pursuant to the Plan is, and subsequent transfers of shares of the New Stock by the holders thereof that are not “underwriters” (as defined in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act and in the Bankruptcy Code) will be, exempt from federal and state securities registration requirements under various provisions of the Securities Act, the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable state Blue Sky Law as described in more detail below. The New Stock underlying the Management Incentive Plan will be issued pursuant to a registration statement or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act and other applicable law.

RECIPIENTS OF NEW COMMON STOCK OR NEW PREFERRED STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN LEGAL ADVISORS AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE BLUE SKY LAW.

63

B. Backstop Commitment Agreement.

The Backstop Commitment Parties and the Company, on behalf of itself and each of the other Debtors, have entered into a Backstop Commitment Agreement, pursuant to which the Backstop Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, have agreed to backstop the Rights Offering to be conducted in accordance with the Plan. Under the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Parties, severally and not jointly, have agreed to purchase the Rights Offering Shares that are not duly subscribed for pursuant to the Rights Offering.

C. Backstop Commitment Shares.

The Backstop Commitment Shares will be issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereof and/or Regulation D thereunder. As a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Debtors will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement. The Backstop Commitment Parties will not be entitled to transfer all or any portion of their backstop commitments except as expressly provided in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.

D. Registration Rights Agreement.

The Plan provides that from and after the Effective Date, each Consenting Stakeholder that receives New Stock pursuant to the Plan, including in connection with the Rights Offering, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be entered into as of the Effective Date (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), which will provide for customary demand, shelf and piggyback registration rights with respect to all New Stock beneficially owned by the Supporting Noteholders or their successors in interest.

E. Issuance and Resale of New Stock Under the Plan.

1. Issuance Under Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, Private Placement Exemptions.

Except as expressly provided herein, all shares of New Stock issued under the Plan, including the Rights Offering Shares and the Backstop Commitment Shares, will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the fullest extent available and, to the extent such exemption is not available (and with respect to the Common Shares in the Rights Offering, only in the proportion required to preserve the availability of such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. All shares of New Stock, including the Backstop Commitment Shares, issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will be considered “restricted securities” and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, or an available exemption therefrom.

64

Persons who purchase the New Stock, including the New Preferred Shares and the Backstop Commitment Shares, pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will hold “restricted securities.” Resales of such restricted securities would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Holders of restricted securities would, however, be permitted to resell New Stock without registration if they are able to comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A (to the extent applicable) or any other registration exemption under the Securities Act, or if resales of such securities are registered with the SEC, including under a registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described above.

The New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued under the Plan will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance upon: (1) only with respect to the New Common Stock issued in connection with the 1145 Rights Offering or the New Stock issued on account of the Backstop Commitment Fee, the Equitization Allocation New Common Stock, the Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock or the Equitization Consent Fee, the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act and compliance with any applicable state or foreign securities laws, if any, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments; (2) only with respect to the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued in connection with the 4(a)(2) Rights Offering, section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder; (3) any other applicable regulatory approval; and (4) the transfer restrictions set forth in the New Organizational Documents, if any. All shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued on account of (x) the Backstop Commitment Fee, (y) the Equitization Allocation New Common Stock and Equitization Allocation New Preferred Stock, and (z) the Equitization Consent Fee will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. All Backstop Commitment Shares will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance on section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

RECIPIENTS OF THE NEW STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN LEGAL ADVISORS AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE BLUE SKY LAW.

2. Resale of New Stock; Definition of Underwriter.

Section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code defines an “underwriter” as one who, except with respect to “ordinary trading transactions” of an entity that is not an “issuer”: (a) purchases a claim against, interest in, or claim for an administrative expense in the case concerning, the debtor, if such purchase is with a view to distribution of any security received or to be received in exchange for such claim or interest; (b) offers to sell securities offered or sold under a plan for the holders of such securities; (c) offers to buy securities offered or sold under a plan from the holders of such securities, if such offer to buy is (i) with a view to distribution of such securities and (ii) under an agreement made in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan, or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan; or (d) is an issuer of the securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. In addition, a person who receives a fee in exchange for purchasing an issuer’s securities could also be considered an underwriter within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

The definition of an “issuer” for purposes of whether a person is an underwriter under section 1145(b)(1)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, by reference to section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, includes as “statutory underwriters” all persons who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, an issuer of securities. The reference to “issuer,” as used in the definition of “underwriter” contained in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, is intended to cover “Controlling Persons” of the issuer of the securities. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the

65

Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. Accordingly, an officer or director of a reorganized debtor or its successor under a plan of reorganization may be deemed to be a “Controlling Person” of the debtor or successor, particularly if the management position or directorship is coupled with ownership of a significant percentage of the reorganized debtor’s or its successor’s voting securities. In addition, the legislative history of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent or more of a class of securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “Controlling Person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Resales of the New Stock by entities deemed to be “underwriters” (which definition includes “Controlling Persons”) are not exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Under certain circumstances, holders of New Stock who are deemed to be “underwriters” may be entitled to resell their New Stock pursuant to the limited safe harbor resale provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Generally, Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act would permit the public sale of securities received by such Person if the required holding period has been met and, under certain circumstances, current information regarding the issuer is publicly available and volume limitations, manner of sale requirements and certain other conditions are met. Whether any particular Person would be deemed to be an “underwriter” (including whether the Person is a “Controlling Person”) with respect to the New Stock would depend upon various facts and circumstances applicable to that Person. Accordingly, the Debtors express no view as to whether any Person would be deemed an “underwriter” with respect to the New Stock and, in turn, whether any Person may freely resell New Stock.

Unlike the securities that will be issued pursuant to section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, shares of New Preferred Stock and any shares of New Common Stock, including the Backstop Commitment Shares, issued in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will be deemed “restricted securities” that may not be offered, sold, exchanged, assigned or otherwise transferred unless they are registered under the Securities Act, including a registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described above, or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available, including under Rule 144 or Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 provides an exemption for the public resale of “restricted securities” if certain conditions are met. These conditions vary depending on whether the holder of the restricted securities is an affiliate of the issuer. An affiliate is defined as “a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer.”

A non-affiliate who has not been an affiliate of the issuer during the preceding three months may resell restricted securities after a six-month holding period (or a 12-month holding period if the issuer is not a reporting issuer) if at the time of the sale there is available certain current public information regarding the issuer. Adequate current public information is available for a reporting issuer if the issuer has filed all periodic reports required under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the twelve months preceding the sale of the restricted securities. If the issuer is a non-reporting issuer, adequate current public information is available if certain information about the issuer is made publicly available.

An affiliate may resell restricted securities after the applicable holding period if at the time of the sale certain current public information regarding the issuer is available. As noted above, the Debtors currently expect that this information requirement will be satisfied. The affiliate must also comply with the volume, manner of sale and notice requirements of Rule 144. First, the rule limits the number of restricted securities (plus any unrestricted securities) sold for the account of an affiliate (and related persons) in any three-month period to the greater of one percent of the outstanding securities of the same class being sold,

66

or, if the class is listed on a stock exchange, the average weekly reported volume of trading in such restricted securities during the four weeks preceding the filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144. Second, the manner of sale requirement provides that the restricted securities must be sold in a broker’s transaction, which generally means they must be sold through a broker and handled as a routine trading transaction. The broker must receive no more than the usual commission and cannot solicit orders for the sale of the restricted securities except in certain situations. Third, if the sale involves more than 5,000 restricted securities or has an aggregate sale price greater than $50,000 in any three-month period, an affiliate must file with the SEC three copies of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144. The sale must occur within three months of filing the notice unless an amended notice is filed.

The Debtors believe that the Rule 144 exemption will not be available with respect to any New Stock issued in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder (whether held by non-affiliates or affiliates) until at least six months after the Effective Date. Accordingly, holders of such New Stock will be required to hold such New Stock for at least six months and, thereafter, to sell New Stock only in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 144, unless such New Stock is registered under the Securities Act, including under a registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described above (or is otherwise resold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act).

The Backstop Commitment Shares, if any, will be issued in certificated or book-entry form and will bear a restrictive legend. Each certificate or book-entry representing, or issued in exchange for or upon the transfer, sale or assignment of, any Backstop Commitment Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [DATE OF ISSUANCE], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”

Reorganized Bristow Parent will reserve the right to require certification or other evidence of compliance with Rule 144 or another available exemption as a condition to the removal of such legend or to any resale of the Backstop Commitment Shares. Reorganized Bristow Parent will also reserve the right to stop the transfer of any such Backstop Commitment Shares if such transfer is not in compliance with Rule 144 or another available exemption. Any Person who receives such Backstop Commitment Shares will be required to acknowledge and agree not to resell such securities except in accordance with Rule 144, when available, or another available exemption and that the securities will be subject to the other restrictions described above.

ANY PERSONS RECEIVING “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER THE PLAN ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION FOR RESALE OF THESE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAW.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A PARTICULAR PERSON MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE AND THE HIGHLY FACT-SPECIFIC NATURE OF THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE EXEMPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER SECTION 1145 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, NONE OF THE DEBTORS OR THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF ANY PERSON TO

67

DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES TO BE DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE PLAN. POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES. POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF NEW COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING THEIR ABILITY TO FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE BLUE SKY LAW.

3. New Stock and the Management Incentive Plan.

The Confirmation Order shall authorize the Reorganized Bristow Parent Board to adopt and enter into the Management Incentive Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A of the Restructuring Support Agreement (itself attached hereto as Exhibit B). The issuance of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, if any, under the Management Incentive Plan would dilute all of the New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, as applicable, issued pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions. The New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock, including New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued under the Management Incentive Plan, is also subject to dilution in connection with the conversion of any other options, warrants, convertible securities, or other securities that may be issued post-emergence.

XIII. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.

A. Introduction.

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and certain Holders of Claims and Interests entitled to vote on the Plan, and it does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders of Claims or Interests not entitled to vote on the Plan. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Tax Code”), the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (“Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, revenue rulings and revenue procedures of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and any other published administrative rules and pronouncements of the IRS, all as in effect on the date hereof (collectively, “Applicable Tax Law”). The Debtors have not requested, and will not request, any ruling or determination from the IRS or any other taxing authority with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein. Changes in the rules or new interpretations of the rules may have retroactive effect and could significantly affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein. The discussion below is not binding upon the IRS or the courts, and no assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a different position than any position discussed herein.

This summary does not address state, local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences of the Plan (including such consequences with respect to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors), nor does it purport to address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a Holder in light of its individual circumstances or to a Holder that may be subject to special tax rules (such as persons who are related to the Debtors within the meaning of the Tax Code, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax or “base erosion and anti-avoidance” tax , U.S. holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers, banks, mutual funds, insurance companies, financial institutions, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities), beneficial owners of partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities), subchapter S corporations, Holders of Claims or Interests who will hold the New Stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated investment, persons using a mark-to-market method of accounting, Holders who are required to recognize income or

68

gain with respect to the merger no later than such income or gain is required to be reported on an applicable financial statement under Section 451(b) of the Tax Code, Holders of Existing Interest, and Holders of Claims or Interests who are themselves in bankruptcy). Furthermore, this summary assumes that a Holder of a Claim or Interest holds only Claims or Interests in a single Class and holds such Claims or Interests only as a “capital asset” (within the meaning of section 1221 of the Tax Code). This summary also assumes that the Claims to which any of the Debtors are a party will be respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes in accordance with their form, and that the Claims constitute interests in the Debtors “solely as a creditor” for purposes of section 897 of the Tax Code. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and Holders of Claims and Interests described below also may vary depending on the nature of any Restructuring Transactions in which the Debtors and/or Reorganized Debtors engage. This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Holders (a) whose Claims are Unimpaired or otherwise entitled to payment in full under the Plan, or (b) that are deemed to accept or deemed to reject the Plan.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a Holder of a Claim or Interest (including a beneficial owner of Claims or Interests) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is: (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of the source of such income; or (4) a trust (a) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Tax Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any Holder of a Claim that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a Holder of a Claim or Interest, the tax treatment of a partner (or other beneficial owner) generally will depend upon the status of the partner (or other beneficial owner) and the activities of the entity. Partners (or other beneficial owners) of partnerships (or other entities treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that are Holders of Claims or Interests are urged to consult their respective tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan.

THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING AND ADVICE BASED UPON THE INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES PERTAINING TO A HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

B. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors.

1. Effects of Restructuring on the Debtors.

As of March 31, 2019, the Debtors estimate that they have approximately $144.5 million of federal NOL carryforwards, and at least $39.6 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards. The Debtors may generate additional tax attributes prior to the Effective Date in 2019, potentially including interest deductions deferred under section 163(j) of the Tax Code (the “163(j) Deductions”). Any NOLs remaining

69

upon implementation of the Plan may be able to offset future taxable income for up to 20 years in the case of NOLs arising before 2018 and indefinitely for NOLs arising in taxable years starting in 2018, thereby reducing the Debtors’ future aggregate tax obligations. NOLs arising before 2018 may offset 100% of future taxable income (subject to certain alternative minimum tax considerations), and NOLs arising in taxable years starting with 2018 may be used to offset 80% of taxable income in a given year. Further, the 163(j) Deductions may remain available for use following the implementation of the Plan, subject to the discussion below regarding section 382 of the Tax Code. As discussed below, however, the Debtors’ NOLs are expected to be reduced upon implementation of the Plan. Moreover, the Debtors’ NOLs are subject to audit and possible challenge by the IRS. Accordingly, the amount of the Debtors’ NOLs ultimately may vary from the amounts set forth above.

(i) Cancellation of Debt and Reduction of Tax Attributes.

In general, absent an exception, the Debtors will realize and recognize cancellation of indebtedness income (“COD Income”) upon satisfaction of their outstanding indebtedness for total consideration less than the amount of such indebtedness. The amount of COD Income, in general, is the excess of (a) the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness satisfied, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of Cash paid and (ii) the fair market value of the New Common Stock, or other consideration (including Subscription Rights), in each case, given in satisfaction of such indebtedness at the time of the exchange.

Under section 108 of the Tax Code, the Debtors will not, however, be required to include any amount of COD Income in gross income if the Debtors are under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and the discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding. Instead, as a consequence of such exclusion, the Debtors must reduce their tax attributes by the amount of COD Income that they excluded from gross income pursuant to section 108 of the Tax Code. Such reduction in tax attributes occurs only after the tax for the year of the debt discharge has been determined. In general, tax attributes will be reduced in the following order: (a) NOLs and NOL carryforwards; (b) general business credit carryovers; (c) capital loss carryovers; (d) tax basis in assets (but not below the amount of liabilities to which the Reorganized Debtors will remain subject immediately after the discharge); (e) passive activity loss and credit carryovers; and (f) foreign tax credit carryovers. Alternatively, the Debtors may elect first to reduce the basis of their depreciable assets pursuant to section 108(b)(5) of the Tax Code. Although not free from doubt, in the absence of contrary guidance, it appears to be the case that the 163(j) Deductions are not subject to reduction under these rules. Any excess COD Income over the amount of available tax attributes will generally not give rise to U.S. federal income tax and will generally have no other U.S. federal income tax impact.

In connection with the Restructuring Transactions, the Debtors expect to realize COD Income; however, the exact amount of any COD Income that will be realized by the Debtors will not be determinable until the consummation of the Plan. Regardless of the implemented structure, however, the Debtors expect that the amount of such COD Income will reduce some of their NOLs and tax credits allocable to taxable periods prior to the Effective Date pursuant to section 108 of the Tax Code. Depending on the amount of COD Income, some of the Debtors’ tax basis in their assets may be reduced by COD Income that is not absorbed by the NOLs and tax credits.

(ii) Limitation on NOLs, 163(j) Deductions, and Other Tax Attributes.

After giving effect to the reduction in tax attributes pursuant to excluded COD Income described above, the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to use any remaining tax attributes post-emergence will be subject to certain limitations under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code.

70

Under sections 382 and 383 of the Tax Code, if the Debtors undergo an “ownership change,” the amount of any remaining NOL carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, 163(j) Deductions, net unrealized built-in losses, and possibly certain other attributes (potentially including losses and deductions that have accrued economically but are unrecognized as of the date of the ownership change) of the Debtors allocable to periods prior to the Effective Date (collectively, “Pre-Change Losses”) that may be utilized to offset future taxable income generally are subject to an annual limitation. For this purpose, if a corporation (or consolidated group) has a net unrealized built-in loss at the time of an ownership change (taking into account most assets and items of “built-in” income and deductions), then generally built-in losses (including amortization or depreciation deductions attributable to such built-in losses) recognized during the following five years (up to the amount of the original net unrealized built-in loss) will be treated as Pre-Change Losses and similarly will be subject to the annual limitation. In general, a corporation’s (or consolidated group’s) net unrealized built-in loss will be deemed to be zero unless it is greater than the lesser of (a) $10.0 million, or (b) 15 percent of the fair market value of its assets (with certain adjustments) before the ownership change.

The rules of section 382 of the Tax Code are complicated, but as a general matter, the Debtors anticipate that the issuance of New Stock pursuant to the Plan will result in an “ownership change” of the Debtors for these purposes, and that the Reorganized Debtors’ use of the Pre-Change Losses will be subject to limitation unless an exception to the general rules of section 382 of the Tax Code applies.

(a) General Section 382 Annual Limitation.

In general, the amount of the annual limitation to which a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” would be subject is equal to the product of (i) the fair market value of the stock of the corporation immediately before the “ownership change” (with certain adjustments), and (ii) the “long-term tax-exempt rate” (which is the highest of the adjusted federal long-term rates in effect for any month in the 3-calendar-month period ending with the calendar month in which the ownership change occurs, currently 2.09 percent for August 2019). The annual limitation may be increased to the extent that the Reorganized Debtors recognize certain built-in gains in their assets during the five-year period following the ownership change or are treated as recognizing built-in gains pursuant to the safe harbors provided in IRS Notice 2003-65. Section 383 of the Tax Code applies a similar limitation to capital loss carryforwards and tax credits. Any unused limitation may be carried forward, thereby increasing the annual limitation in the subsequent taxable year. As discussed below, however, special rules may apply in the case of a corporation that experiences an ownership change as the result of a bankruptcy proceeding.

(b) Special Bankruptcy Exceptions.

Special rules may apply in the case of a corporation that experiences an “ownership change” as a result of a bankruptcy proceeding. An exception to the foregoing annual limitation rules generally applies when so-called “qualified creditors” of a debtor corporation in chapter 11 receive, in respect of their Claims, at least 50 percent of the vote and value of the stock of the debtor corporation (or a controlling corporation if also in chapter 11) as reorganized pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan (the “382(l)(5) Exception”). If the requirements of the 382(l)(5) Exception are satisfied, a debtor’s Pre-Change Losses would not be limited on an annual basis, but, instead, NOL carryforwards would be reduced by the amount of any interest deductions claimed by the debtor during the three taxable years preceding the effective date of the plan of reorganization and during the part of the taxable year prior to and including the effective date of the plan of reorganization in respect of all debt converted into stock pursuant to the reorganization. If the 382(l)(5) Exception applies and the Reorganized Debtors undergo another “ownership change” within two years after the Effective Date, then the Reorganized Debtors’ Pre-Change Losses thereafter would be effectively eliminated in their entirety.

71

Where the 382(l)(5) Exception is not applicable to a corporation in bankruptcy (either because the debtor corporation does not qualify for it or the debtor corporation otherwise elects not to utilize the 382(l)(5) Exception), another exception will generally apply (the “382(l)(6) Exception”). Under the 382(l)(6) Exception, the annual limitation will be calculated by reference to the lesser of (i) the value of the debtor corporation’s new stock (with certain adjustments) immediately after the ownership change or (ii) the value of such debtor corporation’s assets (determined without regard to liabilities) immediately before the ownership change. This differs from the ordinary rule that requires the fair market value of a debtor corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” to be determined before the events giving rise to the change. The 382(l)(6) Exception also differs from the 382(l)(5) Exception in that, under it, a debtor corporation is not required to reduce its NOL carryforwards by the amount of interest deductions claimed within the prior three-year period, and a debtor corporation may undergo a change of ownership within two years without automatically triggering the elimination of its Pre-Change Losses. The resulting limitation would be determined under the regular rules for ownership changes.

The Debtors have not determined whether the 382(l)(5) Exception will be available or, if it is available, whether the Reorganized Debtors will elect out of its application.

C. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the U.S. Holders of Certain Claims and Interests Entitled to Vote.

The following discussion assumes that the Debtors will undertake the Restructuring Transactions currently contemplated by the Plan. Holders of Claims and Interests are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Restructuring Transactions.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of a Claim will depend, in part, on whether the Claim surrendered constitutes a “security” of a Debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Neither the Tax Code nor the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder define the term “security.” Whether a debt instrument constitutes a “security” is determined based on all relevant facts and circumstances, but most authorities have held that the length of the term of a debt instrument at initial issuance is an important factor in determining whether such instrument is a security for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These authorities have indicated that a term of less than five years is evidence that the instrument is not a security, whereas a term of ten years or more is evidence that the instrument is a security. There are numerous other factors that could be taken into account in determining whether a debt instrument is a security, including the security for payment, the creditworthiness of the obligor, the subordination or lack thereof with respect to other creditors, the right to vote or otherwise participate in the management of the obligor, the convertibility of the instrument into an equity interest of the obligor, whether payments of interest are fixed, variable, or contingent, and whether such payments are made on a current basis or accrued. Due to the inherently factual nature of the determination, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the status of their Claims as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

1. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims.

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release and discharge of the 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims, each Holder thereof will receive either (i) full payment in Cash, or (ii) reinstatement of its Claim along with payment of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee.

(i) Full Payment in Cash

If the Holders of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims receive Cash, such Holders will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest as discussed below, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the Cash received and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or

72

ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange.

(ii) Reinstatement of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims

The treatment of U.S. Holders of Class 3 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims who have their Class 3 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims reinstated depends on whether the Amended and Restated 2019 Term Loan Credit Agreement results in a “significant modification” of the 2019 Term Loan Facility. If there is a “significant modification,” then there would be a deemed exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes of “old” loans under the 2019 Term Loan Facility (the “Old 2019 Term Loans”) for “new” loans under the 2019 Term Loan Facility (the “New 2019 Term Loans”). Under applicable Treasury Regulations, the modification of the terms of a debt instrument (including pursuant to an exchange of a new debt instrument for the existing debt instrument) generally is a significant modification if, based on all of the facts and circumstances and taking into account all modifications of the debt instrument, the legal rights or obligations that are altered and the degree to which they are altered is “economically significant.” A modification that adds, deletes, or alters customary accounting or financial covenants is not a significant modification. A modification that changes the timing of payments due under a debt instrument is a significant modification if it results in a material deferral of scheduled payments. However, a deferral of one or more scheduled payments is not a material deferral if it is within a safe-harbor period beginning on the original due date of the first scheduled payment that is deferred and extending for a period equal to the lesser of five years or 50% of the original term of the instrument. A change in the yield of a debt instrument is a significant modification if the yield of the modified instrument (as computed under the applicable Treasury Regulations and taking into account any payments made as consideration for the modification, such as the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee) varies from the annual yield of the unmodified instrument (determined as of the date of the modification) by more than the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield of the unmodified instrument. The 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee will be sufficient to cause a significant modification of the 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims.

The Debtors believe, and the remainder of this discussion assumes, that the 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims do not qualify as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether the 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims could qualify as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A Holder of a 2019 Term Loan Facility Claim should be treated as receiving the New 2019 Term Loans under Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest and the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the issue price of the New 2019 Term Loans, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Old 2019 Term Loans. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount” and accrued but untaxed interest, as discussed below, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for New 2019 Term Loans should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the New 2019 Term Loans received equal to its issue price.

73

(iii) 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee is uncertain. It is possible that the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee could be treated first as a payment of accrued interest, to the extent of accrued and unpaid interest, and then as a payment of principal on the 2019 Term Loan Facility. The portion of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee treated as interest would be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income to the extent not previously included in gross income under such U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting. The portion of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee treated as a payment of principal on the New 2019 Term Loans would decrease such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the New 2019 Term Loans, and a U.S. Holder would recognize gain in the amount of such portion when its New 2019 Term Loans are retired, or would realize additional gain or a reduced loss upon a sale or disposition of its interest in the New 2019 Term Loans.

2. Certain other alternative characterizations of the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee also may apply. U.S. Holder of 2019 Term Loan Facility Claims should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax treatment to them of the receipt of the 2019 Term Loan Amendment Fee. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Secured Notes Claims.

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of Secured Notes Claims, each Holder thereof will receive (i) payment in full in Cash of any accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) Cash in an amount equal to 97% of the outstanding amount of such Secured Notes Claims and (iii) Subscription Rights.

If the Secured Notes Claims qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim that receives Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan should be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, discussed below, a Holder of such Claim should recognize gain, but not loss, with the amount of recognized gain equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of Cash and (ii) the difference between (1) the sum of (A) Cash and (B) the fair market value of the Subscription Rights and (2) such Holder’s adjusted basis, if any, in such Claim. The Holder should generally obtain a tax basis, apart from amounts allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, in the Subscription Rights received equal to (a) the tax basis of such Claims surrendered by such Holder increased by (b) gain recognized (if any) by such Holder, decreased by (c) the amount of Cash received. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its interest in the Subscription Rights received should include the holding period for the exchanged Claim.

If the Secured Notes Claims do not qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the sum of (1) Cash and (2) the fair market value of the Subscription Rights received, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for the Subscription Rights received should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the Subscription Rights received equal to the fair market value of such property.

74

3. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of PK Air Credit Facility Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release and discharge of the PK Air Credit Facility Claims, each Holder thereof will receive its pro rata share of the New PK Air Note.

If both the PK Air Credit Facility Claims and the New PK Air Note qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim pursuant to the Plan should be treated as receiving its pro rata share of the New PK Air Note in a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, discussed below, a Holder of such Claim should recognize no gain or loss. The Holder should generally obtain a tax basis, apart from amounts allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, in the New PK Air Note received equal to the tax basis of such Claims surrendered by such Holder. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its interest in the New PK Air Note received should include the holding period for the exchanged Claim.

If either the PK Air Credit Facility Claims or the New PK Air Note do not qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the issue price of the New PK Air Note received, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for the pro rata share of the New PK Air Note received should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the New PK Air Note received equal to the its issue price.

4. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release and discharge of the Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims, each Holder thereof will receive its pro rata share of the New Macquarie Note.

If both the Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims and the New Macquarie Note qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim pursuant to the Plan should be treated as receiving its pro rata share of the New Macquarie Note in a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, discussed below, a Holder of such Claim should recognize no gain or loss. The Holder should generally obtain a tax basis, apart from amounts allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, in the New Macquarie Note received equal to the tax basis of such Claims surrendered by such Holder. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its interest in the New Macquarie Note received should include the holding period for the exchanged Claim.

75

If either the Macquarie Term Loan Credit Facility Claims or the New Macquarie Note do not qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the issue price of the New Macquarie Note, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for the pro rata share of the New Macquarie Note received should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the New Macquarie Note equal to its issue price.

5. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims.

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of Unsecured Notes Claims, each Holder thereof will receive either (i) New Common Stock and Subscription Rights, or (ii) Cash based on its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.

If the Unsecured Notes Claims qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim that receives New Common Stock and Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan should be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, discussed below, a Holder of such Claim should recognize no gain or loss. The Holder should generally obtain a tax basis, apart from amounts allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received equal to the tax basis of such Claims surrendered by such Holder, allocated between the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received in accordance with the respective fair market values. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its interest in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received should include the holding period for the exchanged Claim.

If the Secured Notes Claims do not qualify as “securities” of the Company or are exchanged for Cash, then a Holder of such a Claim will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the amount of Cash or the fair market value of the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for any New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received equal to the fair market value of such property.

76

6. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Holders of General Unsecured Claims.

Pursuant to the Plan, in exchange for full and final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge of General Unsecured Claims, each Holder thereof will receive either (i) New Common Stock and Subscription Rights, or (ii) cash based on its Pro Rata share of the GUC Distribution Cash Amount.

If the General Unsecured Claims qualify as “securities” of the Company, then a Holder of such a Claim that receives New Common Stock and Subscription Rights pursuant to the Plan should be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, discussed below, a Holder of such Claim should recognize no gain or loss. The Holder should generally obtain a tax basis, apart from amounts allocable to accrued but untaxed interest, in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received equal to the tax basis of such Claims surrendered by such Holder, allocated between the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received in accordance with the respective fair market values. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, a U.S. Holder’s holding period for its interest in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received should include the holding period for the exchanged Claim.

If the General Unsecured Claims do not qualify as “securities” of the Company or are exchanged for Cash, then a Holder of such a Claim will be treated as receiving its distribution under the Plan in a taxable exchange under section 1001 of the Tax Code. Other than with respect to any amounts received that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) the amount of Cash or the fair market value of the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received, and (b) the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Claim. The character of such gain as capital gain or ordinary income will be determined by a number of factors including the tax status of the Holder, the rules regarding “market discount,” as discussed below and accrued but untaxed interest, whether the Claim constitutes a capital asset in the hands of the Holder, and whether and to what extent the Holder had previously claimed a bad-debt deduction with respect to its Claim. If recognized gain or loss is capital in nature, it generally would be long-term capital gain if the Holder held its Claim for more than one year at the time of the exchange. The holding period for any New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received should begin on the day following the Effective Date. Subject to the rules regarding accrued but untaxed interest, the Holder should obtain a tax basis in the New Common Stock and Subscription Rights received equal to the fair market value of such property.

7. Subscription Rights.

A U.S. Holder that exercises Subscription Rights received pursuant to the Plan should be treated as purchasing, in exchange for its Subscription Right and the amount of Cash funded by the U.S. Holder to exercise such Subscription Rights, the Rights Offering Shares. Such a purchase should generally be treated as the exercise of an option under general tax principles, and accordingly such U.S. Holder should not recognize income, gain, or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon such exercise. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate tax basis in the Rights Offering Shares should equal the sum of (1) the amount of Cash paid by the U.S. Holder to exercise its Subscription Rights and (2) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Subscription Rights immediately before exercise, determined as set forth above. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Rights Offering Shares received should begin on the day following the exercise.

A U.S. Holder that elects not to exercise its Subscription Rights may be entitled to claim a (likely short-term capital) loss equal to the amount of tax basis allocated to the Subscription Rights, subject to any limitation on such U.S. Holder’s ability to utilize capital losses.

77

8. Accrued Interest.

A portion of the consideration received by U.S. Holders of Claims may be attributable to accrued but untaxed interest on such Claims. Such amount should be taxable to that U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income if such accrued interest has not been previously included in the Holder’s gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Conversely, U.S. Holders of Claims may be able to recognize a deductible loss to the extent that any accrued interest on the Claims was previously included in the Holder’s gross income but was not paid in full by the Debtors. Such loss may be ordinary, but the tax law is unclear on this point.

If the fair value of the consideration is not sufficient to fully satisfy all principal and interest on Allowed Claims, the extent to which such consideration will be attributable to accrued but untaxed interest is unclear. Under the Plan, the aggregate consideration to be distributed to U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims in each Class will be allocated first to the principal amount of Allowed Claims, with any excess allocated to untaxed interest that accrued on such Claims, if any. Certain legislative history indicates that an allocation of consideration as between principal and interest provided in a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is binding for U.S. federal income tax purposes, while certain Treasury Regulations treat payments as allocated first to any accrued but untaxed interest. The IRS could take the position that the consideration received by the U.S. Holder should be allocated in some way other than as provided in the Plan. Holders of Claims are urged to consult their respective tax advisors regarding the proper allocation of the consideration received by them under the Plan between principal and accrued but untaxed interest.

9. Market Discount.

Under the “market discount” provisions of the Tax Code, some or all of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim may be treated as ordinary income (instead of capital gain), to the extent of the amount of “market discount” on the debt instruments constituting the exchanged Claim. In general, a debt instrument is considered to have been acquired with “market discount” if it is acquired other than on original issue and if the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt instrument is less than (a) the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding “qualified stated interest” or (b) in the case of a debt instrument issued with OID, its adjusted issue price, in each case, by at least a de minimis amount (equal to 0.25 percent of the sum of all remaining payments to be made on the debt instrument, excluding qualified stated interest, multiplied by the number of remaining whole years to maturity).

Any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on the taxable disposition of an Allowed Claim (as described below) that was acquired with market discount should be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued thereon while such Claim was considered to be held by the Holder (unless the Holder elected to include market discount in income as it accrued). To the extent that the Allowed Claims that were acquired with market discount are exchanged in a tax-free transaction for other property, any market discount that accrued on the Allowed Claims (i.e., up to the time of the exchange) but was not recognized by the Holder is carried over to the property received therefor and any gain recognized on the subsequent sale, exchange, redemption, or other disposition of such property is treated as ordinary income to the extent of such accrued, but not recognized, market discount.

10. Medicare Tax.

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets. U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax provision on their ownership and disposition of any consideration to be received under the Plan.

78

11. Limitation on Use of Capital Losses.

A U.S. Holder of an Allowed Claim who recognizes capital losses as a result of the distributions under the Plan will be subject to limits on their use of capital losses. For a non-corporate U.S. Holder, capital losses may be used to offset any capital gains (without regard to holding periods) plus ordinary income to the extent of the lesser of (a) $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate returns) or (b) the excess of the capital losses over the capital gains. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may carry over unused capital losses and apply them to capital gains and a portion of their ordinary income for an unlimited number of years. For corporate U.S. Holders, losses from the sale or exchange of capital assets may only be used to offset capital gains. A corporate U.S. Holder who has more capital losses than can be used in a tax year may be allowed to carry over the excess capital losses for use in succeeding tax years. Corporate U.S. Holders may only carry over unused capital losses for the five years following the capital loss year, but are allowed to carry back unused capital losses to the three years preceding the capital loss year.

12. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Holders of Owning and Disposing of Shares of New Stock.

(i) Dividends on New Stock.

Any distributions made on account of the New Stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Reorganized Bristow Parent as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. “Qualified dividend income” received by an individual U.S. Holder may be eligible for preferential tax rates (subject to certain limitations). To the extent that a U.S. Holder receives distributions that would otherwise constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes but that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital reducing the U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares of the New Stock. Any such distributions in excess of the U.S. Holder’s basis in its shares (determined on a share-by-share basis) generally will be treated as capital gain.

Subject to applicable limitations, distributions treated as dividends paid to U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. However, the dividends-received deduction is only available if certain holding period requirements are satisfied. The length of time that a shareholder has held its stock is reduced for any period during which the shareholder’s risk of loss with respect to the stock is diminished by reason of the existence of certain options, contracts to sell, short sales, or similar transactions. In addition, to the extent that a corporation incurs indebtedness that is directly attributable to an investment in the stock on which the dividend is paid, all or a portion of the dividends received deduction may be disallowed.

(ii) Sale, Redemption, or Repurchase of New Stock.

Unless a non-recognition provision applies, and subject to the market discount rules discussed above, U.S. Holders generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, redemption, or other taxable disposition of the New Stock. Such capital gain will be long-term capital gain if at the time of the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition, the U.S. Holder held the New Stock for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of an individual taxpayer generally are taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations as described above under Section 11 (“Limitation on Use of Capital Losses”).

79

D. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Certain Claims and Interests Entitled to Vote.

1. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Allowed Claims or Interests.

The following discussion assumes that the Debtors will undertake the Restructuring Transactions currently contemplated by the Plan and includes only certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to Non-U.S. Holders. The discussion does not include any non-U.S. tax considerations. The rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders are complex. Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of the consummation of the Plan to such Non-U.S. Holder and the ownership and disposition of the New Stock, as applicable.

2. Gain Recognition.

Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on the exchange of its claim generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless (a) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which the Restructuring Transactions occur and certain other conditions are met or (b) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30 percent (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the exchange. If the second exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to any gain realized on the exchange if such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (except that the Medicare tax would generally not apply). In order to claim an exemption from withholding tax, such Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or such successor form as the IRS designates). In addition, if such a Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30 percent (or such lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

3. Accrued but Untaxed Interest.

Payments made to a Non-U.S. Holder under the Plan that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that (a) such Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank, (b) such Non-U.S. Holder does not actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Debtors, and (c) the withholding agent has received or receives, prior to payment, appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable) establishing that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person, unless such interest is effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States (in which case, provided the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the withholding agent, the Non-U.S. Holder (x) generally will not be subject to withholding tax, but (y) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to such Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits that are attributable to the accrued but untaxed interest at a rate of 30 percent (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty)).

80

A Non-U.S. Holder that does not qualify for exemption from withholding tax with respect to accrued but untaxed interest that is not effectively connected income generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30 percent rate (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on payments that are attributable to accrued but untaxed interest. For purposes of providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, special procedures are provided under applicable Treasury Regulations for payments through qualified foreign intermediaries or certain financial institutions that hold customers’ securities in the ordinary course of their trade or business.

4. U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Owning and Disposing of New Stock.

(i) Dividends on New Stock.

Any distributions made with respect to New Common Stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of Reorganized Bristow Parent’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Except as described below, dividends paid with respect to New Stock held by a Non-U.S. Holder that are not effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are not attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States) will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent (or lower treaty rate or exemption from tax, if applicable). A Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to satisfy certain IRS certification requirements in order to claim a reduction of or exemption from withholding under a tax treaty by filing IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or such successor form as the IRS designates), upon which the Non-U.S. Holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, its status as a non-U.S. person and its entitlement to the lower treaty rate or exemption from tax with respect to such payments. Dividends paid with respect to New Stock held by a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to such Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits that are attributable to the dividends at a rate of 30 percent (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty).

(ii) Sale, Redemption, or Repurchase of New Stock.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to any gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition (including a cash redemption) of New Stock unless: (1) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition or who is subject to special rules applicable to former citizens and residents of the United States; (2) such gain is effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); or (3) Reorganized Bristow Parent is or has been during a specified testing period a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.²⁵

²⁵  In the case of Holders of Interests, it is unclear whether the specified testing period will also include periods prior to the Effective Date with respect to the Debtors.

81

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30 percent (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of disposition of New Stock. If the second exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to earnings and profits effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business that are attributable to such gains at a rate of 30 percent (or at a reduced rate or exemption from tax under an applicable income tax treaty). Based on Reorganized Bristow Parent’s current business plans and operations, the Debtors do not anticipate that the Company is or was, or that Reorganized Bristow Parent will be, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

5. FATCA.

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), foreign financial institutions and certain other foreign entities must report certain information with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on the receipt of certain “withholdable payments.” For this purpose, “withholdable payments” generally include U.S.-source payments of fixed or determinable, annual or periodical income (including dividends, if any, on shares of New Stock and U.S.-source interest (including OID) paid in respect of debt instruments issued by the Debtors). FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the applicable payment would not otherwise be subject to U.S. federal nonresident withholding tax.

Prior to the issuance of recently proposed Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA would have also applied to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property of a type which can produce U.S. source interest or dividends on or after January 1, 2019. However, the proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

BOTH U.S. HOLDERS AND NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE POSSIBLE IMPACT OF THESE RULES ON SUCH HOLDERS’ EXCHANGE OF ANY OF ITS CLAIMS OR INTERESTS PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.

82

E. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.

The Debtors will withhold all amounts required by law to be withheld from payments of interest, dividends and other amounts. The Debtors will comply with all applicable reporting requirements of the Tax Code. In general, information reporting requirements may apply to distributions or payments made to a Holder of a Claim or Interest under the Plan. Additionally, under the backup withholding rules, a Holder of a Claim or Interest may be subject to backup withholding with respect to distributions or payments made pursuant to the Plan unless, in the case of a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-9 and, in the case of Non-U.S. Holder, such Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 (or otherwise establishes such Non-U.S. Holder’s eligibility for an exemption). The current backup withholding rate is 24 percent. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but, instead, is an advance payment that may entitle the Holder to a refund from the IRS to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax, provided that the required information is provided to the IRS.

In addition, from an information reporting perspective, the Treasury Regulations generally require disclosure by a taxpayer on its U.S. federal income tax return of certain types of transactions in which the taxpayer participated, including, among other types of “reportable transactions,” certain transactions that result in the taxpayer’s claiming a loss in excess of specified thresholds. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding these Treasury Regulations and whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these Treasury Regulations and require disclosure on the Holders’ tax returns.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN ARE COMPLEX. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DOES NOT DISCUSS ALL ASPECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER OF A CLAIM OR INTEREST IN LIGHT OF SUCH HOLDER’S CIRCUMSTANCES AND INCOME TAX SITUATION. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM UNDER THE PLAN, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME OR OTHER TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

83

XIV. RECOMMENDATION.

In the opinion of the Debtors, the Plan is preferable to all other available alternatives and provides for a larger distribution to the Debtors’ creditors than would otherwise result in any other scenario. Accordingly, the Debtors recommend that Holders of Claims or Interests entitled to vote on the Plan vote to accept the Plan and support Confirmation of the Plan.

Dated: August 1, 2019	BRISTOW GROUP INC.
	on behalf of itself and all other Debtors
	/s/ Brian J. Allman
	Brian J. Allman
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	Bristow Group Inc.

84

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

BRISTOW GROUP FILES PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

Reaffirms Plan to Emerge from Chapter 11 in Fourth Quarter Calendar 2019

HOUSTON, TX – August 2, 2019 – Bristow Group Inc. (OTC: BRSWQ) (“Bristow” or the “Company”) today announced that it has filed a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) and a related disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Court”). The Plan outlines a proposed path to strengthen Bristow’s balance sheet, reducing debt and improving liquidity in order to emerge from bankruptcy as a financially stronger company, and incorporates the Company’s previously disclosed $385 million backstop commitment agreement with certain of its secured and unsecured noteholders for new equity interests of the Company, as detailed in the second amended and restated restructuring support agreement announced on July 25, 2019.

L. Don Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer of Bristow, said, “Our Plan of Reorganization marks another significant step forward in our path towards a timely emergence from Chapter 11 in the fourth quarter of this calendar year, and I commend the hard work and extensive contributions of the entire Bristow team involved in developing the Plan as well as those who are on the front lines delivering for our clients. The Plan, which is the result of detailed and productive negotiations with our stakeholders, will allow us to emerge from bankruptcy as a stronger company that is even better positioned to continue to deliver safe, reliable and professional services, and build sustainable value for the future as the industry leader in global oil and gas transport and search and rescue services.”

A hearing will be scheduled with the Court to consider approval of the Disclosure Statement related to the Plan. Following Court approval of the Disclosure Statement, Bristow will distribute the Plan and Disclosure Statement to voting creditors for their consideration.

This press release is not intended as solicitation for a vote on the Plan.

The full terms of the Plan and Disclosure Statement, as well as the related pleadings, are available online at: https://cases.primeclerk.com/Bristow.

Information about the claims process is also available at: https://cases.primeclerk.com/Bristow. Questions should be directed to the Company’s claims agent, Prime Clerk, by email to bristowinfo@primeclerk.com or by phone at +1 844-627-6967 (toll free) or +1 347-292-3534 (toll).

Baker Botts L.L.P. and Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz are serving as the Company’s legal counsel and Alvarez & Marsal is serving as the Company’s restructuring advisor. Houlihan Lokey is serving as financial advisor to the Company.

NO SOLICITATION OR OFFER

Any new securities to be issued pursuant to the restructuring transactions may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws but may be issued pursuant to one or more exemptions from registration, including an exemption from such registration provided in the U.S. bankruptcy code. Such new securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption

from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws. This press release does not constitute an offer to sell or buy, nor the solicitation of an offer to sell or buy, any securities referred to herein, nor is this press release a solicitation of consents to or votes to accept any Chapter 11 plan, including the Plan. Any solicitation or offer will only be made pursuant to a confidential offering memorandum and disclosure statement, including the Disclosure Statement, and only to such persons and in such jurisdictions as is permitted under applicable law.

About Bristow Group Inc.

Bristow Group Inc. is the world’s leading industrial aviation service provider offering helicopter transportation, search and rescue (SAR) and aircraft support services to government and civil organizations worldwide. Bristow’s strategically located global fleet supports operations in the North Sea, Nigeria and the U.S. Gulf of Mexico; as well as in most of the other major offshore oil and gas producing regions of the world, including Australia, Brazil, Canada, Guyana and Trinidad. Bristow provides SAR services to the private sector worldwide and to the public sector for all of the U.K. on behalf of the Maritime and Coastguard Agency. To learn more, visit our website at www.bristowgroup.com.

Contact:

Global Media Relations

Adam Morgan

Director, Global Communications

+1 832.783.7927

Adam.morgan@bristowgroup.com

Reevemark

Paul Caminiti/Hugh Burns/Delia Cannan

+1 212.433.4600

BristowGroup@reevemark.com

Investor Relations

Linda McNeill

Director, Investor Relations

+1 713.267.7622

Linda.mcneill@bristowgroup.com

###